Show Posts

This section allows you to view all posts made by this member. Note that you can only see posts made in areas you currently have access to.


Messages - J2H

Pages: 1 2 [3] 4 5 6
41
Supercard Archives / J2H Vs Jamie Dean
« on: January 20, 2017, 05:13:16 AM »
  Well, this was unexpected...

Not the timing of the supercard, the people who have been here a long time sort of works out when it's time to get ready for a huge show, but opposition. Deep down J2H actually agreed with the long overdue attempt at making new stars, he also knew that it wasn't always the higher ups fault that it didn't work out, sometimes people thought they were already made men and didn't have to work, and somehow trailed off, but Jamie Dean was the last person he thought he'd be facing at Inception II. Just weeks before, he scoffed at the idea when Amy Marshall suggested it on Twitter that Jamie should face him, and now it's a reality.

He didn't believe that her tweet had made the bosses think, he knew Amy had zero influence about what went on in SCW, so the "they got a title shot because someone asked" people, yes, I'm looking at you Alexis Staggs.... God it feels weird saying that, and no, I won't ease up on her cause Austin lost his mind, anyway, back on track here. Jamie Dean was put in a position to earn it, and that's what he did. J2H half expected him to earn it, to come through for some reason, but didn't believe it would happen.

The roster is full of potential talent in his mind, not only the ten men who had a chance to be in the position that Jamie Dean sits in, he could see potential in so many, yet he knew so  many would become lazy and fade away. To him, they didn't have the mental side to their game.

Being the best isn't about showing up, getting in the ring and winning, it's about doing your homework, committing to the cause, to the career path you've chosen because you want to be the best, and that's what he did.

Sitting in his Beverly Hills home, the familiar surrounds start to emerge as J2H sits on the sofa in his huge living room, his eyes firmly planted on a notepad in his left hand, a pen in his right hand. He taps the top of the pen on the back of the page, his eyes burning in to the page as his eyes move from word to word. His eyebrows lower as the words slowly feed in to his mind. Breathing deeply and quickly sighing, he closes his eyes to let the thoughts run through his mind. Melody walks past him, walking in front of him and past him for a second, throwing a casual glance in to his direction but stops and takes one giant step backwards. She spins ninety degrees to face and him and looks down at him, scratching the side of her head as she looks at him with his eyes closed.


J2H: I know you're there babe.

Melody grins as she looks at him with his eyes still firmly shut. She attempts to deepen her voice, and putting on a British accent, trying to do her best Simpson impression.

Melody: What was that, sir?

J2H's eyes fire open, a look of shock on his face as he half expects to see Simpson standing in front of him, only to be met with the reality of a giggling Melody. A sigh of relief escapes his lungs as the images of the outside world starts to become more clear and sees Melody in full focus.

J2H: Your Simpson impression is getting better. I almost thought for a second that it was him. x

Melody covers her smile as she moves next to J2H, sitting next to him on the sofa and putting her head on his shoulder.

Melody: I can't like Jam, he's been giving me tips so I can scare you like that. Fun, right?

J2H: As much fun as sitting on a hedgehog.

A yawn escapes his lungs as he stretches his shoulders back, leaning in to the comfortable sofa. Melody puts her hand on his shoulder, giving it a gentle squeeze.

Melody: Why don't you get some sleep J? You didn't sleep well last night, and I heard you get up at 3am.

He brushes off Melody's comment with a quick shake of his head, looking at her through his tired eyes.

J2H: No, I'm fine. I need to get this done, I need to find a weakness or two so I can focus on overcoming Jamie Dean.

Melody leans backwards a little bit, pulling some distance between her face and the champions face, her blonde hair falling slightly over her forehead. She brushes it behind her ear as she looks at him with one raised eyebrow.  

Melody: I've never seen you like this when it comes to an opponent, even a new opponent. Usually you're fine, and confident.

He turns his head towards her, his eyes in line with her very own.

J2H: Oh I'm confident Mel. I'm confident I can walk in to any federation up and down this country, hell, in the world and beat their champion with relative ease, but something about Jamie Dean that makes things unpredictable. The fans are behind him as much as they were behind Despayre. He fits the mould of a top champion, he's fresh, young, and people could see him lead SCW in to a new era. More to the point Mel, I can't find any weaknesses with him.

Melody squeezes J2H's shoulder as she looks at him with slight concern. She knew in her heart that this is not the way he acts before any championship match. She knew that there was something more to it.

Melody: Come on Jam! This is what you're good at! You can pick people apart in your sleep. You know he has a weakness somewhere there.

Her motivational words fell partly of deaf ears as the thoughts of how bad he would look losing to Jamie Dean ran through his mind like a steam train with failed breaks.

J2H: I'm not too sure he does Mel, look at this.

J2H lifts the notepad to eye height and hold the words towards Melody, allowing her to see what he wrote.

Melody: What is all of this?

He taps the pen on top of the top page, the firm sound of pen against paper jumps in to the air.

J2H: This is what I wrote before Sunday's Battle Royal, I wrote this as soon as every man was announced to be in the match. One of them had to win it so I sat there and I got ready for whoever it may be. I listed a few weaknesses.

Melody's eyes read the words, reading them out loud.

Melody: Blade Alexander - can't handle the pressure, once quit SCW three days before headlining a supercard, lucky to even be allowed back.  

J2H: Very fucking lucky to be allowed back.

Melody: Samuel Devereux, lost spark since becoming a father and cheating on his wife with another man.

J2H: His head was never gonna be in the game. That man lives a fucked up life.

Melody: Joshua Acquin - hahahahahahaha... Really Jam?

A smile crosses over the young man's face as he looks at Melody.

J2H: Yeah, I mean come on, beat him before and if I listed all his weaknesses, I'd have run out of paper. The guy was always an unfunny joke.

Melody continues reading down the page, her hand squeezing the champions leg.

Melody: Samuel McPherson, likely to get lost in the ring without Raab holding his hand and guiding him through the match. Inexperienced in single matches.

J2H: I bet that guy don't sneeze unless Raab tells him to. Maybe we can report Raab or something for taking advantage of a fucktard.

Melody's mouth opens wide as she looks at J2H with disbelief.

J2H: What? He is a fucktard.

Melody: I'm just gonna move on J because it's not fair to comment like that. James Tuscini, way too slow, moves list that comes right out of the 60s, doesn't move with the times.

J2H: I should have wrote greasy fingered pia boy who will slip over the top rope because his hands are to greasy to hold on.


Melody rolls her eyes at his jab towards Tuscini and continues to read.

Melody: Calvin Harris, not the man who won all those titles in the past, bum knee, easy to take out with one kick.

J2H: He impressed me considering he was a one legged man in an ass kicking contest.

Melody can not help but smile at that comment before continuing.

Melody: Xander Bishop, keyboard warrior, too much of a rookie in SCW to even be considered a threat in this match.

J2H: And he wasn't a threat, all talk, or what you can understand of it.

Melody: He's got some talent. He's looked impressive so far.

J2H flicks the hair from the side of his face as he smirks at Melody, quickly shaking his head at her.

J2H: He got pushed too soon and will probably crumble. Feel free to continue.

Melody: Steve Ramone, there's a reason Ramone hasn't been at the top in his SCW career and been around the bottom level... Because he sucks! Probably be too worn out jerking off to his bitches movies.

J2H: Well it's true. Surely what the silly bastard is doing backstage is illegal.

Melody: It's gross J. Makes me feel sick.

J2H: Makes everyone in the world feel sick. No one wants to think of him doing that.

Melody: I'm just gonna keep reading before I end up being sick all over the place.

J2H: Good call babe.

Melody: Jeremiah Hardin, The Fallen's bitch, will try too hard to impress them and lose concentration. Spent so long hiding behind his uncle in a tag team, will be tired in about three minutes.

J2H: Not too bad with these predictions so far, eh?

A proud smile crosses J2H's face as he looks at Melody, his eyebrows raised

Melody: So far so good. One more name left on the list. Jamie Dean...

Melody looks up towards J2H before looking back at the writing pad.  

Melody: Babe, there's just a question mark there.

J2H waves his finger towards Melody.

J2H: That is the problem babe. Jamie was the one man going in to that battle royal that didn't mind about the out come, he relaxed, played his game and won and he is the one person that could come in to the match against me with the same attitude. He's took the pressure off himself and that takes out so many potential weaknesses. He's not gonna over think it, he's gonna be relaxed, the pressure of being in a main event match, well co main event, isn't gonna bother him in the slightest. When people come in to these matches, they think of worse case scenarios and they shit themselves because they want it so bad and I can pick them apart. Jamie Dean is not gonna worry about that or the fact that when it comes to big match experience, I got him beat.

Melody: I think you're over thinking this. Jamie is good, but he's been in a tag team for a long time. The longer you make the match go on, the more tired he will become.

J2H bites his lower lip as he looks at Melody.

J2H: So drag him on, and use everyone's weakness against him. Tiredness. He'll have nowhere to go, no one to tag out to. I've put myself through bigger, longer matches than he has.

Melody: Exactly.

A smile crosses J2H's face as he leans in towards Melody, kissing her on the forehead.

J2H: I've seen and done it all and he's done nothing. The guy hasn't held a single title at all. I mean for me to go down to his level, I will have to sit on the floor.

Melody: Now that's the champion I love.

J2H smiles at Melody but a huge yawn leaves his mouth and hits the daytime air. He looks at Melody with an apologetic look on his face.

J2H: Sorry.

Melody: I think you need a little sleep.

J2H stretches back on the sofa.

J2H: I think you're right and you're right about this match too. I was born... to.... be..... a wrestler.

He trails off through another yawn, his eyes closing firmer this time.

J2H: I couldn't imagine being anything else....

That's about as much as the tired champion can manage before drifting off in to a world of dream and fantasy, the real world left long, long behind..




Now you know when someone says they can't imagine being anything else? Right before they leave reality to enter the dream world? You know what's gonna happen, right? Oh good. It's like thinking of that certain person as you drift off, the odds are they're bound to feature in your subconscious somehow. Well this is no different... The last thing he said was about not imagining being anymore else, but what if he was? What if he had no privileged life, no popularity, no money and was just a normal every day person? Let's find out shall we?

TAP TAP TAP!


"Huh?"

TAP TAP TAP!

"James, wake up!"

His eyes start to open, daylight flooding in to his blurred vision as his mind tries to remember where he is, but sadly nothing flows back. He looks around his surrounds, seeing himself behind the wheel of a parked vehicle. Looking around the grubby interior, confusion rains over him, more so as he looks at the torn upholstery to the passenger seat. He pulls down the rearview mirror, a shock to see his apparel is old grey overalls zipped to the top, covered in oil and grease. Looking away from the mirror and down his front, he sees the name James stitched in to the left side of his clothes.

TAP TAP TAP!

The tapping pulls his attention to the window where a familiar face greets him.  


James: Despayre?

Indeed Despayre stands waving at the man who is known as J2H. He looks closer at the man who knew as a wrestling rival and in the other man's eyes, a friend. Looking down at the man's name badge, he sees the name written on it.

James: Joshua...?

Joshua smiles at him.

Joshua: Did you fall asleep in there again? I thought you was not going to stay up and play video games all night tonight.

A confused look crosses his face as he stares towards the man he knows as Despayre, happily being called Joshua.

James: What's going on?

He opens the truck door and steps outside, looking around at the area, a cul-de-sac if you will of a few stores, a comic book store, a mini supermarket, a computer game retailer and a towing company.  

Joshua: Well, what's going on silly is that I was going to meet you for lunch, like we've done every day for four years, but like most days, I found you asleep in your truck because you spent all night playing video games and yelling at those guys online.

More confusion runs over him as he shuts the truck door and looks around.

James: What guys online?

Joshua: I don't know, that Mark guy and that Chris guy. I've never spoke to them, but you say they run some online game that you're a part of and spend hours at night playing.

James raises his eyebrow and looks at him, his eyes glancing around again at the stores, looking closer at the towing company and reading the name out loud.

James: Simpson's Towing.... What the?  

Joshua scratches his head as James looks at the building with his mouth open.

Joshua: Why are you looking like that? You've worked there for five years, it shouldn't surprise you that much.

James spins around, finally taking a look at the vehicle he just exited to finally see it as a tow truck, with the name Simpson's Towing on the side. Joshua quickly grabs him by the shoulder.

Joshua: We better get in to the diner before you end up late for work again. I'm so glad the comic book store is closed this afternoon so I don't have to go back to work.

Joshua leads James towards the diner door, James' eyes still looking at the towing company door. He eventually turns around to face the open door, held by Joshua and the two walk in. Looking around, an unimpressed look crosses his face.

James: Why do we even come here? This place looks dirty.

Joshua: Because you've been in love with the waitress here forever so you make us come here every day.

James: I am?

Joshua points to a waitress, her back towards them as she stands conversing with men of the college age, dressed in blue jackets with a the letter L stitched in. Her blonde hair is pulled up in two pigtails. She turns around to James and Joshua, James' mouth opening wide.

James: Melody....

Indeed, the woman strikes a stunning resemblance to Melody Grace, and her name tag reflects that, the name Melody written across it. She rolls her eyes as she looks towards the two taking a seat at the counter.

Joshua: Your dream woman who you haven't had the nerve to ask on a date ever since you've been my best friend.

She walks towards the two behind the counter, chewing gum and muttering to herself

Melody: Great, these two losers again.

James looks curiously towards Joshua, but Joshua shrugs it off.

Joshua: She calls us that every day, the words have lost all meaning.

James: I ain't a loser, this girl loves me.

Joshua: What planet are you living on? Cause it's not this one ol' buddy o' mine.

Melody stops before the two of them, looking them up and down and she lifts a notepad.

Melody: Let me guess, the guy who doesn't know how to brush his hair there wants a burger with no onions and a cherry coke, and bleach blonde here wants a burger with everything and a normal coke.

Joshua: Correct!

Melody rolls her eyes, turning towards a window towards the kitchen, ripping the order off the notepad and putting it on the counter.

Melody: Jake, loser one and loser two want their usual.

A man appears at the window, his bald head just looking through the window. He looks down at the ticket and strokes his goatee beard before looking at James and Joshua. James cranks his neck back as he looks at the man.

James: Rage?

Joshua: I wouldn't call him that, but he was pretty made when you sent back the burger last week for getting it wrong.

A slow shake of the head comes from James as Melody puts two sodas in front of the two, not even acknowledging their existence before turning and walking back towards the college boys. James eyes trail her as she walks across behind the counter, her elbows on it and blowing bubbles from the gum.

Joshua: You might wanna close your mouth James, a fly might just fly in there and choose to stay.

James looks around the place before turning back to Joshua.

James: In a place like this, I wouldn't be surprised if there's more than just flies around here.

Both men take a sip of their drinks in front of them, James trying to get his bearings. He knew this wasn't his life but it someone felt like it was, like it was familiar. A minute passes and the ding of a bell can be heard and Melody returns to Jake at the window, placing two burgers on the ledge in front. Melody moves towards them and picks them up, turning around on her heels and placing the food in front of them along with the bill.

Melody: I hope you two are gonna tip today. I don't work here for charity.

Melody walks away, moving back to her clearly favourite crowd and both men pick up their burgers, taking big bites out of them. Joshua places his down on the plate in front.

Joshua: I don't know what you see in her.

James: Well she must be worth seeing because this food ain't all that.

He begrudgingly picks up his burger again, taking another bite out of it and places it back down on the plate. Joshua does the same as James goes for his drink.

Joshua: We better hurry up with these today, my dad will be picking me up soon, and you'll be late back to work, and you don't want to deal with Mr Simpson shouting at you again. Last time he shouted at you, the comic books fell off the shelve and it took me all afternoon to pick them back up.

James picks up the burger again, the third bite almost finishing it off. He quickly wipes his mouth as he turns back to Joshua, who is quickly eating through his burger.

James: Simpson is a pussy cat, he always has been, he don't scare me.

James picks up his burger and takes the last bite out of it, looking at the surprised look on the face of Joshua. Joshua puts down his burger and looks at James.

Joshua: Last week, you told me he grabbed you by the ankles and shook you upside down for scratching that car.

James eyes widen as he looks across at Joshua on the stool next to him, but before the two can continue, a car horn is heard from outside, causing Joshua to look through the window.

Joshua: That's my dad. I gotta go, it's your turn to pay today, right?

James: I guess so.

Joshua quickly finishes off the burger and takes a couple of gulps of his drink as James looks through the window, noticing the driver of the car to look a lot like Synn. He impatiently hits the horn again as Joshua jumps off the seat and moves to the door, he quickly looks back at James.

Joshua: You better move it, you're late for work. Have a good one buddy! Same time tomorrow.

With that, Joshua moves out of the door and towards his fathers car. James reaches in to his pocket, looking down at the bill. He reaches in to his pocket, pulling out a bunch of one dollar bills and counts through, throwing them all down on the counter and reaching in to his pocket, pulling out some change and placing it on top before walking towards the door and outside. He glances across at the tow truck company and sighs. He takes the short walk towards the door and pushes it open, to see a man in a suit and tie behind the desk, a cigar hanging out of his mouth as he looks towards James. James stares back at him.

James: Simpson?

The man sits up straight in his chair and looks James up and down.

Simpson: That's Mr Simpson to you boy, and you're late again for the second time today.

His barking tone forces James to take half a step back as the bigger man stands up, pressing his hands on the desk in front.

James: I'm sorry, erm Mr Simpson, I erm...

Mr Simpson slams his hand down on the desk, causing James to jump.

Simpson: I don't want your excuses boy! You've been late five times this week! Twice of them today and I'm not gonna sit here and let you do that! You're on thin ice James and I have no problem throwing you through that damn window if you screw me around again! Are we clear?

James: Ummm, yes sir.

Mr Simpson settles back in his chair, looking at James.

Simpson: But you can redeem yourself a bit now little man, because we got a repo going on and let me tell you, this little bastard has been as slippery as an eel. Many people have tried to repo this car, but we're gonna take the money, and by we, I mean me, because I'm wealthy and you're a poor little pissant, but if you get this one for me James, you might find yourself with a ten dollar bonus.

James: Oh, erm, thank you Mr Simpson.

Mr Simpson picks up a file and hands it to James, who opens it and looks at the green non descript car with the personal registration plate CNR MPHY. Mr Simpson hands him a scrap of paper.

Simpson: Last seen parked outside a bar and there's the address. Don't let me down or you will seriously regret it!

James quickly shuffles backwards out of the door, the file in hand.  

Let's fast forward a bit shall we?  

A little while later, James is seen in the cab of the tow truck, looking across to the right at the green car in parking lot. He looks at the registration before looking down at the file. Nodding his head in confirmation, he quickly checks for people around. Spying no one, he moves the tow truck around and in to position, hitting a button inside the cab to lower the wench. He grabs the file from the truck and opens the door, jumping out and moving around to the back, only to see a man sitting on the trunk at looking at James. The camera can only see the back on the man as he sits on the trunk and James looks down at the file.


James: Mr Murphy?

James looks up and see the man properly as the camera moves around it. James sighs as he closes the file and looks blankly at him.

James: Connor Murphy...

Indeed, another familiar face joins our story as Connor Murphy sits on the trunk of the car.

Connor: In the flesh laddie. Now it looks to me that you're trying to steal my car.

James: Not steal, repossess, it seems there's a repossession order on it, and I've been sent to get the car, you can sort it out by....

Connor puts his finger to his lip, causing James to stop talking. Connor calmly reaches in to his top pocket and pulls out a packet of cigarettes and a lighter. He takes one out and places it between his lips and lights it before blowing smoke at James.

Connor: Now many have tried to take my car and there it is, sitting there still, and they've been a lot tougher than you are.

Connor slides off the trunk of the car and stands looking at him.

James: I got a job to do.  

Connor: And I got somewhere to be.

James tries to move past Connor but Connor pushes him to the ground. He laughs at the fallen James and flicks his cigarette next to James as he moves towards the drivers seat and jumps in. He rolls down the window and looks out at James on the floor.

Connor: Better luck next time kid!

Connor speeds up, sending dust from his tires over James as he shoots past. James looks around as he stands up, dusting himself off and slowly shaking his head.

James: Mr Simpson is not gonna like this.

Oh how right you are young man, as we movie in to the office of Mr Simpson. James sheepishly walks through the door, causing the cigar chomping Mr Simpson to look up from his desk, looking through the clear shop front. He looks towards James with narrowed eyes.

Simpson: I don't see a car outside James, a car worth a lot of money.

James wrings his hands with nerves, looking across at him with his head slightly bowed.

James: The thing is Mr Simpson, I got there and I found the car, but the guy was there. He attacked me and got in the car and took off. I tried to look for him but he was gone.

Simpson: ENOUGH!

James jumps backwards as Mr Simpson's voice fills the room.

Simpson: I have had just about enough of you as I can take! You're late for work every single day of your pathetic sad little life. You spend the entire day yawning or drooling over that little blonde thing across the road, and don't deny that because I've seen it when I was going to much better places to eat, the kind of places you could never afford. More than anything James, YOU JUST COST ME MONEY! I don't like losing money and you have just made me lose a hell of a lot of money, so take tomorrow off, take the week off, take the year of because you're fired!

A look of shock appears on the young mans as he puts his hands out in front of him in a pleading manner.

James: But....

Mr Simpson raises his hand, stopping James from talking anymore, the tone of his voice becoming much quieter and much more dangerous.

Simpson: Not another word, get out before you no longer have the option of walking out through the door, but the window on the other hand....

James backs off, his eyes on Mr Simpson as he reaches for the door handle and slowly backs out, his now former bosses icy stare locked on to him. He stepped out of the building, feeling safer, yet moved away at a brisk pace. A sigh escaped his lungs as he stopped outside the diner.

James: What am I mean to do now?

He turns his head, glancing through the window towards Melody, the college frat boys still standing in the diner, seemingly with their own desires to charm the waitress. He grits his teeth firmly as he looks through the window.

James: Screw it, what's the worst that could happen?

With a sense of determination, J2H walks through the door and towards the counter, a renew purpose driving him forward. Melody turns around, catching his eye as she walks towards him.  

Melody: Not you again, thanks for the quarter tip.  

Sarcasm drips from her voice as she smirks at him, but his determination pushes him on.

James: How about you drop the attitude and just listen for a minute.

The comment shocks not only Melody, but James himself. Impressed with his forcefulness, he continues.

James: This has been one of the worst days of my life, but it's gotta change sometime, and this is the time, so I'm thinking that me and you should go out sometime.

Melody looks at him, not quiet believing what she just heard.

Melody: Like on a date?

James: Yeah, on a date.

Melody nods her head as if she's considering it, but bursts out laughing at him, wiping the confident look off his face. She turns her head to her college favourites.

Melody: Oh my God! This loser just asked me out on a date!

Within seconds, the college boys join in with her laughter, pointing at the now crushed James. He looks to the floor, looking for the proverbial hole to swallow him up but nothing comes...

His eyes fire open, the laughs of the crowd although not real, still stung in his body, rushing through him, the waves of embarrassment and disappointment running through every nerve in his body. He looks around confused, thankfully seeing his living room where he fell asleep a short time sooner. He turns his head to his right, seeing Melody's head on his shoulder. He looks down see Dexter the Duck on Melody's lap, even his eyes half closed. Whispering to himself, he can't help but smile.


J2H: I wouldn't want this any other way.

The camera fades out.




Now before I start this scene, this is strictly off camera, use it against me at your peril!

This is where we pick up shortly after Melody's bombshell to J2H on Monday morning. Talk about light the fuse and watch it burn quickly, because his mind was racing faster than it has done in recent times. He's always had a lot to think about, he brings it on himself half the time with the paranoid thoughts that rush through his head at times about current and former SCW stars, but this has knocked the young man for six.

The look on his face as he comes on to the camera tells the story of a man who was trying to processes something major, this was something major, this was life changing. Melody hadn't said much after the earth shattering news that in nine months they could be parents - Also a moment that was off camera, so fuck knows how someone on Twitter thought it was right to make a pregnancy comment shortly after Melody's main promo aired - off camera means off camera!

Anyway, I digress, J2H sits stony faced on the front porch of the house, the door behind him slightly ajar as he sits on the steps, waiting outside for Melody to join him. He couldn't wait another minute to get her to the doctors to find out once and for all which test was right. The feelings that ran through his body just by laying his eyes on a false pregnancy test, and a positive pregnancy test were feeling he'd never felt before in such quick succession.

Confusion, blankness, more confusion, disbelief, acceptance, joy, happiness, composure, clarity, realism.

All hit him like waves crashing quickly in to a sea wall one after the other in quick, strong bursts, but eventually a deep clearly breath brought him around to finding out immediately what was going on. He wasn't the most patient person in the world and this only served to prove that.

His eyes looked around the outside of his grounds, darting from the fountain in the driveway, to the row of winter blossoms lining the road leading towards the house and on to the front gate that bared the initials "J2H", a custom feature from day one of becoming J2H. He looks around, talking softly to himself.


J2H: Me.... a father?

A questioning tone falls from his lips as he narrows his eyes, trying to come to terms with what may be.

J2H: I've never imagined myself as a father, I mean why would I imagine myself as a father? I haven't been in the same room as my own father in years, what kind of father would I even make? Its not like I actually had a great teacher. By the time I was ready to learn how to be a man, he'd fucked off long before that, and he wasn't exactly around enough for me to learn anyway.

Dexter the duck waddles from the partly opened door behind him. He walks next to J2H and turns his head, looking at the SCW World champion.

Dexter: QUACK!

J2H turns his head towards Dexter, looking down at the duck with lowered eyebrows.

J2H: What do you want?

Dexter: QUACK!

Dexter shakes his tail feathers and looks to sit down next to him on the step.

J2H: Knew you was gonna say that. I know she thinks you can say more put that's the best you got.

J2H looks in front of him, looking out at the grounds and pulling his knees closer to his chest. He rests his elbows on his knees, cupping his hands under his chin and looking towards the graveled ground. Slowly, he turns his head towards Dexter.

J2H: I don't even like you that much, I don't even look after you that much, how can I do the same to a kid?

Melody wasn't listening but I think hearing J2H liked Dexter even just a little would have set her kind heart racing, considering he often remarks about Dexter becoming someone's dinner.

J2H: I had no role model to look up to, unless you count Simpson, but he more took care of doing everything I needed done, rather than did the father thing you teach kids, and my dad, he was a bastard Dexter, he cared more about golf and fine malt whiskey that he did about his own family. He made my mother the way she become, I know he did. What if it's genetic?

Doubts flooded his mind that if it was to be, he would even be capable of being a role model to someone when he never really had one of his own. What if parenting was genetic and he would have inherited the traits of his own father, asleep inside until awoken by the actually thought of being a parent. He knew Melody was stronger than his own mother, he knew she wouldn't be broken down like his was and neither did he want to try to, but the story of J2H's mother would be a tale for another day. He knew Melody would be a perfect mother and that alone brought a smile to his face, offering hope that he would be alright, that he could at least learn from watching Melody's mothering instincts.

Yes, she would be a perfect mother, but what if he couldn't match up.

The thoughts of what being a parent, especially while in baby and infant age hit him hard. Could he handle getting up in the middle of the night? Could he physically do all the horrible things you need to do as a parent? Can he deal with the smell, with the constant threat of being pissed on, of vomited on? He's never thought about that before, did his dad have the same thoughts and was that why Simpson was hired? How could he possibly defend the world Title in SCW and come home beaten and bruised and be able to lift his own child?

SCW...

He moves his cupped hands to the side of his head as he closes his eyes, running his middle finger and forefinger on the side of his temples, slowly circling them anti clockwise

The thought of Melody lining up for her first headlining show at a supercard and knowing there's no way that SCW officials will allow her to complete in that condition would absolutely destroy her soul. We've seen it before where someone announced her pregnancy in her promo and was instantly dropped from a bombshell championship match, J2H knew that this would happen to Melody and break her spirit in so many ways. Even the thought of parenthood would dull to her in the drowning sea of disappointment. It meant both their careers would be over for a while. He would refuse to let Melody stay at home alone with a baby while he went where ever SCW sent him.

He may not have a clue about parenthood but one thing he did know for sure is that he would not let Melody take care of a baby alone, he would not do as his own father did and become absent in his child's life.

Wait... hold on, it might be...

Before his train of thought can continue, Melody Grace walks from the inside of their home, her footsteps causing J2H to turn his head backwards and looks up. He stands to his feet, reaching out and taking hold of Melody's hand.


J2H: Ready?

Melody doesn't reply but a simple nod indicates a yes. The two step off the step and start to walk away as the camera fades out to black.

I guess you wanna know what's going on, huh? Guess you gotta wait until Melody's promo airs.




Selling a match, it's what we're in this business to do, and that is what puts people in arenas, which often mean long, long hours for the most dedicated in our sport, the ones at the top because they've worked to be there. Supercards mean most champions are running around like crazy, wrestlers are appearing on television shows, press conferences and like today, J2H will be spending part of his Wednesday on the Radio, The Freddy Coleman show on KSPN, a Los Angeles branch of the famous ESPN. The host, Freddy Coleman himself sits on once side of a table, huge microphones in front of him and the other side of the table for his on coming guest, J2H himself. J2H walks through the door of the studio, comfortable with the scene as he's been in many of them. He is dressed in plain white pants and a thick zipped up jacket, black with red trim, and a baseball cap. He reaches out a hand to Freddy, who stands up as a commercial plays.


Freddy: Freddy Coleman, nice to meet ya.

J2H nods politely at the man as they shake hands.

J2H: Just call me J.  

Freddy points to the chair next to J2H and J2H accepts the unspoken invitation to sit down. He quickly picks up a nearby headset and places it on his head, readjusting the microphone towards himself.

Freddy: I see you've been in studios before.

A nod comes from the champion as he looks at the man.

J2H: One or two, I know how all this stuff works.

A producer from behind a glass panel to one side knocks on the window, causing the two men to look towards him. He starts counting down from five on his hand, causing Freddy to fumble for his own headset and sits in front of his own microphone. The producer points at Freddy and he starts to talk.

Freddy: And we're back here with ya at KSPN 107. Earlier today, we promised you a major guest in the sporting world and he's now sitting right here in front of me. Welcome to the show SCW World Champion, J2H. Welcome to the studio J.

Instantly kicking in to media mode, J2H quickly responds.

J2H: Nice to be here Freddy.

Freddy: Let's get straight in to this J, because I know you're a busy man and this is not your last media meeting of the day. People know you from your character on television, but don't know the real you, so tell us something that we don't know about you?

J2H smiles, rubbing his chin and looking at the host.

J2H: What you see is what you get with me. I don't do the character thing, I do the me thing. I get up and people see me for who I am and if they don't like it, I'm not the one with the issue here. I think if there's anything people don't know about me, it would probably be that I'm a massive fan of old movies, the classics. People seem to think there's no depth to me, but these people don't live at my house, ya know?

A nod comes from Freddy's direction

Freddy: What's your greatest accomplishment outside wrestling?  

J2H: Probably that I'm still breathing, that I am alive and haven't had too many worrying moments in my life. There's a lot of bad things happening in this world, the fact that not too much bad has happened to me is a big thing to me. I ain't stupid enough to sit there and think that it might not happen in the future, but I'm smart enough to appreciate that it's been a good ride so far. Being able to get out of bed after all the work I've done and the insane work stuff I've done is a big accomplishment to me.

Freddy: I did some research today, and I couldn't find too much about you from your pre wrestling days. So what was your fondest memory growing up?  

J2H looks up, as if searching for something to appear in his  mind. There's a reason he hasn't spoke so much of his past or personal life before, but this was not the time to tell it.

J2H: I think Christmas time with someone who works for me now, Simpson, was one of my fondest memories. When I was a kid, he'd always seem more excited at Christmas than I was, come to think of it, he still is right now.  

J2H can't help but laugh a little.

J2H: He'd always be the one who would dress up as Santa and sit around with me while I opened presents and seem more excited at what I got than I did. He'd spend hours just putting stuff together for me, when I was one of those kids that was happy playing with boxes at the time.  

Freddy smiles at the comment, and J2H joins him in that sentiment, he did have fond memories of childhood, but most of them included Simpson in one way or another.

Freddy: Music is a big part of your profession, but do you have a favourite song right now?  

J2H shakes his head at the question, looking at the host.

J2H: Not really. I mean I don't get time to listen to music so much anymore, unless I'm hitting the gym, but at that point it's all just background noise. I'm so busy at the moment with promoting SCW, with a home life, it's tough at times to even just sit down, put some music on and kick back. I spend at least three days a week around fan and interviews, then weekends it's off to where ever the shows are.

Freddy: It does seem like a tiring lifestyle.

J2H: It is, but when it comes down to it, I can see why I'm in demand more than others. I'm good at what I do, I'm the guy the fans wanna see, it doesn't matter if they boo when in the arena or ask for photos outside, the fans wanna see me one way or the other.

Freddy: If you found yourself stuck on a deserted island, what three things do you have with you?  

This one took some thought, only one thing came to mind instantly.

J2H: Well Melody, that's a given, cause she is the light to my darkness and I would have probably found a way to burn the whole damn island down within minutes. I'm thinking probably an unlimited supply of beer would be nice to have around, and a boat, cause I ain't gonna wanna stay on that island.

The two share a laugh before Freddy continues.

Freddy: You mentioned your girlfriend just then, how is home life with Melody?  

He smiles at the question, looking the eager host up and down.

J2H: I couldn't ask for more. Things have been going better than I expected. It's the first time I've lived with someone like that and it was a bit of an eye opener to start, but I soon started getting used to walking in to rooms and seeing stuff that never used to be there.

He laughs out loud as he looks at the smiling host.

J2H: Seriously, I couldn't ask for more... Melody and I have a good understanding, we are both really busy at times but we try and do the simple things like dinner every night, even if it is at ten at night, when I've just got home, or even if it's at 3pm before either of us are out for whatever reason afterwards. I adapted better than I thought I would.  

Freddy: Melody was in a movie fairly recently, that wrapped up, but the hype seemed to fade away, what happened there?

There's a time for diplomacy, and this wasn't it.

J2H: I don't know, maybe they wasn't impressed with the leading man or something, but it all went quiet and nothing has been said since.

Freddy: Will Melody be making more movies?

J2H: I can honestly say I hope not, because last time nearly pulled us apart from distance and working with people I can not stand, so I really hope that was her big role and that was it. Melody can do anything she wants, but people in the movie business are creeps and working with some people who I can't stand will just blow up in our faces. The last one nearly drove us apart, hopefully we won't be in that situation again. It's not good for either of us. I know she wants to make her own way in life, but the last movie paid well regardless of the fact nothing really happened after it was finished, so it's good seed money to do whatever she wants.

Seeing how serious the mood has just become, Freddy decides to move on with more wrestling related topics.

Freddy: Let's talk business, lets get down to talking wrestling. If SCW was to start daily shows, who would you car pool with?  

J2H: Man, I got a tour bus and everything.

Freddy: Really?

J2H: Yeah, perks of being a champion with money really. You have to be damn lucky to step on to that thing, it's got everything, and room to sleep a lot of people. I think it's pretty much reserved to like me, Melody, Simpson, and that's about it. I mean I'd let Rage travel on it, Austin Parker too, but the thing is beast mode. I wouldn't have to sit in a car with people I don't really like.

Freddy: I read that you was interested in getting a former SCW World Champion, Simon Jones, to come back and face you. What's the story  behind that and do you think it will ever happen?

J2H: The story is Simon was the last man to defeat me over a year ago, and I wanted to bury that demon. I've become a better wrestler over the last year and I have proved that time and time again. I would have been happy taking Simon on, beating Simon Jones and getting rid of one regret from my pre God like life that I created after that defeat. It drove me on a lot, and now that memory needs to be buried. Do I think it would happen? Not a chance. I could offer the man a million  bucks in cash tomorrow to come and face me at a future event, and he'll still say no. I could offer him that money and give his family a free vacation on the cruise ship show we do every year, and he'll say no. I tried, he wasn't interested.  

Freddy: Is there anyone in the wrestling world that  you think have achieved more than they should have?

Without hesitation, he answers quickly.

J2H: Yeah, Drake Green.

Freddy looks slightly confused at the speed of the answer, and decides to push the issue.

Freddy: The movie star? Wasn't he a wrestler before the movies, so the movies couldn't have a baring on his wrestling career?

J2H: He mixed it up a bit, but the guy don't deserve to ever be known as a former SCW champion. He's always been a snake and I've called him on it a million times to no response. The man is full of himself, but the fans lap it up. If only they knew what he was really like, and they wouldn't listen when I told them that he used them for his own personal gain. Boo me, cheer me, I don't give a damn, I will always be who I am, but Drake Green was a fake for the fans and should never be considered an SCW champion. The guy is a flake, shows up when his movie career bombs and people take him back with open arms, he gets popular again, gets cast in some awful movie and he's gone again. He uses SCW to launch himself and that is disrespecting the business, it's disrespecting my kingdom.

He grits his teeth and Freddy quickly moves on to stop the icy atmosphere building.

Freddy: Tell us about the upcoming SCW Show, Inception II

J2H: It's being held on the twenty second in Las Vegas, Nevada's Gold Coast Casino, which is kinda like the home base for SCW. It might be small but it will always be a place SCW calls home regardless. There's eight belts on the line, my Melody is headlining and hopefully going to get what she deserves and walks away with the top women's title and I'm in a match defending my World Championship against a guy called Jamie Dean. I know, I say that a lot and people say who but he's there.

Going against everything he truly feels, J2H chooses to take the route that's good for business, rather than take the opportunity to destroy Jamie Dean. Still plenty of time for that.

J2H: Jamie beat nine other guys to get to this spot, this will be the biggest match of his career. H

42
Climax Control Archives / A Christmas miracle
« on: December 16, 2016, 12:58:27 PM »
  And now it's time for a Christmas miracle. It is the time of the year that wrestlers do stick to a general Christmas theme, but it's also the time where they give a little back to the outside world and are set up to visit random places to add some Christmas cheer to the lives of people who don't often get to see it. Don't get me wrong, SCW goes above and beyond at times to be charitable, even if the charities are a little silly in thee bigger picture of the world - Seriously Christian, no more fucking pet charities when animals seem to live better than humans most of the time, I know you're behind it! Anyway, a little off track there, but even with charity shows and theme shows that give up toys for tots, like this show coming up, Christmas is when SCW stars often visit homes, hospitals and the like. If you keep up with Twitter, you'll see Sam Marlowe is visiting sick children this week, but for the SCW World champion, his name is often the first charitable organizations ask for.

The bosses have sorted out who deserves to see who, and the highly sort out champion and girlfriend were deemed fit to visit an orphanage on the outskirts of Beverly Hills. The smart amongst you will probably know that this would more be suited towards Melody Grace, rather than J2H, his hatred for most things in life would see this is a terrible idea for him to be there, but Melody was his calming influence, his light to his darkness, and the bosses know she'd keep him in check.

It didn't stop the champion complaining as the two sat side by side in the car, recently reunited from Melody's trip to Florida to shake some life back in to Kate Steele, even if he didn't see the point of Melody's friendship with Kate, or Kate's obsession with Melody.

The two sit at the front of the line in traffic, and J2H behind the steering wheel, flicks his head to the side, looking towards Melody with narrowed eyes, wearing a silver suit with black shirt, whilst Melody wears light blue jeans and a figure hugging white shirt.  


J2H: I just don't see the point of this babe. I don't even like kids and they're making us go there for no reason!

A slight look of disappointment runs over Melody's face as she look back towards him. She knew the two of them was very different, but knew somewhere in there, he had a heart.

Melody: Because it's Christmas Jam, they're kids without parents. They have no one to turn to when they're sad, and no  home to call their own.

J2H: Well they can have my parents, although my dad will just give them a house at sixteen years old and fuck off to Florida. I just don't get the obsession of SCW trying to look holier than thou by doing this every year.

Melody: What's the difference between them sending you to stores to sign autographs and sending you to see some needy kids? You still get to brighten up people's days.

He lowers his eyebrows as he looks towards Melody, his mind rushing with thoughts.

J2H: Babe, this ain't about me, this one is about you. SCW knows you will bring a bit of brightness to their lives, I don't even know why they want me here.

Melody reaches over, squeezing J2H's leg and looking at him.

Melody: Does it matter why they want you here? I want you here. That's what should matter. I  missed you when I was in Florida, so any time I can spend with you is good time.

He knew he'd been beaten at that point as the traffic light changed and he moved the car forward, moving it down the road at a steady speed.

J2H: I don't even know why you went to Florida. The woman is a wrestler, she should be able to shake off defeat. Everyone loses titles, except me of course, I'm too good for that, but I think she did that just to get you there, she's like obsessed with you Mel.  

Melody waves her hand towards J2H, shaking her head firmly at him, as he pays more attention to the road in front.

Melody: Kate is a friend. Are you saying you wouldn't help a friend if you had a chance?

A laugh escapes J2H's lungs as a wide smile crosses his face.

J2H: I don't have any friends for that reason, and the ones I do stopped being friends long ago when I stopped being around them.  

Melody: You don't know what you're missing out on.

J2H: And I don't think I wanna know.

Spinning the wheel to the right, J2H pulls in to parking lot, looking up at a big, yet unmaintained building in front of him. He spins his head towards Melody with a look of confusion on his face.

J2H: Is this the place?

Melody nods towards him as he continues to look at the building in front of him.

Melody: It is.  

A slight look of disgust crosses the champions face as he looks up at the decrepit looking building. He slowly shakes his head.

J2H: Kids live in there? It's like a factory. There's mice that wouldn't live in there!

Melody: They don't get a lot of funding Jam. They live off donations from the local people and charity things.

J2H: There's like people all over the world that wanna adopt kids, and instead they stick them all in a building here and almost forget about them.

Melody looks at J2H as he sits with a partial look of shock and surprise on his face.

Melody: Careful J, anyone listening might think you have a heart after all.

A raised eyebrow comes from the champion as he turns his head towards Melody, quickly shaking it as he clicks down to remove his seatbelt.

J2H: Shall we just go in before I change my mind?

Melody nods as she unclicks her seatbelt and opens the car door. J2H does the same and steps outside, the two shutting their doors almost at the same time. The two move around the front of the car and Melody links her arms around his.

Melody: Just be nice Jam, these kids have it tough enough without you being a grinch.

He rolls his eyes at Melody and the two walk towards the door, a big glass covered door, with cheap looking plastic trimming around it. J2H pushes the stiff handle down and pushes the door open and holds it open for Melody to walk through. The two look around the grim looking beige and brown reception area, where a man awaits their arrival. He steps forward unenthusiastically.  

J2H: Mr Smith I'm guessing.

Mr. Smith: I am, but you can call me Bob.

Melody extends her hand, warmly shaking it. He offers his hand to J2H, who shakes it casually.

Melody: Nice to meet you

J2H looks around the reception area, his eyes darting around.

J2H: I would like to say what a nice place you have here, but let's be honest, it's a shit hole.

Melody: James!

It's very rare Melody ever calls him James, he knew she thought he'd overstepped a mark, but he felt justified in his words.

J2H: What? It is.

Mr. Smith: Sadly, funding has been down recently, so we haven't been able to do as much as we wanted. Please, follow me, the children are waiting in the dining hall.

Mr Smith points towards a door to the side and he leads Melody and J2H towards it. They follow past a row of doors.

J2H: What's in this door?

The group stop as J2H points towards the door.  

Mr. Smith: This is just a standard bedroom, would you like to see?

Melody: Sure.

Mr Smith opens the door and he steps in to show a small room, four bunk beds along the back wall. J2H looks around the room, looking at wallpaper peeling off the wall. He takes note at how dimly lit the room is, as dirty windows block some of the light filtering through. He shakes his head slowly.

J2H: This is fucking disgusting. Eight children to one room? A room that looks this bad?

Melody tugs on J2H's sleeve, with a look in her eye to try and get her outspoken boyfriend to stop his outburst.

Mr. Smith: We are trying to do the best we can with the very little that we have. It is high on our list to make these rooms a better environment for the children.

J2H: Your best ain't good enough bro. If I was forced to be here, I'd be doing all I can to turn sixteen and leave this place.

Melody once again tugs on J2H's jacket sleeve.

Melody: Let's move on, the kids will be waiting.

Melody pulls J2H out of the room, and is quickly followed by Mr Smith, who closes the door behind him. He points down the hallway towards a door at the end, quickly jumping in front of Melody and J2H. Melody looks up at J2H with pleading eyes.

Melody: Please be good Jam.

J2H looks around the hallway, the decor can only be described as depressing and outdated.

J2H: Mel, this place is like something out of Oliver Twist for fucks sake. No one should live like this. I mean if your an orphan, you've had a huge loss, but to be forced in to this, is just wrong.

Melody: This place has really got to you, hasn't it? Does this mean we can adopt everyone and take them home?

Melody's eyes light up with excitement, as she asks the question and hoping for a miracle response from her boyfriend.

J2H: It does not, but this place is shit.

They reach the end of the hallway and Mr Smith opens the door to the dining room.

Mr. Smith: Can I have your attention please.

A room of thirty children and six adults instantly lower their tone to a hush as they look at the authoritive Bob Smith.

Mr. Smith: We have two very special guests here with us today. They're from the television, welcome in wrestlers J2H and Melody Grace.  

J2H and Melody walk in the room, instantly met with screams and charging kids, instantly running towards the two SCW superstars. J2H looks around, noting mentally not one Christmas decoration hanging from the walls, not a tree to be seen. He looks towards Mr Smith.

J2H: Couldn't even afford a tree?

His question is greeted with a shake of a head. A disgusted look crosses the champions face as he turns back to the children charging towards him, and paints a smile on his face. He looks towards Melody, already on one knee to greet the children and follows her lead, dropping to a knee as the children swarm around him with hugs. He looks at a young boy near by and speaks to him.

J2H: So what do you want for Christmas little man?

The boy looks surprise that J2H has spoken to him out of all the kids in the room.

Young Boy: I just want to be happy.

The answer seems to hit a nerve with J2H, who looks at the boy with an impulsive look of surprise.

J2H: You're not happy here?

The young boy shakes his head sadly, pulling on the usually ice cold J2H's heartstrings. He looks around the room, seeing the depressing basic dining hall, a distinct lack of Christmas spirit filling the halls.

J2H: Well let's see if I can help with that.

His voice starts to break up slightly as he stands up and looks at Mr. Smith.

J2H: Is there somewhere else in here we can take the kids and hang out rather than in here?

Mr. Smith: There is.

J2H: Let's do that.

Melody stands up and looks towards J2H, catching part of his question to Mr Smith.

Melody: What are you doing, Jam?

J2H: You'll see.

Reaching in to his pocket, he pulls out his phone and types in the pin to unlock it. He quickly pulls up his contact list and scrolls to a number, before lifting the phone towards his ear and waits patiently.

J2H: Simpson, I need you to do something and fast.

Fast forward a few hours and J2H leads Melody and Mr Smith back down the hall towards the dining room. Behind them, thirty children follow them, talking amongst themselves. J2H stops at the door, his hand around the handle and looks back at the children.

J2H: I think you guys deserve some Christmas cheer. I know you don't have it easy but it is Christmas after all.

He opens the door and steps back, allowing Mr Smith to lead the children in to the room, gasps of surprise are heard behind the door. Melody looks at J2H with a curious look on her face.

Melody: What did you do?

J2H points in to the room and Melody walks in, her mouth drops open widely as her eyes feast upon and huge Christmas tree set to one side, along with a mountain of presents underneath. Other decorations hang from the wall and ceilings. She turns her eyes to the table, where plates are set up and three turkeys and all the Christmas trimmings you could desire, line the center of the table.

Melody: Oh my god!

J2H turns his head to the right to see Santa Claus approaching them. Melody turns her head to see the man, as he nods towards J2H.

J2H: Thank you, Simpson.

Revealed as Simpson, Santa Claus bows his head towards the young man.

Simpson: You're very welcome sir.

Melody wraps her arms around J2H's neck, squeezing him tightly and whispering in his ear.

Melody: Looks like your heart grew five sizes.

J2H raises a finger to his lips in the internationally known symbol of shush, as the scene fades out.




In front of one of many Christmas trees in his home, J2H sits cross legged. Dressed in loose fitting white pants, and a black sleeveless shirt. His eyes narrow as he looks down at the SCW World championship across his legs. He runs his finger across the nameplate, his fingers tracing the letters. Slowly the champion raises his head, looking towards the camera with menace dancing in his eyes.


J2H: It is the season for giving I guess, and well this is Joshua Acquin's Christmas present.

He rolls his eyes, his unimpressed and sarcastic tone filling the air.  

J2H: And I know you feel like a kid at Christmas, I know since it was announced you'd be in the ring with a man who has tipped SCW upside down and shook it by it's ankles, the biggest and best opponent you have ever faced, you've been running around excited, but it's time to burst that bubble of yours Acquin.

His lips curl up in a smile as he looks down the camera.

J2H: You had to use a whore as an excuse rather than earn it like everyone else has tried to do. You had to sit there and do the dishonourable thing, by jumping in ahead of the queue to get a match with me. People have busted their asses for months to be at my level, people would have loved to be in the ring with me trying to take away my title belt because they've earned it, but you had to try and take advantage because I mentioned that waste of space.

Conviction comes from his voice, feeling justified in every word that passes his lip.

J2H: See, defending people only works if the person you defend has a little honor about them and Amy Marshall does not have that. Anyone can throw their legs in the air and moan loudly, but you don't seem to get that, so you thought she needed defending and you jumped in to this match when I could have been headlining this show in a real match. You're the reason I'm not headlining the last show of the year, believe me.  

He rolls his shoulders back as he tilts his head, looking down the camera.

J2H: It is the season of miracles and it's a fucking miracle someone actually decided to book this match. It's a miracle anyone would even wanna see you in the ring against me. It's fucking embarrassing. I don't know who is more embarrassed for this, me for having to face someone who wouldn't know midcard if it bit him in the ass, or Amy Marshall being defended by you!

He points down the camera, as if you put an exclamation mark on his claims.

J2H: Seriously, out of all the people she knows, all the people she hangs around with, the likes of Ben Jordan and Jamie Dean, you had to come out to defend her, when realistically,  put you two in a match and she'd kick the living shit outta you. It's embarrassing for her to be defended by you and it's embarrassing that I'm finding myself in this match with you. Only bright side to facing you is the fact that I end 2016 on the easiest win of my career and believe me, there's been a lot of easy wins, but you will be the easiest win I've ever had. I mean out of everyone sitting backstage, out of everyone that could have returned to actually give me a match, I get you and we all know why Acquin.

A sigh escapes the champions lips, before he lifts his head and looks down the camera with a serious look on his face.

J2H: Because you've been running round backstage for months, kissing bosses asses, doing what they say, brown nosing and worming your way in. You admitted yourself on Sunday that you've been working backstage, following orders like a good little solider, and this is why you're in this match. Amy Marshall was just an excuse for you to be in front of the camera, to make it seem justified, but we all know you're out there because you've been kissing ass for months to the point where you've been rewarded. You haven't earned your way in to this match by what you can do in the ring, you've pulled yourself in to it by what you've done outside of it, cause you know for a fact you would never, ever get the chance to be considered to ever face me. Little Mr Ass Kisser has annoyed SCW by jumping the line. Well here's the thing Little Mr Ass Kisser, you're gonna end up wishing you never did all that brown nosing, you're gonna wish you just stayed backstage getting the bosses coffee and leaving the wrestling to the real men, like me.

He quickly points two thumbs at himself as he smirks down the camera.

J2H: You're not in ring shape, you'll be blown out in minutes, there's not a chance in hell you will ever be able to keep up with me. Better men have tried, but all have failed. Better men have got me worried, you do not Acquin. In fact I could throw a fucking Christmas party in the ring while defeating you, it's not even gonna be a problem to me.

He shrugs casually down the camera, looking uninterested as the thought of the match rolls through his mind.

J2H: You've basically come back, stole a spot and will get beat so badly, you'll wish you never even bothered. The whole of the wrestling world is shaking it's head at this. The greatest ever SCW World champion ends the year facing someone who has wrestled like once this year. How the fuck are you even employed? How the fuck are you even considered a wrestler anymore? There's kids in school playgrounds that have wrestled more in the last week, than you have in the last year. Do you really think you have a chance? I mean if this is about retribution for my words, retribution for me calling a whore a whore, then how are you gonna feel, fuck, how's sweet innocent Amy...

He air quotes his last three words.

J2H: ...Gonna feel when poor little Joshy boy couldn't actually get any level of retribution while trying to defend the honor of someone who has no honor?  

He wags his finger at the camera with a cocky half smile.

J2H: This whole thing is pointless, you are pointless and because I will beat you so easily without you even coming close to getting your retribution, you even being on camera again last week was pointless. This is gonna be more one sided than a photograph, it's not even worth you coming down to the ring because I think everyone already knows the way this one is going.

He clears his throat, but holds up his hands in an innocent stance.

J2H: Don't get me wrong, I don't underestimate anyone at all, but we all know what you can do, and that's not enough. Your highlight reel would last like four seconds. Everyone in the world knows this is a huge mismatch and that I will steamroll through you like you're not even there. There's bookies that won't even take bets on this because they know it's gonna be an easy win for me. Even with the thought in your head that if you win, that puts you in the title picture, probably headlining the next supercard with me, you know deep down that it's a pipe dream and never gonna happen. You know that I'm the best I've ever been after getting through Dmitri, I had to be the best I've been to get through him. Did you watch that match Acquin.

J2H tilts his head and looks up, before turning his head and eyes back to the camera.

J2H: What am I saying? Of course you saw it, everyone with half a brain saw it and you clearly do have half a brain. That was a challenge, that was a man who would go the extra mile to win, he pushed me to be better, and believe me when I say this Acquin, you're not even a quarter of the man he is. He forced me to lift my game and I refuse to drop it down again. This and this alone should get through to you that you're not on my level.

He pauses for a second, breathing deeply.

J2H: What are you hoping to gain from this really Joshua? Is this about getting in the title picture, or getting Amy Marshall to drop her panties for you, like she has done for the rest of the male species? Are you jealous she just doesn't see you in that way, or wanna pay you to be in her next movie? We've seen you hit on and fail with everyone, so what makes the really bad porn star so special? There is nothing special about her and you must need your fucking eyes tested if that's what you wanna get your rocks off to. This is clearly your ego driven attempt to get a piece of her, but I'm gonna break this down for you real easy Acquin.

He holds up one finger.

J2H: One, you will not defeat me.

A second finger gets raised.

J2H: Two, you will never be in the World Championship picture, EVER.

He raises a third finger.

J2H: And three, you will never get Amy Marshall to look at you the way you look at her, and I don't mean on a screen holding a box of tissues.

He lowers his fingers and smirks arrogantly.

J2H: That's spelling it out for you so even an idiot like you can understand it. Whatever you hope to achieve stops when you get in the ring with me. Go give your brother a call, go back to the tag team division because this will never be in your reach.

He quickly runs his hand across the World championship on his lap.

J2H: I've proved all year that I am above everyone else in SCW. I've gone from strength to strength to show that I'm the best in the world and I am truly unstoppable. I won't be slowing down right now just cause you've put your face back in it, and no one will remember you afterwards when you disappear again. These people ain't stupid bro, they know you'll be gone again after this one, so I won't put the fans through having to deal with seeing you for more than a few minutes in that ring. Going against me will not save your career, or whatever is left of it. Trying to stand up to me won't get you noticed more because the people will forget you as soon as the referees hand hits the canvas for the third time and raises my hand. You should never stand up to something you know you can't beat, you should just bow in my presence because I am here to continue to go through anyone who stands in my way, for whatever reason.

He bows his head, looking down the camera with a serious look.

J2H: You will never come close to beating me Acquin, you will never be good enough to lace up my boots. You'll be back on the scrap heap before you know it and I will end 2016 in a winning fashion that only you could dream of. I will be the man smiling at the end of this one, while you try go get some sympathy before disappearing again. Face it, you're a loser now, you will be a loser on Sunday, and a loser for the rest of your life. Only thing I'm giving you for Christmas Acquin, is the thing you're used to more than anything else. That bitter taste of defeat.

He lifts the championship belt over his shoulder.

J2H: That's real talk bitch.

The camera fades out for the last promo from SCW's longest serving world champion.

43
Supercard Archives / J2H (c) v DMITRI
« on: November 18, 2016, 07:30:25 PM »
 J2H: You could have ended up permanently disabled. Then what? You couldn't wrestle, not that you'd care it seems, but you think you could still do movies when you couldn't lift a damn prop? Hell, you couldn't even do the simple things like driving, or moving something three foot away!

Melody cranks her head back, slightly seeing his anger and stepping away was more to do with concern. She knew he would have done more if she would have told him, she knew he would have stopped her from doing everything.  

Melody: So you ended things because of that?

J2H: Not just because of that Mel. I'm sick to death of being forced to do things by you all the time.

An invisible punch catches Melody in the gut as she feels her stomach twist just by hearing those words fly from J2H's lips to her ears.

Melody: I don't make you do anything!

J2H: You do it all the fucking time! Mikah talks about shopping, I say no, you have a pissy moment on there and once again, I feel like I'm in the damn wrong for saying no to something you know I hate doing. It happens all the time, your friends invite you somewhere and say to bring me. Do I really wanna be around your friends? You know how I feel about one of them, but you put me in that situation all the time. I'm not a fucking accessory.

J2H picks up a nearby tie and holds it up.

J2H: Do I look like a fucking tie to be worn to make you look better? I can not take the damn fact that I have to walk on eggshells, just so you don't get publicly pissy on Twitter.

J2H moves towards Mel, a serious look on his face, more so than any point of their conversation so far.

J2H: I couldn't deal with the fact that I don't have a life anymore. My life is what you tell me it should be. I go to all these events for work, and never make you come along if you don't want to. I say no to shopping, fucking shopping with you and Mikah and fuck, Twitter goes on one where even Jamie Dean has to have his say!

Melody: I can't control what others say on Twitter.

J2H: No but you can on what you say on there! I say no to anything on there and I'm the bad guy who's not allowed an opinion, or to do what I want.

Melody: You left me to go to Georgia to Austin Parker's ranch! You didn't even mention it to me.

J2H: For you to say no? For you to tell me I can't cause you had some damn plans about getting your nails done and had to be there, just because you say so?

Melody puts her hands on her hips and looks at him with one raised eyebrow.

Melody: I would never have asked you to do that.  

J2H: Ok, maybe that one was a bit out there, but you get the idea. Everything has to be your way or not at all Mel, and I ain't living my life like that.  

Melody sighs as she looks at him, her mind searching for any scrap of truth in his words. Something rings true in her head, causing her to exhale deeply.

Melody: I didn't mean it to be that way James. I just wanted to spend time with you. You're busy all the time, you have to work for SCW pretty much every time you leave the house. Every time someone comes near you, you have to be J2H and not James. I have to put up with the little fan girls drooling over you.

J2H: I have to put up with every guy on Twitter drooling over you but that has nothing to do with making me feel like shit because I don't do what you want. Sure as hell don't give you the right to not be straight up with your injury.

Melody: I just want more time with you...

Melody taps her chin as she looks at him.

Melody: Well, wanted but now look where we are. You're not perfect. I have to avoid you when you're in a bad mood.

J2H: Maybe you should look at why I'm in a bad mood.

Melody: You can't put that on me. You get angry when it's too hot, or too cold.  

J2H: I get a lot more angry when I feel like I'm here to just do what you want and fuck what I actually like to do or not do.

Melody: This is getting us nowhere James, and I might have a flight to catch.

J2H: Trust me, you don't that sly old dog got you here to see me so you didn't run away from me.

The two look at each other, both not sure what to say as John Legends "All of Me" starts to play over the store sound system. The two look at each other, Melody starts to nervously circle her hair with her finger.

Melody: So now what, James?

He had a choice to make at this point, he could let her go, he could let her book a flight to anywhere she wanted to go, or he could try and talk her out of it.

J2H: Now we go home and sit and talk and if we can't sort it out, then you can go to Norway, or anywhere you want to go and I won't stop you. The worst that could happen is you can be on a plane this afternoon to go where ever you want, I'll even pay for it.

Melody looks at him, her eyes momentarily turning away, maybe the music softening her mood as she looks at him, just giving him a nod, no words coming from her lips. J2H tries not to smile with his lips, but his eyes tell a happier story. J2H turns his head towards the door the shop assistant went in to.

J2H: You can come out now.

The shop assistant slowly opens the door and looks around it to see them. J2H looks towards Melody, addressing her with a soft tone.

J2H: I better go through with my promise here. On the way back, I need to stop off somewhere, so you and Simpson head on home, and I'll be back soon. I just need to pick some stuff up and I'll be with you.

Melody squeezes his arm and nods as she walks past him. J2H reaches in to his pocket, pulling out his money clip as the scene fades.




Hope for the couple yet?

Well it did seem the ice had thawed just a little after their short airport encounter, but Melody did indeed agree to go home, but as J2H had informed her. He had plans to stop off somewhere before returning to the house. In fact it was always a plan, since he came up with a conclusion on that long plane ride home. He knew he had to at least try and be civil. The house was not his, it was theirs, he knew Melody had added her own personal touches to the place. He knew that if things wasn't to be, there was a lot to be sorted out. He knew if it wasn't to be, both would want things settled as quickly as possible. The last thing he expected was to be bumping in to Melody at the airport, on her way out of the country. He luckily stopped that from happening and was safe in the knowledge Simpson was driving her home, but his plan remained intact.

Walk in the house with breakfast. It was still early morning, the daylight just starting to peak over the buildings of Los Angeles. He told both Simpson and Melody in the car to just drop him off downtown, that he would be safe and home within an hour. Both protested, knowing the dangers of being in downtown Los Angeles in the early hours, but he assured them he was going to be safe. At times he had a way of blending in to the background, and knew he could here. After agreeing to get a taxi home, the two had reluctantly let him leave.

He had done what he had to and was sitting in the back of a taxi. His fingers loosely wrapped around a bag containing takeaway food, the smell filling the cab. Sitting across his chest sit flowers, red roses that he had to overpay for, just to get a tired florist receiving an early morning deliver to sell to him.

He looks out the window as the car moved out in to the lane towards his home. A satisfaction washed over him as he felt himself getting closer to home. He wasn't sure what to really say to Melody to get things back to normal, nor did he know how to bring around the subject of the house should it all go wrong. He looks out of the window as the car, seeing his own house, but something looked incredibly different, the house seemed brighter in the distance. He lowers his eyebrows to focus his eyes as the car drew closer. A look of utter shock crosses his face as the car stops outside the gate. J2H quickly flicks his attention towards the taxi driver, reaching in to his pocket and pulling out a wad of notes, pulling some out and handing it to the taxi driver before stepping out of the car, pulling the bag and flowers with him. He moves to the gate, his eyes wide as he looks at what's before him.


J2H: What the hell as she done?

He snaps his eyes away from the scene to quickly type in the security code on the gate, causing the door next to the side gate to open. He steps through seeing the scene before it.

J2H: Seriously, what the fuck!?

His eyes look down the driveway leading towards the house, as tall Christmas trees line either side, lit up brightly in the night sky. He walked towards the house carrying his goods, his eyes still turning around as if his head was on a swivel. Moving towards the front door, he saw the Christmas theme continued as his eyes rested upon the wreath on the wooden door, and to the side a scene from The Nutcracker set up.

J2H: Please God that this is has far as it goes, and that she did this to show off for the neighbours.

He puts his hand on the door, pushing down the handle and pushing door open. He walks in and quickly sees that his hope for less Christmas scene had quickly faded. Looking in the main hall, the stairs either side covered in green tinsel entwined around the banisters, with wreaths attached to the banisters, with red bows, on either side, leading to the top of the stairs. He looks around, feeling something else off, and looks up in the air, seeing that the bright light bulbs above his head, high in the sky has been changed to red and green. Mistletoe hanging above his head also caught his attention.

J2H: How the fuck did she get all the way up there to change them?

His mind thinks of possibilities, but none seeming realistic. He wanders further in to the house, looking around as he spies Christmas baubles along the way, snow globes, candles and mini trees line the wall. His anger grew inside of him. He'd never seen Christmas this overdone. His teeth grinded together as he moved towards the living room, anger building in his body, when he should have been pleased and full of the Christmas spirit, or at least appreciate Melody's hard work.

J2H: Looks like Rudolph has been sick around here.

He moved towards the main room of the house, the living room, hoping for something less in your face but reaching the half open door, he knew he would be more shocked if there was less Christmas decoration. Through the partially opened door, he spots Melody on the sofa, her blonde hair resting on the arm rest of the sofa. He moves in to the room, his intention to tell Melody just what he thought, but Melody didn't move. Moving towards her, looking over her, he sees her eyes shut in peaceful slumber. He turns around, looking at the room, his eyes like saucers as he looks around the trees all around the room. He moves towards the center of the room, placing the takeaway bag and flowers on the table, a dancing Santa in the middle.

J2H: Why are there so many Christmas trees around here?

Indeed he was right, looking around the room, he saw five trees, five trees in one room! Each decorated beautifully, lit brightly.  

J2H: Why does anyone need five?

He walks towards the first one, crouching down and looking at the presents underneath it and reading one of the tags.

J2H: To James, love Melody...

He stands up and moves to the next tree, crouching down and looking at the next tree, his eyes moving over the label shaped like a snowman on one of the presents. To Melody from Simpson, he reads in his head. Yes, Simpson, not a Christian name, but Simpson. Moving to the next tree, he spots a label with the words "To Simpson, from Dexter". J2H frowns as he blinks rapidly.

J2H: The duck does his own shopping now?

He casts his eye towards Melody, sleeping peacefully on the sofa, and turns to the final two trees. He moves towards the forth tree, crouching to read the next label.

J2H: To Dexter, love mommy and daddy?

He scratches his head, looking towards Melody, still not moved from her sleep, her knees curled up to her chest.

J2H: I didn't buy shit...

The realization crosses his mind about the fifth tree and he quickly moves towards it and sees the label "To Puppy, from mommy and daddy."

J2H: She bought presents for a fish? This is serious damn overkill!

The anger started to build again, running through his muscles as he turns to face Melody, but her peaceful look on his face stops the upcoming explosion. He sighs sadly, part of him just relieved that she's there and came home rather than ask Simpson to return her to the airport. He moved over to the end of the sofa, Melody laying across two of the three cushions and gently lowers himself at the end. As if instinctively, Melody just sits up, her eyes closed switches positions, lowering her upper body across his legs and grabbing his arm, pulling it over her. He looks down at her with a slight look of confusion. He quickly shrugs it off as her innocent peaceful look, possibly the most peaceful she has looked in days, washes the rage and anger from his body. He knew she was asleep, Melody had this knack for falling asleep deeply within minutes of her head hitting the pillow. He knew the world she was in right now was a dream world, but he spoke anyway.

J2H: Sometimes I wish my brain would work faster than my mouth.

He looks down at her laying on his lap, her hand wrapped around his.

J2H: I want more from us Mel, I don't want to constantly feel on egg shells. You know all that stuff form years ago plays on my mind, you know it kills me and fills me with nothing but hate. It fucked up so much then and even now. I don't want it to be like this.

He felt raw, as if he was baring his disfigured soul, taking comfort in the fact that if she heard it, it would work in to her dream world in the form of something else.

J2H: I want the best for us, push as far as we can go, but lately it's been weird.

He felt like he was confessing to her.

J2H: I'm just sick of the shit from the past, shit that could happen again. Today it nearly did, you nearly hopped on a plane and disappeared again. You nearly left me standing in a place that looks like Christmas moved in. I don't wanna sit here anymore and think you can up and leave at any time.

Melody squeezes his finger, still miles away in her dream world.

J2H: We need to be better, we need to be closer or this ain't gonna work anymore. We need to stand up and be better every day. I know I need to get rid of those demons, I know I need to put some things behind me but I also know I can't do this shit on my own. I feel that way at times, like I have nowhere to turn, like I...

He looks down at Melody, her breathing slow and steady. He knew there was no waking her and looking around a place that could put Santa's grotto to shame, he breathed in deeply.

J2H: We'll talk about this a little later.

He pulls Melody across his lap a little more, the sleeve on her shirt rolling up. Something grabs his attention as he looks at the top of her arm, showing a deep, dark bruise, very angry looking and purple.  

J2H: What the fuck? Melody? Melody?

He gives her a gentle shake, but all Melody does is lift her arms up and wraps her arms around his neck. He lets out a short sigh and puts his arms under her legs.

J2H: Someone's got a little explaining to do a little later.  

He turns his head to a grandfather clock on the wall, reading the time as eight O clock in the morning. He stands up, lifting Melody in the air and holding her up, she instantly puts her head on his shoulder and wraps her arms around him tightly.

J2H: Sleep in her own bed will do her good.  

He walks towards the door, the camera watching the walk out of the door, but staying fixed in one place. Just seconds later, the sound of J2H's footsteps moving up the stairs and along the hallway, presumably to the bedroom. The footsteps stop and only his voice can be heard.  

J2H: A Christmas tree in the bedroom too? Damn! You didn't do this by half, did ya babe?

Fast forward just a few hours. Having decided to catch some extra sleep too, J2H lies in bed, the camera focused on his face. Rolling over, he reaches out, expecting to reach out and find Melody laying beside him, but Melody is nowhere to be found. He eyes slowly open, staring at an empty pillow, he lets out a long yawn before rolling to the side of the bed and pushing the white covers from his toned body. He swings his legs around, touching the floor, before rubbing his eyes. He glares across at the Christmas tree in his room, slowly shaking his head.

J2H: At least on the bright side of Melody doing all of this stuff, I can stop hiding her presents in the wardrobe.

Shock, horror, J2H is not as stupid as many would think. For months he had been picking up bits and pieces when he could for Christmas, for not only Melody, but for Simpson too. It's been easy to do so without Melody noticing. J2H has been out on the road constantly while Melody has been at home, resting her shoulder, he'd been in cities days before, looking for little things. He stands up moving towards the walk in closet in his room, moving to his side of the closet. He pulls down a robe from behind the door and wraps it around his body before reaching down and grabbing two heavy looking sports bags and sliding them out. He knew it was the perfect hiding place. Melody would never go down any of his large collection of sports bags. Pulling them out, he lifts them over his shoulder and walks out of the room. His face drops as a horrible thought enters his mind as he looks at the empty bed.

J2H: Wait, what if she's....

His words trail off as he makes a move towards the bedroom door, the bags still over his shoulders. He moves out of the room and quickly down the hall to the top of the stairs. He thunders down them, the added weight on his back and shoulders add to the sound. He gets to the bottom of the stairs and turns around, moving under them in a half run and pushes the kitchen door to the left open and burst in the room. Melody sits to his left, but quickly springs to her feet as the urgency of J2H alarms her.

Melody: What's wrong?

A sigh of relief exits his body as he moves towards her, wrapping his arms around her firmly.

Melody: Ow, ow, ow!

His hands press on Melody's training wounds, unseen by his own eye, causing her to wail in pain. He quickly steps back, happy to see her there.

J2H: What's wrong?

Melody: Nothing, I over did things with training.

The sound of a man clearing his throat behind J2H causing him to spin around. His eyes rest upon Derek Thorne standing in his kitchen.

J2H: Well at least this explains the bruise on your arm I saw earlier.

Melody quickly covers her arm in the same place as J2H's eyes rested on just a few hours earlier. He looks at Derek's icy stare.

J2H: Derek...

Derek: James.


The two just stare at each other, before J2H turns his attention back to Melody

J2H: Can we talk outside?

Melody nods and she holds a finger up to Derek Thorne, indicating her intention to return in just a moment. J2H walks out of the door, shortly followed by Melody. He stops and turns around to look at her.

J2H: Those bruises.

Melody: Just training hard for this comeback.

J2H: What's he doing here anyway? I thought that part of the past was gone, done and he was hiding in the snow somewhere.

Melody: He just showed up.  

J2H taps his chin, just looking at Melody, his head slightly tilted.  

J2H: When you have some time, I think we need to sit down and sort this shit out Mel. We can't go on like this is we want to move forward. If you want to move forward.

Melody: Of course I want to move forward Jam. I don't like this fighting.

Sadness fills her voice, yet a genuine feeling comes from her tone. She steps forward, placing her hand on his arm.

J2H: As soon as you get time, we'll talk, ok?

Melody nods in agreement. She didn't want the single life, as much as it was tweeted. She knew she would do whatever she could at this point to make it work.... Well, almost everything.

Melody: Ok. What's with the bags Jam?

Almost forgetting they were on his shoulders, J2H looks either side to see the bags. He runs through his mind, looking for an excuse.

J2H: Oh, just some stuff I need to shoot that promo. It's gonna be great but needs a lot of set work, so these should help, just gotta check on them so I'll be in the study. Also need to run my eye over that really confusing promo Dmitri threw out last week.

Melody knew better than to ask too much about the promo work that he does when it comes to focusing on an opponent.

J2H: So I'll be in the study. As soon as you're free, come find me, ok?

Melody nods and moves forward and kisses him on the cheek. She turns and moves back towards the kitchen. J2H moves in the opposite direction and towards the living room. Looking behind himself to make sure he hasn't been followed, he moves quickly towards the Christmas trees, dropping down to his knees and placing the bags either side. He kneels in front of Melody's tree and quickly opens the bag, reaching in and grabbing presents. He hurries as he pulls out the presents and putting them around Melody's tree. He quickly slides along to Simpson's tree, opening up the second bag and glancing over his shoulder, looking towards the door. Spotting no one around, he reaches in to the bag and pulls out presents, placing them around the free. Thinking he can hear footsteps, he springs to his back and hurries to a door at the side of the room and quickly walks through, heading towards the study. The sound of another door opens and his voice can be heard.  

J2H: Fucking hell! Is there a room in this house that hasn't been decorated?!?!

The camera fades out.




The moon drops down in the background over a graveyard setting. Tombstones fill the camera on a hill as a wide shot is seen, the city of Los Angeles can be seen in the distance. The camera pulls back, showing the tombstones a little closer, some with traditional arch shapes, others in cross form, cut in marble. The camera spins to see people lined up alongside an open grave, four on each side, a mix of men and women all in black. Face nets cover the eyes of the women, helping to give distinction between genders. Behind an oval tombstone stands J2H, his blonde hair neatly combed to the side. His body is covered by a black suit, with a white shirt and a black tie. He bows his head as he looks in to the open grave. The camera moves in a little closer, capturing all nine people in a closer shot. J2H raises his head, his diamond stud earring blinking in the moonlight at the floodlit funeral. He clears his throat and looks deep in to the camera.


J2H: Ladies and gentlemen, we are here to say goodbye. We are here to say goodbye to something that once promise so much, yet never lived up to full potential. Something that we hope in the afterlife can be much more successful. It wasn't an easy ride for this being, yet he someone managed to cling on in an attempt to be relevant, but all things, good and bad, must come to an end, and this is one of them.

He bows his head just slightly.

J2H: Today, we have to say goodbye to the career of Dmitri.

He raises his head and tries not to smile.

J2H: It felt like yesterday when his SCW career had began, but his contract was signed back in January, on the twenty fifth to be exact, and he debuted two months with a not so impressive with against Tim Staggs. A victory we've all had in our careers, but it was the start of something forgettable sadly. It was the start of another career that never really amounted to anything, regardless of the strides make in the less than seven months between stepping in the ring and today. So many would be impressed with this but I can't say I am.

He rolls his shoulders forward in a reverse shrug

J2H: People would be impressed that he moved on well and took the Internet championship, with stiff competition fighting for that title, the one title I have not put my hands on. He defeated Rage, Rage of all people, so some would list that as a career highlight in SCW.

He tilts his head slightly, his face stone like and unemotional.

J2H: Some would, I wouldn't.

He solemnly shakes his head firmly.

J2H: Just two weeks later, that championship belt was back around the waist of the better man, it was back around the waist of Rage, so that pathetic run, and I use the word run lightly, did nothing to impress me. In fact, a lot of things Dmitri did, no one could truly understand. Let's talk about another moment in his Sin City Wrestling career, shall we?

J2H nods his head, just taking a deep breath before continuing.  

J2H: Let's talk about the decision to join forces with James Tuscini. I know, I'm scraping the bottom of the barrel here, because there hasn't been many defining moments in the career of Dmitri, but jumping on board with James Tuscini. Let me tell you something about being part of a successful team. You need to have something, anything, just a little thing in common with someone you plan on teaming with. Myself and Giani Di Luca, look at how alike we were, we had it all. Look at other teams, and this might be the only time I ever praise these teams, but Team Hero, The Monstimals, Team BJ, fuck, go back to Sinful Obsession, all these teams had something that made them seem a fit, yet the Dmitri, Tuscini team makes no sense. A vampire and a Jersey short stereotype, made no sense, yet this is what I'm forced to talk about because of how unmemorable Dmitri's time in SCW has been.

The mourners around the grave side sob as J2H shakes his head.

J2H: If my career had that many forgettable moments, I'd cry too. I'd sob like a baby because no one would remember a thing I've done, just like him. There's not one promo I can honestly say I remember from him. In fact, this is no longer a sad occasion saying goodbye to his career.

J2H runs his hand along his chin.

J2H: This is actually a mercy killing for the sake of the fans.  

He presses his hands together as he looks down in to the open ground.

J2H: You would have thought last week would have been an interesting story, showing the world that you have a maker, and that you've become a whinny little bitch, Dmitri. We always knew you was a whinny little bitch from the second you cried about getting a rematch, but now your career is gonna meet my maker. I thought it would add something new to you, that we might actually get to see something other than the usual shit we get to see, but nope, it was the same regurgitated shit as always.

The champions rolls his eyes at his own comment.

J2H: We get it, you like blood. You like the night time, you like scaring people, come up with some new shit bro!

He rolls his eyes, clearly disappointed that Dmitri used the same old gimmicky lines to get his point across.

J2H: We already know what you're supposed to be. We get the sharp teeth, messy hair, pale complexion, it's something you don't have to go on and on about, nor does anyone give a flying fuck about the history of Russia. You're run by a fucking idiot, the next Hitler. No one gives a shit. I did however learn one thing, one thing that will put me in good steed.

He waves his finger at the camera, pointing with confidence.

J2H: You are so damn unfocused, it's not even funny. You spend half your time rambling on about people other than me. Hello Dmitri, I'm your opponent, Casey isn't, so why you going on about a man who is not in SCW bro? Do I give a damn that you attacked a man like a coward in his own house in front of his kids? No, I don't, so why the fuck are you talking to him and not me? I don't even think he cares while he's sitting at home. I'm your damn opponent, focus on me rather than an embarrassingly proud moment where you beat up someone who has nothing to do with this match.

J2H disappointedly shakes his head, feeling the confidence in him grow.

J2H: You wanna rid the world of the weak, you should consider suicide.

An arrogant smirk crosses his face as he looks down in the open hole below him.

J2H: And sitting mocking Rage.... Are you fucking serious bro? The guy took your Internet title from you, and you wait for months to waste a chance to talk about me, talking about Rage. Again, I'm your opponent fuck nuts, and you just cost yourself this match by being so unfocused. If you took out everything you said about everyone else and not me, your promo would have lasted for just enough time for people to take a piss through and come back. You've heard of piss break matches? Well after that, you are the king of piss break promos. Why waste so much time talking about Rage? We're in a thunderdome genius, no one can get in. No one can step through the ropes and have any impact on this match. All you've done, like the idiot that you are, is waste precious time talking about someone else. That shows your head is not in it. It shows your focus is split, it shows you're too busy worrying about someone else, and I'm all about focused on you. I'm not rambling about someone else. I mean, you're going on about beating someone at the last Climax Control. I can do that too, now who did I beat in my last match on an episode of Climax Control?

J2H taps the side of his head, as if he's thinking about it, knowing the answer fully well.

J2H: That would be you, Dmitri. Let me ask you some of the same questions you asked him. It musta been hard for you, huh Dmitri? Cause I watched you sink in to the forgetfulness of being non relevant... Whatever the fuck that means.

He tilts his head up, looking up towards the night sky before looking back down at the camera.

J2H: Did me beating you make you run off in desperation? ...What?

J2H tilts his head again, still confused by the words he just spoke.

J2H: Seriously, you rambled for ten minutes about people that is not me and expect to be focused on me. That's seriously cost you, ya fucking freak!

He shakes his head slowly, his mind in thought trying to figure out how anything Dmitri said in his wasted time talking about Casey and Rage, linked to him.

J2H: If that wasn't bad enough, a fucking history lesson. No one gives a fuck about Lenin, Louis XIV, or any other historical figure you wanna bring up. This is the hear and now, this is modern times and you wanna compare me to fallen history figures to show even this king can fall, is that it? You chose to ramble on to the point where people would have turned off, just to say you want to get piece of the people around me... Tell the people something they don't know! You're a fucking bad guy, they already know you want revenge on Rage and JT Midas, you don't have to talk such shit taking us on a tour of history to let us know you wanna beat up two people who stood by my side.  

He shrugs confidently as he looks down the camera.

J2H: You basically wasted an entire promo, talking about a subject that no one really liked in school, talking about other people and pretty much just wasting space.

An arrogant smirk crosses his face.

J2H: Travis mentioned me in his promo this week, am I gonna dedicate an entire scene to him? Fuck no! Thanks for watching Travis, maybe you will get sixes across the board, but one hundred for stupidity. I didn't feel confused when you stepped up to me, I felt like I was in for an easy time.

A smile breaks out across his face.

J2H: And Spike and Alexis mentioned my name... Yeah, Spike's right Alexis, Austin Parker is the one. He is a champion maker.

J2H puts his hands out in front of the camera, with a wide smile on his face.

J2H: That is how to you address things, without rambling on about people not in the match, just to make your promo look epic, and to fool people in to thinking you're a great talker. You're really not, you're like a drunk at a bar repeating his story just to prove a point.  

He tilts his head as continue to speak.

J2H: You wasted everybodies time who thought you was gonna talk about something they was interested in. They thought you was gonna speak about me, about the world title match, about the thunderdome, about the fucking huge supercard that is High Stakes VI, but you wasted everyone's time! You wasted their time, you wasted my time, you wasted the damn film that piece of shit was recorded. The people didn't want to hear you ask how JT is feeling, or how Rage is feeling, they wanted to hear about our damn match and you ruined it Dmitri, you made all the fans see that your mind is not in this match and mine is more than focused for this one.  

His eyes narrow as he looks down the camera, his lips pressed out as he thinks about his next words.

J2H: I was actually pretty fucking shocked when you did decide to talk about the match after what felt like an eternity of you talking about everyone other than me. Then I wish you'd have just shut the fuck up and just disappeared. You asked me to tell you how I plan on beating you, besides about me telling you that I've beat you before...

A frown passes the champions face.

J2H: Ummm, why the fuck would I say anything else? You've been in the same fucking ring as me idiot! Why would you even ask a man who has beat so you damn much, how I plan on beating you! I will beat you like I did the first time, I will beat you like I did the second time, I will beat you like I did the third time. Seriously, do you just wanna show up here and finish the rest of this promo for me, because right now, you're just beating yourself and that is fucking embarrassing.

The frown is replaced by an arrogant smirk.

J2H: You're loading the gun and aiming at yourself asking this stupid fucking questions. How about you tell me how you're going to beat me. Like rip the flesh back and get down to the bare bones of thing and instead of the tough talk, you tell me tactically, how are you gonna beat me?

He waits for a few seconds, pausing as if he's waiting for an answer.

J2H: You're clueless Dmitri. You mock me for having two followers, you call me a bitch for having two followers. Jesus had followers, was he a bitch? Your little hero Lenin had followers, so many that bought in to his cause, was he a bitch Dmitri?

The arrogant smirk returns to his face as he looks down the camera.

J2H: How will I slither out of danger? Hello moron! Fucking Thunderdome! I'm gonna stand toe to toe with you because you are such a whining little bitch, crying to get another title match after Christian made a fuck up and kicked you. You went crying for your shot, and I out smarted you, you somehow lose everything on your own the whole cycle, only winning tag team stuff, yet you are the number one contender yet again. I'm not buying this bullshit Dmitri. Instead of acting like you fucking deserve this, you need to be grateful you're even in this match rather than in a match with a new guy!

He puts his hands out to the side, with raised eyebrows.

J2H: I ain't no sun king, I piss on Louis XIV when it come to being a king so fuck you and your history pal. Louis XIV would never have held an SCW title as long as I have, so you're talking shit. I set the standard, and he couldn't live up to me even if he tried Dmitri. You're not facing him, you're facing me, focus bitch!

J2H points to his own eyes with his forefinger and middle finger.

J2H: I'm on the top of the world cause I fucking earned it, I didn't go cry about being kicked in the balls by a boss as a legit reason to get a title shot, you fucking did, little whinny bitch. You're not my thunderdome, you're not my impossible match, fuck, after watching you ramble in your last promo to me, I'm not even sure you can even hold a conversation anymore. I don't fear this match at all. I fear nothing about you. I fear nothing about this match. Hit me with everything at your disposable, electrocute me, throw me in to every inch of the cage and I'm gonna get up Dmitri. I'm going to stand up to you and walk out with my championship belt. There's nothing you have left you can give to take me out, and you know it. That's why you spent more time talking about others than you did me, because you know when my name gets stuck in your throat, you get that knot in the pit of your stomach, you get that sick, sinking feeling because you know that name, is the name that will always haunt you. It's the name that will always be your biggest downfall. It will always be the name that will keep you awake, the name that will turn you to alcohol, because you will never be able to stand up to it.

A determined look covers his face.

J2H: Does this look like a face of desperation to you? Does this look like a man who is gonna crumble?  

He points to his face as he shakes his head.

J2H: You're not that lucky Dmitri. There is not a hint of desperation in this face, not one little bit of desperation, but you having to go back to times no one cares about, you having to talk about past and present associates, it shows that you've accepted defeat against me. It shows that you are trying to avoid the fate that awaits you. You know you have already lost, you know you're already bowing out to me and just falling at my feet. Everyone can tell that all this talk of the dark side, and all this devil bullshit is just a way to hide your inadequacies. Everyone knows that it's a way to sit and deflect people from the fact that you ain't that good bro. I've walked with the devil and you ain't it and never will be Dmitri.

Confidence floods his face as he looks down the camera.

J2H: You can take your pointless rhetorical question asking ass and disappear Dmitri. I'm bored of you asking pointless questions that no one cares to know the answer. Certainly don't ask me if anything you say makes sense, because nothing you say, or have ever said to me, has make any sense at all. You spend so much time questioning yourself, it's a fucking surprise you even remember to show up. Should you devour me?

A look of disgust crosses J2H's face.

J2H: What grown man asks another grown man a fucking question like that you sick freak! Who even thinks those things, let alone let them fall out of their mouths!?  

He slowly shakes his head as he looks at the camera.

J2H: This is why people will never wanna see you as a champion and will be bowing to me in thanks that I would have saved the world from what you spit these seriously confusing words from your lips and boring the daylights out of each and every person every week. Who fucking asks if they should be baptised in my shame. You might think it was a pretty clever line but...

J2H firmly shakes his head.

J2H: I can tell you that there is not one person out there that actually found that a clever line at all. Just made people shake their heads in serious disappointment. It wasn't a smart line, it was pretty lame if I'm honest, the people feel it.

J2H shrugs his shoulders.

J2H: In fact, you're so shit at this thing, the fans are booing you so much more, you're actually turning me in to a fucking face!

He smirks as he looks down the camera once more.

J2H: This is where I save the world from you, this is where I bury your career for the good of humanity. I will do this for the people because people are sick of you.

He reaches down to the ground, picking up a handful of dirt. He stands up and looks in the hole below him.

J2H: Your career ends here, Dmitri. Ashes to ashes, dust to dust.

He drops the dirt in to the hole and straightens up.

J2H: You will never get another shot at my title again Dmitri. That's real talk bitch.

As J2H turns and walks away, the camera drops down to the tombstone below him, the camera resting on the front of it.

<img src=http://i1253.photobucket.com/albums/hh598/SinCityWrestlingBucket/Dmitri%20tombstone_zpsdpcyqkow.jpg>

The camera fades out for the last time.  


44
Supercard Archives / J2H (c) v DMITRI
« on: November 18, 2016, 07:27:27 PM »
 <span style='font-family:Arial'> When you feel lost, who do you turn to? Do you run to family? Do you go to friends? What if they were the cause of this lost feeling that you felt inside? Who then?

The scene opens up with a statue of Jesus, hanging from a gold cross, his head tilted to one side as a crown of thorns rest upon his head, his eyes closed. The camera pulls back to show the cross hanging from a wooden wall. As the camera moves out further, an old style pipe organ sits to the left of the shot, it's pipes losing some of their brass shine. As the camera moves further back, a pulpit made of worn oak sits in the middle of an elevated floor. Yes, we are indeed in a church, a place where most go when they run out of options and have to look to an unseeable force for guidance, for blind faith. The pulpit stands high, allowing a speaker to see over the congregation, but today wasn't Sunday, the congregation were nowhere to be seen, but a man sits in the forth row, his head bowed and his hands pressed together. The camera moves in closer, clearly showing the head of J2H.

J2H inside a church, seems unlikely, yet there he was, wearing a black suit, with a white shirt, his hair neatly pushed back. His eyes are closed as his hands cover half his face, his fingers brushing gentle over his nose. Nothing but silence fills the church, as SCW's top male champion sits on the slightly uncomfortable wooden benches. His mind rushes as he stays in a silent state, his head bowed for a few more seconds. Slowly he raises his head, his eyes opening as he looks at the statue in front of him and slightly to the right, the main focus part of the churches stage. He looks on in silence, his breath a slow and steady pace, when he is approached from his right hand side by a man dressed in a black robe and white collar. The man, tanned, olive skin, and dark hair neatly combed downwards, around a bald crown, with a moustache, just following the curve of his upper lip. He looks towards J2H, causing him to turn his attention to him. The man points to the bench and J2H nods, inviting him to sit alongside him.


Father Rodriguez: My name is Father Rodriguez. I haven't seen you here before, my son.

J2H: I'm J2... James, just call me James. I haven't been here before father.

Father Rodriguez: You look like a young man with the world on your shoulders.

J2H sighs as he adverts his gaze to the front of the room, his eyes on the statue of the crucified Jesus Christ.

J2H: I do have the weight of the world on my shoulders father, the weight of many worlds I think. Life isn't what I imagined it to be at this point, when I should be happy, but I'm not. This world is a messed up place and right now, I don't even know how I got here.

Father Rodriguez: Sometimes, going back to the start of the path will help you figure out where you are now.

The champion frowns as he keeps his eyes on the statue.

J2H: Well, I'm a wrestler father.

The father smiles.

Father Rodriguez: I confess, James. I do know who you are. Although not a fan of the sport as such, I do see you in the society pages.

J2H: Can you tell my smile in those pages are fake, Father? Can you tell that I put it on like a poker player to hide the fact that I'm not happy?

Father Rodriguez shakes his head slowly as he looks away from the young man.

Father Rodriguez: No, but there is not many people out there that are truly happy with what they have James.

J2H: I'm one of them father, but it's not about wanting more than what I have, cause in honesty, I have everything a normal twenty two year old should have and more, but this point of my life, I don't know what to do with it.

Father Rodriguez: Go back to the start, and bring yourself to this point.

J2H sighs as he closes his eyes and speaks.

J2H: Well I was always the kid that did the unexpected, like I grew up with money, and that was it, I should be sitting around all day doing nothing, but that was never the case, Father, in fact, it was the opposite. I was a child genius, I went to college early, I got a degree in business at a young age, while I was wrestling. I was always good at sports, but people looked at me and saw the skinny rich kid and that was enough for them to judge me without knowing me.

Father Rodriguez: As the saying goes, never judge a book by it's cover.

J2H: That saying could have been made for me. I was judged from the second I said hi to someone. I was judged the instant I came in contact with people, I still am. People don't want to give people like me a chance for whatever reason, no one wants to be that close. I was always the guy that people come to when they wanted something, when they needed something and I still am in a way. People come to me when I can do something for them that others may not want.

Father Rodriguez: So you feel under appreciated?

J2H opens his eyes, breathing out sharply as he looks towards the reverend.

J2H: That's an understatement. I don't do well with friends father, and if this wasn't holy ground, I wouldn't be holding back on how I feel about the and well the curse words would be flying.

The father can't help my smile sympathetically towards the young man.

J2H: I feel used. I feel taken for granted. I feel like people would let me slip through their fingers, watch me crash to the floor, have them step over me, only to come pick me up when they want to. I've felt like that with so many in my life, even with family too. I'm at the point where I'm tired, father. I'm at the point where compliments don't come my way, no matter what I do. It's probably my own fault really.

This draws a curious look from Father Rodriguez.

Father Rodriguez: How do you see it that way, my son?

J2H shrugs his shoulders, a sad exhale coming from his lips.

J2H: Because I let them. The guy you see on television is only part of who I am. The guy that people see on television goes home at the end of every day and does what normal people do. An actor goes home at the end of every day, does he stay in character?

Father Rodriguez: I very much doubt it.

J2H: Right, so am I expected to be the guy on television all the time? Like I don't feel anything? I admit, I am ninety five percent of who I am on television but at times, I would just love to have someone tell me I'm worth something. That five percent of me has it in them to randomly compliment someone. That five percent allows me to smile at someone, or tell someone I appreciate what they do, but it's so one way. It's my own fault.

Father Rodriguez: I don't see how you can blame yourself for others actions, James.

J2H: I can. I haven't been a saint father, I will never claim to be. I will never say I've been a good person, who deserves good things, but I feel like I deserve something as a human being. I feel that I deserve basic human rights as everyone else. I mean people on death row might be monsters, but they are human and deserve the basic rights, as much as their victims deserved to live a peaceful life. I've forgiven myself for my own sins, but I can not forgive others for wronging me.

Father Rodriguez: Self acceptance is a tougher thing to do that accepting the faults of others.

J2H: So you'd think, but it's easier to accept that I'm a horrible person, than accept that people I thought were good people aren't horrible. I can forgive myself for doing things people would burn me at the stake for, but I can't forgive simple things like people not being there on one of my biggest nights of my life, the night I won the SCW World title. My parents, no where to be seen, my then ex, who is now my current was too busy on Valentines being with other people, than being with the guy she tried to win back. My biggest achievement in life, and people who was meant to be there, wasn't there.

Father Rodriguez: Why wasn't they there?

J2H: My parents couldn't care less about me. They did a family tradition of giving me half the family wealth when I turned sixteen, gave me the house and I haven't seen them in five years. I don't get many calls, no birthday card, no Christmas card, nothing. As for my ex, she decided to up and leave, just like that, just like my parents, and didn't come back till just before my greatest victory, tried to work her way back in my life but preferred the company of others that night.

Father Rodriguez: Sounds like you hold a lot of resentment there.

J2H: Oh I do, it burns away at the little part of my soul that I have left, father. I thought I was married to her, long story, and it took me some time to get used to it, but lord knows I tried and lord knows, I was actually happy and then she was gone. Forgetting the relationship side, who says they're your best friend and leaves? Best friend, something I never really had before. I had friends, but not someone I could sit there and share everything with. I went from "wife and best friend" to nothing. There's always that fear it could happen again.

Father Rodriguez: Do you fear it will happen again?

He can't help but shrug his shoulders, as if it was a natural reaction.

J2H: Two weeks ago, maybe not, now, I'm thinking I'm the one that will do the running, father.

He looks towards J2H, a genuine look of concern on his face.

Father Rodriguez: Why would you do such a thing, knowing the pain it caused you?

J2H: Like I said, I haven't been a saint. You know last week, I sat on my boat, looking in to the water and wondering what the point was to life anymore. People might think it was nothing, but I thought maybe it's time to skip through the living fast part and get to the die young part. It was either that or run away and never look back because my personal life, well...

He sighs as he looks away, looking randomly at a stained glass window.

J2H: It's just not what I thought it was. I don't feel free to say what I feel, I don't feel honesty flows around me and I don't believe things are right. Something has changed in my world, and it feels like so many empty words are coming my way, just to keep me there like a roll of tape, just locked away somewhere until they can get some use out of me.

Father Rodriguez: Nothing is unfixable, James.

He looks back to the concerned reverend as he returns the look to the champions eyes.

J2H: This could be. Every aspect of my life feels like it's falling apart. My career, I've been the top man for a long time, yet at this point you'd think people would show some respect, but no, people can not wait for the day I fade away. They look at me with envious eyes and hatred, because it's me, because I out work them. My personal life, well, I won't lie, unless something drastically changes and soon, that will be done and finished because something has changed, I can't figure out what and when I ask, questions get brushed over and I'm back to square one. My health, well, it's not great and I have to fight every day to keep mind over matter instead of just giving up and saying it doesn't matter and never get out of bed again. At times father, I feel like there can be a million people around, and I'm the only one there. There's times I want just one person around, and I'm the only one there. No matter what I want, it falls short.

Father Rodriguez: Surely you are in a position where you can have what you want.

J2H: Some things money can't buy. Could be the richest man in the world but the one thing you want is priceless and you know you're never going to get your hands on it. I'm tired for fighting for that. I don't like goals I can't get, father.

Father Rodriguez: We are our own worst enemy at times, but I like to believe nothing is impossible.

J2H: You should be me for a day and feel what I feel, and so much becomes a speck of dust in the distance.  

Father Rodriguez: What is it that you want, James?

He runs his hand on his chin, exhaling sharply.

J2H: The sense that I'm wanted. The freedom to say no to something without being made to feel guilty, the chance to feel valued, to have my opinion matter. For a life of honesty in my direction, and peace. I don't get that and money can't buy me that.

Father Rodriguez: Are you willing to sacrifice everything for that? Your career? Your possessions? Your relationship?

He thinks for a few seconds, letting the silence grow between himself and Father Rodriguez. He looks up at the statue of Jesus hanging from the cross and looks back at the father.

J2H: Yes, I would. My career can end at any time and I don't think I'll miss the ring. My possessions are meaningless when they don't give you what you want, and my relationship.

He pauses again, looking towards the father.

J2H: She's one "I'm single" tweet away from having her message box light up, and I know who would be at the front of the queue for that, but she won't be single for long. Would I give up everything to be appreciated, wanted, valued, have an opinion without feeling guilt, to be able to say what I wanted without walking on egg shells and being forced in to things I don't want? I would prefer it in my career, possessions and personal life, but I'm starting to see that as a pipe dream.  

Another sigh comes from the champion, his depressing moving around the silent hall.

J2H: If it means stepping back from everything in my life and just being with myself, then I'm willing to do it. I can't take putting in the effort, only to have to hide what I feel. People would be better off without it and me around.  

Father Rodriguez: I don't believe that to be true. At your age, the world is in front of you to make of it what you will.

J2H: So many things are very much out of my hands father. This is why I'm at this crossroads. My entire life is up for debate right now. I can put in the effort and try to over come my next opponent, or I could not put in the effort, let him win and walk away from work. I can sit there in my relationship and let things continue the way they are where equality seems to fly out the window and I become a side kick to my own relationship, or I can walk away from it. I can sit there and say what I feel to people, knowing it will make them walk away eventually, or I can just save the pain and drama and the issues that will no doubt rear their ugly heads in the future.  

Father Rodriguez: You can't be fearful of the future, James. You never know what's gonna happen in it, even in these uncertain times.

J2H: Oh, sadly I do. I know me and I know some things are just not meant to be. I don't do empty words, I expect the same. This is why I don't know if I should go full tilt and continue the road I'm on accepting that things will never change, or if I step out of the limelight, step away from everything I know, just go, move to a place where no one can find me and just start again. I feel like I've been sitting at this crossroads forever and I have no way of knowing which way to go.

Father Rodriguez: That is the beauty of like my child. No one knows where we are going, no one knows how to get there, but God has a plan for us all. He will give you guidance and show you where you need to be. The people you meet in life, some are there to test you, some to stand beside you but regardless of if they stay in your life, they was there to teach you something. Everyone you come in contact with, a co-worker, a friend, a life partner, even a fan, everyone's life is impacted.  

J2H lowers his eyebrows as he looks at Father Rodriguez, slightly confused.

J2H: A fan?

Father Rodriguez: More so than you might think, James. When you meet a fan, whether it be for a two minute conversation, an autograph or a picture, that fan will remember that moment for an entire lifetime. They will be telling their friends about the second you looked and smiled at them. Even when you feel that you're not making an impact on someone's life, you truly are.

J2H: And when do people start making an impact on mine? When do I get to feel that wow moment? When do I get to stop being the guy there for others that's never appreciated?

Father Rodriguez: When you let people. People can't come in unless you let them.

J2H: Works both ways, father. No one wants me that close till they need something from me, or they want me to do something I don't wanna do.

Father Rodriguez: You get what you give, James. Life is about giving as well as accepting.

J2H: All I seem to do is give. My life is very one sided father. I give it all in everything I do, and here I am not knowing what to do in life.

Father Rodriguez: My advice is to take it one day at a time. You might leave here today and someone may just change your world again. I have listened to you and I enjoyed the fact that you were very open with me. I appreciate the fact that you came here, instead of looking at the water again.

J2H: Thank you for listening father.

Father Rodriguez: The reward is knowing that you came here, to God's house and not in a place where you can do harm to yourself. I must get going James, but I am here all the time, so please don't be a stranger.

Father Rodriguez stands up, reaching down to shake J2H's hand. J2H shakes his hand, standing to his feet.

J2H: Thank you for your time father. This has been as open and honest I've been able to be in a while. Before you go, I have one more question.

Father Rodriguez: Oh course my child.

J2H: Vampires, they're not real, are they?

A very puled look crosses the father's face as he looks down at J2H.

Father Rodriguez: Well, they do say you need bad, to know what good is, but I think in this case, we can clearly rule out vampires. They are a work of fiction.

J2H smiles towards him.

J2H: Thank you father.

Father Rodriguez turns to walk away stepping to the aisle and moving towards the pulpit. J2H moves in to the aisle and looks at the statue of Jesus.

J2H: Gave up it all for others to live in peace.

J2H does the sign of the cross over his upper body before turning around and walking up the aisle, his footsteps heard throughout the building. He stops next to a donation box and reaches in to his pocket, taking out a money clip, thick with rolled up one hundred dollar bills. He takes a handful and puts it in the wooden box, before returning the rest to his pocket and talking to himself.

J2H: It won't buy me a ticket in to heaven, but I can't take it with me.

He walks out of the church, in to the sunshine as the camera fades to black.




A familiar dirt track leads past a gas station, familiar to some who has seen some J2H promo work in this area.... So that's about two of you, good job keeping up with the company you work for. Anyway, dust flies from a four wheel drive pick up truck as it moves at a steady pace down the road, leaving the gas station in the rear view mirror. The car slows down as an old wooden post appears, the gate worn with time, swung open as the pick up truck moves towards it. The camera switches to J2H in the driver seat, the smile on his face as he reminisces. His eyes on the fields surrounding it where horses run freely. He looks at the ranch house and drives forward, stopping outside, the dust kicking up from the tires as he comes to a halt. A woman walks out of the front door, radiance shining from her as she looks up at the driver. J2H cuts the engine, stepping out of the car, his feet crunching on the dirt floor as he looks at the woman.


J2H: Ms. Angel.

J2H nods his head at the smiling woman. Yes indeed, Angel Parker, the wife of Austin Parker himself, stood with a beaming smile, looking at J2H. J2H had surprisingly flown halfway across the country to stand on the grounds of the Parker ranch, his spiritual home if you will, a place where the evolution of James Huntington-Hawkes III slowly kicked in, turning him in to the superstar that became J2H. The woman stepped forward towards the man who had grown so much since his time here and warmly wrapping her arms around his neck.

Ms. Angel: I'm so glad to see you James! Look at you now.

She steps back, her hands on his shoulders and looking at him up and down.

Ms. Angel: You've turned out to become a fine man.

Her southern charms were not lost on J2H, she was a generally likable woman. One could even question how she ended up with the pantomime villain that is Austin Parker. J2H would argue with anyone, male or female, his quips about many females on the roster hasn't gone unnoticed in sectors that bothered to listen, but something about Angel Parker that instantly drew your respect from all walks of life. Her kindness and compassion was plain to see on first meeting her. Pride filled her eyes as she looked at the man who lived in her guest house for months. Without her patience and understanding, he would never have become the man he'd become. She never looked on his as a bratty kid when he showed up at the gates in the past, but as an equal, something he'd never felt he'd had before.

J2H: Thank you Ms. Angel. Without this place, I wouldn't have become who I have.

Ms. Angel: Being a wrestlers wife, I've seen a lot of wrestlers come and go in the past, but you have made me so proud.

That pride she felt translated to J2H. He felt humbled around the woman who had treated him with respect and kindness, regardless of who he used to be. Everyone who walked through the Parker's door was treated as equal, regardless of who they were and what background they came from.

J2H: Without this place, I wouldn't have stood a chance in wrestling. This is where I owe my career to.

A smile crosses her face as she looked at him, like a mother to a prodigal son.

Ms. Angel: You wasn't saying that when you first arrived her.

Her smile was only matches by his own as he thought back to day one. His mind drifted to the task of having to fend for himself for the first time in his lifetime. There was no heirs or graces on the ranch, people were treated with respect and took care of themselves, that was something he wasn't used to. He wasn't used to doing his own shopping, cooking, or keeping his personal environment clean, he always had Simpson for that, but his first day on the ranch saw Simpson sent on a very deserved vacation.  

J2H: It took a little time to get used to but it reaped the rewards.

Ms. Angel turns back to the door she walked from, her hand cupping her lips as she calls out.

Ms. Angel: Austin, we have a visitor.

Austin: Ah'm comin', ah'm comin'

Ms. Angel turns back to J2H, as she stands on the stoop to her home, her feet firmly placed on the wooden planks.

Ms. Angel: So you came all the way out here on your own? No Simpson, or Melody Grace?

J2H sighs a little as he bites his lower lip, looking at the woman.

J2H: No, Melody is more of a Los Angeles or Norway person. She's been talking about Norway a lot lately, and tweeting it, so I'm guessing I'm set for an action replay there, and Simpson is with Melody. I needed to get away for the day.

Ms. Angel: And there was nowhere closer than Georgia?

A laugh comes from her lips as she looks towards him, trying to lighten the mood. He smiles at her.

J2H: I needed to feel connected to wrestling again. I needed to feel like I still had it in me, because the last two months could have been the worst two months of my career and life.

Ms. Angel: Oh?

Her tone was of curiosity, but good manners taught her many years ago, not to pry when not required.

J2H: Well my personal life is going to hell, Ms. Angel. Connections just not there at this point with anything. I fake more smiles to the fans when I'm meant to be trying to get their money from their pockets and in to the company. On a wrestling side, I am so bored.

Ms. Angel: How can you be bored of doing something you love to do?

J2H: Because I have faced and beat the same guy in my last two matches and come Sunday, I will have to do it again. It's becoming so routine, I could do this shi... ugh stuff in my sleep. The challenge is gone, there is no need for me to improve and get better anymore because although you showed me to be humble, wrestling doesn't challenge me anymore.

Ms. Angel: That's when you need to make new challenges within wrestling, for yourself. You've been a champion for nine months, why not challenge yourself to go to the end of the year as champion, and then a full year?

J2H: I'm not sure I have it in me. Everything is snowballing in to one giant downhill ball and I don't know what to do anymore.  

The door to the Parker home swings open and Austin Parker walks through, stepping on to the wooden planks of the porch and looking down at J2H, a surprise look on his face. Angel puts her hand on J2H's shoulder and looks him sincerely in the eye.

Ms. Angel: I'm sure you'll figure this out, James.

She warmly hugs him again, before turning around toward Austin and walking past him. Austin looks at J2H with the look of surprise still on his face.

Austin: Ah though ah was meeting ya in L.A on Saturday.

J2H: I needed to get away.  

A frown passes the cowboy's face as he looks at him, standing taller on the elevated porch.

Austin: An' ya ran outta islands for you an' the lady to go to?

An almost proud smirk crosses his face as he folds his arms.

J2H: Yeah, so I decided to take a trip to the land that smells of sweat and horse shit.

An equally proud smirk crosses J2H's face as he mimics Austin by folding his arms and looking at him. Austin rolls his eyes at J2H.

Austin: Ah'm a popular man today.

Austin turns his head towards the door, calling out loudly.

Austin: Come on out here, Bo!

J2H raises his right eyebrow looking towards the door as Bo Dreamwolf walks through the door, looking towards J2H. Bo's politeness quickly sees him step off the porch and towards J2H, reaching his hand out to shake it. J2H returns the handshake.

Bo: It's been a long time James.

J2H: Very Bo. Still teaching kids?

Little known story about J2H and Bo Dreamwolf, that you will see in a bit. Small talk is natural for two of the most unlikely people to ever have any kind of connection.  

Bo: I am, thanks for asking. How are you?

J2H: Still remembering the little people now I'm a nine month champion.

The friendly jab towards Bo causes the Native American to smile towards him.

Austin: Ya clearly came here for ah reason. Ya don't just drop everythin' without a call or anything an' just travel all the to a place ya didn't like, just cause ya wanted a break.

Austin points towards an open area, a barn in the distance, and steps off the porch to join J2H and Bo. He nods for them to walk and the three starts to walk down a dirt track.

Austin: Now, if this is one of those ah need a shoulder to cry on moment, ah'm not interested, you talk to Bo.

J2H scrunches his nose up as he looks at Austin.

J2H: It's not exactly like that. I'm getting bored Austin. I'm getting bored of constantly having to take on Dmitri. I'm tired of going home and feeling second best, I'm starting to like being in a dark room, on my own and locking out the world.

Austin: Boy, when ah was rasslin', me and Mark Ward took on each other every night for a month. We had to cut promo after promo in front of the crowd, every night. Every night we did that and we had ah rule. It couldn't be the same promo as the night before. Rassling changed now. Ya only cut promos ta build television matches. So ya had to talk about that guy ah few times. Big deal, ya the champion.

Bo: What he means is you worked hard to be where you are, so you wanted to be there at some point. You should enjoy it. Shouldn't matter who you've been facing.

Austin: That's what ah said.

Austin and Bo share a look, while J2H, walking in between the two of them, looks either side, shaking his head at both men as the three walk.  

J2H: It's not that I don't want to be there. It's about the fact that there is fuck all challenge anymore. Fuck, I spent yesterday trying to goad Simon Jones out of retirement, just to come back and give me a challenge. I see a man who has been out of wrestling for so long as more of a challenge than the people active.

Bo: The roster is full of talent. I am still a fan.

J2H: The problem is people are fucking lazy, Bo. People don't wanna put the effort in to be as good as I am, to lift them up.  

Austin: He ain't wrong. In all the years SCW has been going, this is a slack roster.  

J2H: They're just so fucking lazy. They turn up when they want and put no effort in to it.  

Bo: Dmitri has made himself a serious contender lately.

J2H: Compared to who else? Everyone else is sleeping, Dmitri was the only one who wasn't. He don't look good cause he stepped up, he looks good because everyone else stopped putting in the effort. I'm bored with that and my personal life is going to hell.

Austin: Ah ain't listening to what you and blondie are going through, ah don't care. You talk to him.

Austin points a thumb towards Bo, causing J2H switch his sight direction to his right, where Bo walks. An uncomfortable look crosses Bo's face.

Bo: Well, ummm, have you tried talking to her?

J2H: No.

Austin: Well problem solved. Talk to the woman ya idiot.

J2H: I wouldn't know where to start. I want things to be better with us. I mean they're not bad, but one minute she's bubbly around me, next, she's on Twitter talking to others and acting like she don't care.

Austin: Ah for fucks sake. Have we gone back six months? Cause ya was bitchin' bout that then and I didn't care than, and ah don't care now.  

Bo: You should talk to her though. Maybe she feels the same and wants thing to be closer. Ever thought of getting engaged?

J2H raises his eyebrow towards Bo, with a cocky smirk on his face.

J2H: Have you?

Austin can't help but burst out laughing as he looks at the two, pointing at Bo.

Bo: If I haven't, I can honestly say my sister, grandmother and Brandi probably have for me.

Austin: He still got ya there.

Bo stays silent, feeling defeated by J2H's comments and the three stop outside a barn, the wood more worn from when J2H remembered it from the past, the structure not aging very well.  

Austin: Can ah just deal with the rasslin' problem? You two can have a heart to heart 'bout women later.

Austin looks up at the old barn and moves towards the door, pushing open the wooden barn door. Inside sits the very old, yet workable wrestling ring, the very same ring that both Bo and J2H stepped in to improve their skills under the tutelage of Austin Parker. Bails of hay sit around the ring, marked with scrapes and scratches to give it character.

Austin: This is where it all started.

J2H: I know, I remember I was here, when you wouldn't let me get in the damn thing till I shovelled shit and lifted hay and fed ya damn chickens.

Austin: Well if ya wouldn't work a regular job, ya sure as shit wasn't gon' be able ta work hard enough to rassle. Ya might have been in an SCW ring before ya got ya skinny ass to this ring but this is the ring ya started ta become a real rassler.

J2H: Yeah, but now I'm bored of it. I am sick of it and I have no drive anymore.

Austin: Do ya remember how bad ya was when ya first turned up here?

J2H: I wasn't that bad.

J2H looks at Austin with all honesty as the three walk in to the barn and towards the ring. The three stand before the ring.

Bo: Actually, you was terrible. I actually remember the first match we had in that ring.

Flashback to the days of training, and here's the little known story about J2H and Bo Dreamwolf. Bo Dreamwolf was one of the very few people who knew exactly who J2H's trainer was, when he made his return. You could say Bo Dreamwolf played a big part in his training. Did you really think Austin was in the ring with the man known as James Huntington-Hawkes III? Not all the time, no. Austin still had it, on occasion, part time, or supercard wrestler, Austin could handle it - hint hint Austin - but wrestling every day would take it's toll on the wrestling legend, and age wasn't on his side - sorry Austin. Bo Dreamwolf was the man in the ring with J2H pretty much every day of his training. Here's their first encounter.

Austin: Seriously?

In the ring, of days gone past. Bo Dreamwolf stand facing a much skinnier, less muscle defined, tattooless, James Huntington-Hawkes III. Both men are wearing training gear.

Austin: You call that a punch?

James throws another punch toward Bo, glancing him on the chest, but not having any major impact to the much better built man. Bo looks out of the ring towards Austin and shrugs. Austin covers his eyes, slowly shaking his head, but James hits Bo on the chest once more. Bo turns his head back towards James.

Bo: I almost felt that one.

James: You're not funny.

James runs off the ropes, springing back across the ring, clumsily charging in to Bo and falling to the canvas.

James: Dammit! Is this guy made of stone or something!?

James returns to his feet, rubbing his shoulder and look at Bo.

Austin: Try a dropkick or something.

James jumps in the air, doing as Austin instructed and tries to nail Bo with a dropkick, but Bo stands firm, causing James to land flat on his back. James struggles to his feet and Bo jumps up, landing the picture perfect dropkick to James' chest and sending the young man flying backwards and to the canvas.

James: Dammit! That freaking hurt Tonto!

Austin: This ain't ice skating boy, get up.

James gets up and walks over to Bo, and instantly tries to lift him off his feet, but Bo tenses up, standing his ground. James stands up straight and stomps on his foot, causing Bo to untense his body. James reaches down and lifts Bo in a bodyslam and drives him in to the canvas. James turns around raises his arms towards Austin in victory, but Austin quickly shoots him down.

Austin: Ya not getting a medal for a bodyslam.

Defeated, James turns back towards Bo, only to be met with a vicious clothesline, sending James flying off his feet and doing a back flip, landing hard on his back.  

J2H: Son of a bitch.

James pulls himself to his feet and charges at Bo, who sidesteps and puts a foot out, tripping him up. Stumbling, James flies through the middle of the ropes and in to a pile full of hay. Bo and Austin move towards him, only visible from James is his legs waving out of the hay.

Coming back to modern times, both Austin and Bo laugh as the three sit on hay bales. J2H rolls his eyes at the two as they continue to laugh loud.


J2H: What was the point of retelling that embarrassing story?

The two slowly quieted down their laughing and look towards J2H.

Austin: 'cause that was who ya were when ya showed up here, an' now, ya the World champion and have been for nine months. Back then, ya wanted to be where ya are now an' ya there now. With rasslin', people don't stay on top as long as you have without havin' something special 'bout them.  

Bo: We all doubt ourselves in our careers, and in our lives, but you gotta look back at all the sacrifices you've made in your life to be where you are. Being where you are now, having all that you have now make all the sacrifices worth it.  

Austin: Ya just go out there, kick Dmitri's pale ass back ta Moscow,  an' enjoy being on top.

Bo: And don't push your lady friend away. If you want more from it, then if she's the one, she will too.

J2H looks at the two of them, unable to really argue against them.

J2H: Thank you. Now is there a bar around here that doesn't play country music, and doesn't stink of horse shit? I could go for a beer before getting back on a plane.

Austin: Don't ask for much, do ya?

The scene fades out as the three share a smile.




The scene takes place after Melody's promo.... Don't worry, she did  let you know when this one takes over....

Do you use Twitter? Oh you should, because it's actually fun if you're not watching Dmitri try and tweet dark side stuff when he's not tweeting "lol". It's a source to where people may or may not tease with a spoiler or two... Or if you're James Tuscini, don't sell your character to your fans. It teases signings, and returns... Hey, did you see Hot Stuff tweet about putting the money down to get Simon Jones back? Or that Ben Jordan has a reason to be at High Stakes VI, or that this might be Melody Grace's last match in SCW? No? You didn't know that? Well, Twitter is where to be.

Some what of a shock appeared on there earlier this week, as J2H announced that his relationship with Melody Grace was very much on the rocks, quickly followed by a tweet from Melody talking about single life. As expected, not one reply to J2H, not even an "are you ok?" from anyone. Melody on the other hand, bam! A friend went straight to her, not asking if she was ok, but building up how much they can spend time with each other again, and a random guy just trying to be noticed. Hate to think what her DMs looked like, but nothing, nothing of any sympathy for J2H. It could have been Melody that caused it, but no one cared, comfort Melody, burn J2H at the stake, just like last time until he took to the ring and told people the truth.

Weeks ago, the two moved in together, they were happy it seemed, or was they. You saw Melody's promo I hope before you saw this, walking on egg shells was an understatement and J2H couldn't figure out why. He knew his soul had a scorch mark in from nine months ago that wouldn't fade, he knew the mental pain would not go away at any time soon, but it rarely showed when the two was together, it just lived in the darker reaches of his mind.

What could have prompted the two to be like this... Well there was a clue in Melody's promo if you actually were smart enough to pick up on it.

But as you've gathered from this promo so far, J2H is no longer around at the house. He'd extended his stay at Austin's ranch for an extra couple of days, they break up unfairly coming from a long distance setting, but he was heading home, he was home in the city sense so to speak at Los Angeles International Airport.

A private jet comes to a complete stop to one side of a small hanger. Planes can be seen shooting past in the background, their jet engine noise filling up the Los Angeles air. The steps to the private plane starts to slowly come down, next to a waiting car. After touching the ground firmly, J2H is seen standing at the top, adjusting his eyes to the morning light, brightness filling the air around him, only lit up by the countless lights of the working airport. He breathes in deep, feeling the fresh air hit his lungs after hours of compacted recycled air in the private plane. Stepping down the steps, a bag over his shoulder, he moves towards the car. He knew it would only be a short journey to the terminal, and no time through customs - celebrity perks, before he would be back facing reality and the problems he created to wait for him by the time he returned.

He agreed a break up with Melody over the phone, he didn't know what he was going to be walking in to. She sounded firm on the phone during their argument, almost like giving a shit about the situation wasn't on her mind, but he knew differently. He knew that she built her walls high and was sitting behind the wall confused.

He hasn't let the whole thing slip from his mind either. For the last four hours, he'd been stuck on the plane, his mind wandering towards what had happened. He knew the scars from the past would always come back to haunt him, but was he too rash? Was the reasons for his quick escape justified? Were they stupid reasons? A million questions rushed though his mind, enough to cause doubt in him mind.

He knew as he stepped in to the car and sat down, feeling it slowly move towards the terminal building, he had to speak to Melody, he had to clear the air before she moved on and he disappeared off her radar for good, he had to know if he was sure he was doing the right thing.

After seconds, the car was pulling up to the terminal building, snapping him back from his thoughts and scenarios of what could be waiting for him when he got home. He stepped out of the car, pulling his bag with his free arm before moving in to the building in front of him. He looks around the VIP area, where celebrities get to move through security without the glaring eye of the public, spotting it to be relatively quiet before moving through the a security check point. His eyes focus on the tired looking guard as he hold up his ID, the man waves him through, clearly not interested in his celebrity status. He wanders through the security checkpoint and to the outside of the main terminal, expecting to see Simpson waiting for him, yet Simpson is nowhere to be seen. Pulling his bag higher on his back, he starts to walk through the terminal, thinking that Simpson may have been running slightly late. He pulls his baseball cap lower on his head hoping to not be recognized in this early morning setting, but fingers and whispers fly in his direction. A more excitable noise is heard in the distance as he glances his eyes up to see a gathered crowd. He narrows them, looking for the source of this commotion, but takes half a step back as his eyes widen.

Walking towards him surrounded by people following them, taking pictures and asking questions, is Melody Grace and Simpson, Simpson's watchful eye keeping check on how close people are getting to her. His mind races, was she at the airport to meet him? To try and put things right? No, she had a carry on bag with her.

She was doing it again... She was leaving!

His mind was rushing again. No waiting to talk, not even sitting at home with a rolling pin ready to strike, she pulled the same thing she did in the past and just walking away without a word. This is starting to become less of a pattern and more of trait.

Melody had seen him too, she froze in place as her eyes locked on to his. She could see the anger in his face. He knew that running away when she owned half his house, her stuff that she brought in to the house would be a constant reminder of her, but she opted for another indefinite disappearance, leaving him once again to clean up was what she wanted. She knew that this was not going to be a fun reunion as he marched his way towards her, the crowd spotting him and looking towards him. Louder whispers broke out as he got closer, many expecting to see human gasoline, meet a human match. He stopped in front of her, his heart racing as he looked at her as words fell through gritted teeth.


J2H: So you're doing the same again? Just running away.

Melody looks around the crowd. She had a reputation to protect, she had a life she build with not only herself, but with the man in front of her.

Melody: This is not the time or the place James.

His eyes narrowed as he looks at with fiery rage in his body.

J2H: Just like last time when you disappeared. That wasn't the time or the place for months and then we all know what happened when you did come back!

The scars on his soul spoke for him, unable to stop himself. It was almost like he was controlled by something he couldn't control at all. The worlds fell out of his mouth without him being able to stop them, this did not impress Melody.

Melody: I have a plane to catch.

J2H: Let me guess, to Norway, a place you have no connection to, a place that has no meaning to you other than the fact you spun a globe and that's where it stopped. Anyone would think you have something there that you're not telling people about.

Melody rolls her eyes at him, not impressed by his words, her response dripping with sarcasm.

Melody: Yes James, I have a secret family in Norway, who I go and see once every year.

J2H: Wouldn't be shocked.

His eyes look around the people gathered, each waiting on every word they have to say to each other, some recording and hoping to brag to their friends about it later, with video proof.  

J2H: Look, can we just go somewhere to talk?

Melody: Where James? We're in an airport with thousands of people. There is nowhere to talk without getting attention.

J2H understands her words, but quickly looks around his surrounding, spying an empty store selling ties - Is it a surprise it's empty? Who goes to the airport to buy ties anyway? He takes Melody by the wrist and quickly, and very surprisingly to Melody, pulls her away from the crowd and in to the store. Simpson quickly follows, caught off guard by the young man's actions. J2H stops and turns around to Simpson.

J2H: No one comes in.

Simpson nods towards him and turns his back towards the store. J2H quickly shuts the door and locks it behind him. The store assistant look across, a teenage girl, looks through her thick rimmed glasses.

Assistant: You can't do...

She looks at the couple as she trails off, her mouth slowly growing wider as she recognises them.

Assistant: You're....

J2H raises his hand and cuts the surprised girl off in her tracks.

J2H: Yeah, yeah, and I'll give ya five grand now and an autograph if ya just walk in to the store room and shut the door for five minutes.

Five grand to a teenage girl working in a tie store in an airport, he instantly knew the answer as he watched her turn around and walk in to a door behind the counter. J2H turns back to Melody, her hands placed firmly on her hip.

Melody: Well? I have a flight to catch.

Her tone was venomous, yet tired. He didn't know of her exploits while he was away, but could sense sleep wasn't high up on the list of things she'd done in the last few days. He can't help but smile at her words.

J2H: You really think yo have a flight to catch? Did Simpson arrange it all?

Melody nods, yet unsure what he was getting at or working towards.

Melody: Of course he did, he called the company, he arranged the car.

J2H: For the exact same time that he had to meet me at the airport to pick me up? Not half an hour or so in between so we never bumped in to each other.

Melody: He wouldn't do that!

J2H looks towards the door at Simpson standing sideways on, half an eye on the crowd, half an eye on what is happening in the store. J2H gives him a slight nod and turns around, Melody keeps her eye on the situation.

J2H: See what I mean?

Melody slowly shakes her head, more in surprise than anger towards Simpson, before turning back towards J2H.

Melody: I can't believe he'd do that to me. He knew I had to get away from all this.

J2H: All this? Run away from your house, your stuff, your damn animals and leaving me to pick up after everything.

Melody: You ended things with me on the phone James, you couldn't even do it face to face, then put it on Twitter and you expected me to just sit around and wait for you?

Anger was growing in her voice and he knew how to push her buttons, not the smartest thing to do but he did anyway.

J2H: At least people replied to you. Your fucking friend seemed over the moon that she could spend more time with you, and some random guy just replying utter shit just to get your attention. I was the one sitting there with no one giving a fuck when I was hurting too.

Melody: You ended it and I still don't know why!

Melody walks away from him, her eyes browsing ties sitting on hooks, not taking much notice of the designs, just using it as an excuse to get away from him. J2H stays in the same spot as he calls out to her.  

J2H: Because you fucking lied to me!

Melody stops and turns around, looking towards him with anger in her eyes.

Melody: About what?

Her teeth instinctively grind against themselves as her eyes look at him with pure anger.

J2H: About your injury! You're hurt and didn't tell me a damn thing about it. Do you know how close you were to not being able to do the simple things because of that shoulder? You kept me in the dark Mel and I went along as normal when I coulda done more and I believed you when you said you was fine!

Melody: I was fine!

45
Supercard Archives / J2H (c) v DMITRI
« on: November 12, 2016, 05:15:25 PM »
 J2H: Nope, had enough of this shit for one day.

He reaches the door, putting his hand on the handle, looking down to see Angel, dressed up in a business suit, sitting on the floor, his bear face tilted upwards as if he was looking at J2H. J2H shakes his head and shuts the door before turning around to Melody, sitting at the table.

J2H: Put him down as a 'maybe'.

Melody looks at him with a curious look on her face as she brushes her blonde hair from her forehead.

J2H: What? Out of all these piss poor candidates he was the best! And at least he dressed for the part.

The camera fades out as Simpson and Melody look at J2H as if he was insane.




The time to talk directly is upon us again as J2H sits in the middle of the ring, once again in the Galen Center in Los Angeles, California - I guess it helps to be local this week. Surround the ring, a cage with a dome covering it. J2H sits on the floor, his legs crossed, his title on his lap as he looks around, strands of barbed wire hangs from various places, as well as weapons. His eyes look around, looking at the structure, seeing what parts may or may not have hidden surprises, like electrical charges. He looks up at the camera in front of him.


J2H: Such a difference a few days makes. A few days ago, I was standing in this very spot right here. Standing to announce a video game and now I'm sitting here under the dome and talking.

He looks either side, his face calm, his eyes focused.

J2H: I've gone from talking about buying something to a place that if you listen to Dmitri, will be my final resting place, my tomb, the place I will eternally sleep in peace while he lives on for another thousand years. If you listen to that vampire go on and on, about everything he's said about me for months, the basics are the same. He will bury me, he will take my title, he will end me. This is the best he's had in a long time, and no one expects him to change now, so let's presume that this is where I will end my days in Dmitri's eyes.

The champion turns his head either side, shrugging his shoulders.

J2H: Nah, this is not my time to die and this is not my place to die.

He looks down the camera.

J2H: This is your last chance Dmitri, your one last chance to actually make something of yourself, your one and only final chance to get what you want. You read the contract, your grandpa eyes ran over it bro and you saw that this match has more meaning for you than when I beat you non title, when I beat you after you beat a few losers to earn that right, when I beat you at Halloween, this one has that touch of spice in it for you. Everyone thought you was gonna win at Halloween, you tried to play me by having the pia boy and the old man with you to give you an advantage but I was always one step ahead of you. I knew you couldn't win on your own, you knew you couldn't win on ya own so I knew you'd call in the back up, so I brought Rage. I ain't even sure what JT was doing there, but either way, I had a back up to stop you from doing this to me, to cheating me out of my belt. The script wasn't written for you to do anything other than fail and yet, here you stand, trying one more time, one last time to get your hands on what will never be yours.

He waves his finger from side to side, firmly shaking his head.

J2H: Never be yours Dmitri and now you stand in the last chance saloon. You stand there knowing you have one bullet left and you need to make it count. Your shot has been off for a long, long time Dmitri and this is it, nothing more, nothing less. You need to make it count and I don't think you have it in you to do that. I don't think you can hold your hand steady enough to pull the trigger. The pressure it on, that ton of weight sits on your shoulders, pressing you down further and further, while the eyes rest on you Dmitri. Every eye in the house is looking at your sweat covered face as your hand shakes on that trigger. You couldn't make the shot when you had a non pressured chance to earn yourself a match against me non title. You won't make that shot now, even if I had my face pressed against the barrel of the gun begging you to do it. If I stood completely still and felt the metal push in to my forehead, you still couldn't take the shot to end me Dmitri.

He tilts his head down and smiles.

J2H: Not even if I drew a target on my head and shoot under a neon sign with bright flashing arrows.

J2H smirks down the camera.

J2H: You just don't have it in you to finish me off, or you'd have come a shit load closer to doing it on the other three occasions you stood across from me. I mean you can claim I had help, but you'd be a hypocritical bastard if you did because was it not your plan to use those two irrelevant clowns to do the same to me? You had chances to put me away long before anyone else got involved, but did you take it? No, you saw what you could become, and the nerves ran through you and you bulked. You fell at the last fence and that proves you don't have it to lead this company, you don't have it to lead a conga line.

J2H rubs his hand across his chin.

J2H: Yet something in your tiny little mind thinks you can have it in you to do it. Take that thought out of your head bro, cause you don't have it in you at all.

He looks around the thunderdome.

J2H: This will not become my tomb, Dmitri. This will become the site of one of my most famous victory. This is not a case for you where you will fall before you rise, this is a place where I will end your aspirations on becoming a champion once and for all. This is where your hopes, dreams and urge comes to say it's final goodbyes. This is where we come to say goodbye to who you thought you were. When you look at it Dmitri, for months, I have been poison running through your veins, slowly breaking you down from the inside out and this is the final dose for you, because after this, you will not know which way to go, you'll be a lost soul not sure what to do.

An arrogant smirk crosses J2H's face.

J2H: I don't know what's worse. The fact that your soul would have been completely destroyed, or the fact that you'd be in James Tuscini's shadow for the rest of eternity.  

J2H winces at the thought.

J2H: No one wants to be in his shadow. His shadow doesn't even wanna be there.

His face changes back to a smirk.

J2H: I know you seem to think that you need to bring yourself up to my level of being modern. You're old fashioned, I'm the most forward thinking man to have ever graced a wrestling ring, and I get that you're trying to keep up a bit. Dmitri even signed up a Twitter account. Don't follow him, he's an idiot.

A frown crosses J2H's face.

J2H: What self respecting "vampire" tweets his opponent mentioning MySpace and using the term lol?

A confused look covers his face.

J2H: Like seriously bro?

J2H puts his palms flat out towards the camera, a look of disbelief on his face.

J2H: This is further proof that he is still so far behind me in every aspect of his life, the guy doesn't even see me. I ain't in a different league than Dmitri, I'm playing a different sport. While I'm in the MLB top flight, he's in some amateur team in the ass end of Albuquerque!  

J2H shakes his head.

J2H: Yet he still thinks this is now his time with no proof to back it up, no logic behind it. This isn't it Dmitri, this isn't your time now, your time will be never. This is what keeps me going.

He holds his left hand on the title belt, his eyes looking down at the shining gold as he continues to talk.

J2H: You're stepping in to the fire again with absolutely no way to put it out, no way to even walk through it. Not even the so called undead can walk through the heat of these flames. Many have tried, all have failed and you at forth time of asking will be the exact same. I can't believe you're stupid enough to even sit there and let the thought enter your mind that you stand a chance of doing it, doing the impossible and shattering this reign. Better people have tried and better people got a lot closer than you ever have. Bigger challenges stood in front of me and couldn't take it.

He raises his eyebrows as he looks up and down the camera once more.

J2H: Do you really think you have half the talent Despayre has? Even a quarter of the talent? Don't take that as a compliment Despayre, it just shows how bad Dmitri really is.

A firm nod of the head comes from the champion.

J2H: I've come up against bigger and better, more talent, more drive, more determination to shut me up and they couldn't get close to me. Now I'd put you down three times like the diseased dog that you are. Why anyone thought and will think it's forth time lucky for you Dmitri, because it's really not, and it never will be. It's the end of you, it's where you finish. You're every guy running against Usain Bolt. You can see the finish line, but there's always one in front of you, there's always that one guy that's gonna stop you from getting that gold. That one guy will always be me.

J2H points to himself confidently.

J2H: It doesn't matter what kinda match it is, even if it was a "you had to be a vampire to win" match, you'd still end up my bitch.

A laugh comes from his lips as he sits there with his fingers entwined.

J2H: It's nice to have a dream Dmitri, but once again, I'm gonna turn yours in to a nightmare. I'm going to make you regret ever putting your name on an SCW contract and expecting to get to the top of the place. You should have just wandered back to your cave where you belong after I beat you the second time instead of crying like a little bitch because Christian can't kick straight. You should have gone back, put yourself in the coffin and stayed there but no, you wanted to go again, like you deserved to but believe me, you don't deserve a thing. You didn't deserve to be in another match with me, you don't deserve to be in this match with me now. The first ever in the apparent sixth series of SCW and you're in it with me.

He shakes his head with disappointment.

J2H: They musta scrapped right through the bottom of the barrel when it come to picking you to face me.

He looks up straight in to the camera.

J2H: You will need a God given miracle Dmitri, to even get anywhere neat me at High Stakes VI because I refuse to let you. You will need to do more than any man has ever done in the history of the universe to force me to give up my title. I won't go down without a fight, nor do I expect you to give me a fight for this.  

He runs his fingers along the championship belt.

J2H: The Thunderdome is not set up for you to win like the Halloween bullshit was, and you still fucked up, nor is it set up for me to win, because I don't even know what the fuck this is, it's set up for you to take ya last shot at me. It's set up so we can be remembered for the first people stupid enough to step in this shit, but you won't be remembered as the first person to walk inside this thing, and walk out with the victory. You will be the first to be remembered as the guy who stepped in to the Thunderdome, got his ass kicked and left with his tail between his legs. Everyone remembers the greatest matches of all time, the firsts in our business. Not many remembers the losers. They'll be saying for many years to come. "Do you remember when J2H won the first ever Thunderdome match in SCW?" but no one will remember who I beat. I'll try and help you out Dmitri. I'll get a shirt printed up with J2H 4, Dmitri 0 written on it, just so people will think back at the times I've beat you and remember in what matches I beat you in.  

J2H uncrosses his legs for the first time and pushes himself to his feet, The SCW world championship in his fingers. He raises the belt over his shoulder and takes a step towards the camera.

J2H: I'm a man for firsts Dmitri, my record speaks for itself. I'm a man to take a belt and not let anyone come near it for nine long months, the first person to ever do that in SCW, and this guy will not be slowing down anytime soon. I was the first man to win in that stupid fucking bayou match someone dreamed up after watching a no budget horror film, but I was the first man to walk in that shit filled swamp and walk out as a winner. I will walk in to this thing and have the first on my record again in a positive light, because I will be the first man to walk out of here, SCW's first Thunderdome match, with the victory.

He nods his head confidently as he looks around the ring.

J2H: I ain't scared of this or what you can do to me in here. I will never be scared of that, so expect this to go one way. You go cancel your victory party, and by that I mean tell Tuscini to go home to his can of soup, cause you ain't gonna have nothing to celebrate bro. You're just gonna be sitting there trying to figure out where you go from here, cause this ain't gonna be the start of a big championship run, it ain't gonna be anything but you having to go and pick on someone in the midcard area, cause that's as high as you're ever gonna get. You ain't got  chance of beating that level and you ain't got a chance of beating me either.

He puts his arms out to the side, moving around the ring in a circle.

J2H: In your fantasy world, Dmitri, I'm human, I'm prey to you, but this is my jungle, the six sided SCW ring is where I hunt. This dome means you won't escape from me. Get ready Dmitri, because I will be ending your hopes of ever becoming the world champion, at High Stakes VI. That's real talk bitch!

J2H walks past the camera as the scene fades out.

46
Supercard Archives / J2H (c) v DMITRI
« on: November 12, 2016, 05:14:19 PM »
 Think forward, not back, isn't that what they say? Clearly those people have never took the time to watch SCW. What we thought we bury in SCW seems to always rear it's ugly head yet again. Victim of no one worthy enough to step up, or just bad booking from the men known as SCW bosses. I will claim the later because well, let's be honest about it, Christian Underwood sucks, he's past it, he has no fresh ideas, and Hot Stuff, He'd rather be anywhere else but working. So they takes two people that went against each other weeks ago in a bizarre match with zombies and piss poor actors with worse accents, and says "I know what will sell, I'll put these two in another match, their forth match and give them a whole new gimmicky  match and people will buy it."

Booooooooorrrrrrrrrrinnnnng, but correct. People will buy it cause I'm there, but huge spoiler alert here everyone. I will win again. I will stop you all from having to see Dmitri ever get a shot at my gold again...

You're welcome.




November, not the best month to catch a tan. Not the best month to do anything but sit and watch leaves change color and fall, but California was a little different to most places. Even on coldest days, the sun still seemed to beam through the cities and towns. Today was no different as J2H stepped out of the front door of his home he shared with Melody Grace. He looked around the driveway as the sun brightened it up. Simpson quickly follows him out of the door and Melody Grace stands looking through the door, standing just inside.


Melody: Why do you need to go out so early?

Her voice was tired as she looked at the SCW World Heavyweight champion, standing with the glow of the sun behind him.

J2H: Because it's the build up to the supercard and I'm not a lazy champion. I don't have to sell the match, I have to sell the whole damn company and because the show is only an hour away from where we are now, they seem to see me as the hometown champion, so someone in the office has me running around like crazy over the next two weeks to sell this whole thing.

Melody places her hand on her hips, looking at him.

Melody: What is it today? More fan girls drooling over my man?

He scoffs as he looks at her and shakes his head.

J2H: Press conference at the actual arena. I get introduced, talk to the press for about an hour or so and I get to come home and put my feet up for the rest of the day.

Melody: Yay!

Her tired voice changes to that of renewed life.

J2H: I should be a few hours at most. Simpson will get me there as quickly as possible, back as quickly as possible. We could even go down to the boat and just do nothing, whatever you want.

Melody raises an eyebrow as she looks at him.

Melody: You're being strangely nice. What gives? Did you try to do the laundry again and shrink my clothes or something.

He smirks at his girlfriend.

J2H: Like I'd ever do laundry. I'm happier burning the clothes and just buying new ones.

Melody: So why are you being nice?

J2H: It's a crime now to be nice to my girlfriend? Alright, I'll be mean again then. Get in the kitchen and make me a sandwich woman!

Melody: Make you're own sandwich.

J2H smiles as Dexter waddles out towards the bottom of the door, looking at him.

Dexter: Quack!

J2H looks down at the duck.

J2H: A duck sandwich.

Melody frowns towards him with lowered eyebrows.

Melody: Too mean, bring the nice Jam back.

Another smile crosses J2H's face as he steps towards Melody, putting his arms around her and pulling her hips in closer to his.

J2H: I won't be long. Why don't you make a Christmas present list or something? Or call some people to send you some brochures to come decorate the house for Christmas.

Melody: You hire people to come and decorate your house for Christmas?

J2H looks at the surprise on Melody's face, intrigued by it.

J2H: You mean you don't hire anyone to decorate your house for Christmas?

A natural look sits on J2H's face, not used to the concept of anything other than what he has just said. Melody shakes her head.

Melody: No, why would I? It's our first Christmas together, it's something that we should do together, and not get someone else to do it for us.

J2H looks at Melody with a blank look, the thought of decorating his own house a very foreign concept to him. All through his life, he had never once done this.

Melody: Well at least one of us should.

J2H: Well it's like weeks away anyway, but if someone else is doing it, you might wanna look it up now to book someone to do it.

Dexter: Quack!

J2H looks down at Dexter.

J2H: No, you can't dress up as an elf.

J2H's head shoots straight up as Melody tries to hide a smile.

J2H: Why the fuck am I talking to a duck? Like seriously, why?

Melody: Because you're his daddy and father and son need to communicate more.

J2H shakes his head as he looks at Melody.

J2H: I'm not his...

J2H breathes deeply, looking down at the expensive looking watch on his left wrist and checking out the time.

J2H: I'm gonna be late so...

J2H kisses Melody softly, but quickly on the lips before pulling his head away.

J2H: I will see you in a few hours.

Melody: Have a great time.

J2H: I would say thanks but we both know that ain't gonna happen.  

J2H turns around, walking towards the car where Simpson waits. Melody taps herself on the chin.

Melody: Hmmm, Christmas list....

Ninety minute later.

A busy press conference room is seen as reporters shuffle around taking seats. Some hold video cameras, others cameras for taking pictures, some holding recording devices. A murmur of chatter moves around the room as various news outlets move around the room, looking for the best position to take recordings of the proceedings. Hot Stuff Mark Ward walks across the room, wearing an expensive looking silver suit, setting off a wave of camera flashes. He takes a seat behind the table, looking out the crowd as the mutterings become a hush. He raises his hand and the gathered journalists quieten down completely.


HS: Ladies and gentlemen, thank you for being here with us today. On Sunday, November the 20th, SCW embark on what we call the sixth series as our mainstay shows now move up to their sixth annual appearance, and it doesn't get no better than this with the last supercard of the year. Fifteen huge matches will be on show, with our superstars from all over the world competing at High Stakes VI, thirty eight men and woman will be wrestling, as well as our annual awards ceremony plus we will see Roxi Johnson, Goth, Sean Jackson and Drake Green all inducted in to the SCW Hall of Fame for 2016.  

Hot Stuff pauses as he looks around at the eager crowd.

HS: Now that is a way to that start the sixth series, as well as end our supercard year. There's a lot of stuff going on and over the next couple of weeks, there will be more than a few of these press conferences where you can meet SCW stars and ask them what you want to know as we build up to High Stakes VI and today for you, we have the man sitting at the top of the tree. I really don't need to introduce you to him really. He is the longest SCW World Champion in history, on an undefeated streak of around nine months. Babies have been conceived and born in the time he has held the world title and he will be headlining High Stakes VI in SCW's first ever Thunderdome match, he is J2H.

J2H walks out from the side of the room, through an adjoining door. Wearing a dark suit with white shirt as well as his SCW World championship over his shoulder, he walks towards the table as a sea of flashing lights brighten up the room. He takes the championship belt from his shoulder and places it on the table, standing it up to face the crowd of people and sits down behind it. Hot Stuff looks at him and nods, allowing him to take control of the press conference.

J2H: First off, I wanna say how great it is to be headlining a supercard so close to home for me, where I have spent my entire life growing up. It's rare that people get a chance to perform on the big stage in front of people he can relate to a little more because this is my place. On the twentieth, I get to do that. I get to be able to defend something I've worked hard to elevate up past the level any other man has managed to do. I'm happy to sit here for a while and answer all your questions.  

Hands instantly fire up in the air and people start to yell out towards him. Hot Stuff points to a near by reporter, a middle aged blonde woman.

Reporter: How do you feel about being placed in a match against a man you have faced twice in the last six weeks, making Sunday your third time in two months. Doesn't this get boring for both you and the fans?  

J2H smiles towards her as he thinks about his answer, buying a little time. He wasn't overly happy at being booked against Dmitri again, but this might not be the time to show it.

J2H: Does it get boring for me? No, I like beating people, I like walking out of places with my championship belt. I like being able to say I've beat someone more than once. Just shows to everyone just how good I am with what I do. You can say I had help before, but I didn't when I beat him non title, and I didn't exactly ask for help in one of them, did I? I ended up defeating him three times in the past, I will again. It's never boring for me to show you what I was born to do, what I was always meant to do. Do football teams get bored of winning? Do boxers get bored of knocking people out? Does anyone get bored of when something they love doing happens?

He pauses as he looks around at people taking notes.

J2H: No, you can't get bored of that. I don't think the fans would ever get bored of me. They might be bored of Dmitri, but don't worry, I will make sure to keep them interested.

Hands fire in the air once more and Hot Stuff points towards a man in jeans and a white T-shirt.

Reporter: Your boss mentioned your amazing winning run earlier. Who do you credit your winning ways to?

J2H: There is not just one answer to this one, there's not one person I can give credit to. It's a mix of people. Austin Parker gave the tools, he gave me the knowledge, the drive to win, to improve. He eventually saw something in me, which could be my never give up attitude. Eventually he had to respect me and saw he had something special there to work with. He gave me the winning mentality. There's also Melody, who has been more than supportive through my run as champion. She has a way of encouraging ya and me being the perfectionist that I am, it helped the run continue. She looks at me proudly when I win, and that drives me on. Also, I put it down to me.

He smirks arrogantly as a few laughs appear around the room.

J2H: I'm serious. Anyone can train to be a wrestler, anyone in this room can train to put on a show, but unless you do what I do, you won't get far. I've listened to any advice given to me, I've watched hours and hours of my opponents stuff before they even know I'm watching them. I take my job pretty seriously at times. I don't just wanna sit there and just show up, wrestle and go home. I'm shattering records and there's still more to break. Between Austin, Melody and myself, it's a winning combo.

He leans back in his chair and Hot Stuff points to a man in his thirties.

Reporter: How do you feel about the management style of Mark Ward versus what has been happening with Christian Underwood and yourself?

J2H casts a glance towards Hot Stuff, he sits back with his arms folded and smiling, interested to know the answer to this question.

J2H: It's as different as night and day. This guy should have come back sooner to take control.

He points a thumb towards Hot Stuff next to him.

J2H: I ain't just saying that because he's sitting right here. You look at him and there's power that commands respect, even if you don't agree with things he has done or has said. With Christian, he's pretty random with everything, he's the good guy everyone goes to, to get what they want, it doesn't matter if it's good for the company. I went to him with a genuine concern about his staff and he put himself in the match.... Why? There was no reason to do that, he could have put in another referee but all of a sudden, he had to be there. Maybe that was his way of showing power, or that he didn't trust his referees, but I'm not a fan of his management style at all.

Hot Stuff smirks and points to another.

Reporter: This is one of the biggest cards of the year, what do you make of it?

J2H: I would say one of our best cards to date. People moaning about the lack of names but when you have like almost forty people on the card, many of them champions or former champions, I think there's a reason why this is the biggest show of the year and you should buy it if you haven't already.  

Hot Stuff points to another raised hand.

Reporter: With your girlfriend co-starring in Jackhammer 3, is there any plans for you to be in a movie.  And if so, will Melody co-star with you?

J2H scoffs at the idea.

J2H: God no! Acting ain't me. I don't wanna do that stuff. Why would I wanna play someone else when I can just be me? I don't like the idea of putting on make up, playing pretend cop, or something like that. I prefer to live in the real world and put a beating on real people, not play around and make out I'm something I'm not. I'll leave the acting to Melody, she's good at it and takes things for what they are. I would read a script and point out all the plot hole. It's just not for me.

Hot Stuff points towards someone else.

Reporter: I have a question for you Mr Ward, will you be listening to J2H's advice about firing Jasmine St John?

Hot Stuff and J2H share a look, this time J2H leaning back in his chair cross armed and waiting for a response.

HS: I am looking in to every aspect of SCW to make it run smoother and better. I have looked at SCW up and down, looking to make improvements after the way Christian has let things slack. The refereeing has been below my high standards, but firing people. I don't know.  

J2H rolls his eyes as he listens to the answer.

HS: Next question please.

He points to another person in the crowd.

Reporter: J2H, Who would you like to face in a match?

J2H: I don't care. Line them up and I'll knock them down. I've beaten everyone here so I think maybe it's time to go pull some legends out of retirement and bring them back here for me to beat and cement my legendary status here in SCW. Bring back the people who used to be former champions and let me take them down one by one until there's no one left.

Hands shoot up in the air again and J2H looks around at the next person Hot Stuff points to.

Reporter: If you could bring anyone up from the past of SCW to face who would you?

J2H: Everyone that's ever won the World championship so I can beat them all. If I had to pick one, will have to be Simon Jones so I can dispel the fact that he was the last person to beat me before I became world champion. I think I owe him one last big SCW  match because him beating me, drove me to get better.  

Reporter: What's going on with you and Rage being friends since you have called him boring?

A smile crosses his face.

J2H: I'd answer this properly in good time, but let's just say that Rage decided to shake off the shackles of a group that's past it's sell by date and listen to me to see what his real potential is. I wanna bring back the beast, not watch the watered down Despayre's bitch version of Rage.

Hot Stuff points to the next reporter.

Reporter: Recently, the hall of fame class of 2016 has been announced, what are your opinions on the announced recipients?

J2H: Hall of Fame should be for people completely retired and we know a couple of these are not retired. Roxi Johnson, meh, she was alright when she showed up. Drake Green, I think we all know my feelings on that guy. Goth, yeah, done well but will always be remembered for laying on his back looking at the lights when I won the world title. Personally, I'm excited for Sean Jackson to come back for one night because last year at the awards, he swept up, took everything. The guy deserves to be in the Hall of Fame, the others, not so much.

Hands jump in the air and Hot Stuff points to the next person.

Reporter: After holding the world title for a record amount of time, what will happen if you lose to Dmitri?

J2H: Well, that won't be happening. Dmitri won't beat me. He doesn't have it in him to do that. I would have happily put my career on the line cause I'm that confident. I'm so confident I can beat him, and will beat him that he might as well not even bother showing up. The fans don't wanna see that happen, even the ones that boo me every week don't want to see that happen. Anyone buying the show don't want to see that happen. Fourteen other matches can go either way, this one won't. Dmitri will not be defeating me at all. Call up your bookies and make some free money on this one.

More hands fly up in the air and Hot Stuff points to another.

Reporter: After Dmitri, who do you think will step up for a shot at the title should you still hold it?

J2H: Just told you I will be holding it after High Stakes VI. Said it before and I'll say it again, I would take on anyone, any time, any place and I'll still beat them. I know this would pull out the Steve Ramones and the Travis Nathaniel Andrews out of the woodwork to try because they struggle to get title shots any other way, but someone with credibility, someone who can give me a challenge, I'm calling on SCW and it's apparent superstars to step up. Make no mistake, I will knock them down again but at least they'll have a chance to main event.

HS: One more question. You...

Hot Stuff points to a young woman holding a notepad.

Reporter: What is next for J2H?  

J2H: Well I'm gonna go home, shut the damn door and relax. Simple as that. In terms of wrestling, beat Dmitri, end the SCW Supercard year as SCW World champion and have a relaxing Christmas.

He looks towards Hot Stuff.

J2H: We done?

Hot Stuff nods and addresses the crowd once more.

HS: We'll you've heard from the champion today. If you haven't bought the supercard, and you'll be mad not to, do so now. Check the schedule for the next press conference with another SCW star.

J2H and Hot Stuff stand up, J2H picking up his title belt as camera flashes go off and the screen fades out.




Back in the car.

J2H sits silently as Simpson drives though the late morning traffic, his eyes on the road. J2H sits next to him in the passenger seat, watching passing cars flash beyond him.


Simpson: What's wrong sir? You've barely said a word since you entered the vehicle.

J2H snaps out of his trance, looking towards Simpson.

J2H: I'm fine, Simpson. I'm just in thought about so much.

Simpson: A problem shared is a problem halved.

A slight chuckle comes from the champions lips.

J2H: That's bullshit Simpson. The problem is still there, it's still the same size. The only difference is two people know about it and not one.

Simpson: A valid come back sir.

J2H: Simpson, can you take me to the boat? I don't feel like being at home right now.  

Simpson moves his eyes towards J2H for just a split second, a look of concern on his face as he looks at the champion.

Simpson: As you wish, sir.

The car speeds off and the scene reopens with J2H sitting on his luxury yacht, sitting at the side, looking in to the water. Simpson can not be seen as the young man sits staring at the waves hitting the side of the boat, his face just a blank look as his eyes seem almost in a fixated state.

What was going through his mind? At that instant, a wave of complete loneliness rushed through his body, as if he was drowning in the emotion that drives people to do irrational things. It was like he was being pulled down by the ankles in to a sea of despair, and he could do nothing about it.


J2H: Why I'm a feeling like this?

His soft words hit the morning breeze as he asked the question he couldn't answer. Something in that press conference stuck firmly in to his mind. What is next for J2H? He answered confidently enough, like he was on auto pilot, but deep down, he didn't really know. Right now, he had everything, everything anyone could want. He was young, he lived in a big house with a beautiful woman. He had a busy, yet fulfilling life. He owned cars most people only saw in magazines, a seven figured boat that he was sitting on this very moment, a tour bus with his face plastered all over it, more money than he could ever spend, but at this moment in time, he felt like he had nothing, like nothing was ever his.

He even held a world championship longer than any man in his company. He worked hard being the man on people's minds, the name on people's lips, but where is there to go at this point?

What do you do when you have everything but feel like you have nothing but a void to fill? Would he even be remembered if he was to just disappear? If he stepped over the side of the boat right now and plunged in to the not so warm waters? Sure, he'd be in the news for a few weeks, people would be hounding Melody for quotes, but after that, who's to say. Something was missing from his life.


J2H: But what?

Again, another question with no answer as the depression kicked in a little more, causing himself to exhale sharply. He had everything he wanted, there was nothing more to do in life. One big achievement and that was it. He knew he wasn't gonna be SCW World champion forever, no one is, he also knew deep down Dmitri isn't the man to dethrone him, he's too one dimensional to do such a thing, but he knew he needed something else, another goal, another aim.

Life felt mundane to the champion at times, like groundhog day was real, living the same thing over and over, maybe it holds truth considering his last matches have been against the same guy and will be against the same guy again. It felt like show up, beat the guy again, and move on, only to be dragged back in to the same match again. His time away from the ring wasn't much better. He'd be booked to appear at random events week in and week out, meeting fans, taking to radio stations, appearing in local schools, he did all this on a weekly basis. He wasn't challenged anymore and at times, his brain slipped in to an automatic mode where he'd already answered the same questions to different people the week before.

His mother had been like this, and although his family history was kept off television because it was none of anyone else's business - not even Melody's, and she didn't ask, but he couldn't help but wonder if the phrase "my mothers son" was becoming truer by the day. She suffered from this affliction where a smile on her face hid what was going on behind her eyes.

He knew how she felt at this point, he knew what it was like to go on living a life with automated responses to every question already in his mind due to hearing the question previously from a fan, or a show host and having to act to the person asking like it's the first time you've heard it. It's your job to do it. It's your daily routine.

Away from the cameras, his home life wasn't bad, but wasn't bad didn't seem to hit the spot anymore. Something was missing, not necessarily with Melody, he enjoyed alone time with her as much as he hated being forced to spend time around her friends. He loved the time he got away, regardless of the fact he never stopped working. There would always be someone that would know who he was, of course mostly teenage girls, much to Melody's annoyance and dismay.


J2H: What can I change?

Again asking no one around. What could be his new goal? Is it time to pack up and move on, say fuck you to the limelight and go? Where was the challenge in SCW anymore? It didn't lie at the feet of Dmitri, he was no threat, he was no challenge, in fact J2H often admitted to people in secret of his displeasure working with a walking cliche. A vampire.... really? Oh all the outdated ways to get noticed in wrestling... He'd often have conversations with Austin Parker, or Casey Williams about the success of a "vampire" in wrestling. Maybe the change is right in front of him from a professional point of view, someone else to work with after he banishes Dmitri back to mid card where he belongs, inflicting defeat number four on him, but there lies another question. Who is next? Again to people close to him, the lack of completion has been brought up. Is there any man in SCW that stands a chance? Maybe the boredom in his professional career is not where things would change.

He knew deep down he could walk away from wrestling without a second thought, hell, he could walk away from ninety percent of everything in his life without a second thought. It's not like he needed the money, it's not like he hadn't signed a fancy deal with SCW giving him future royalties, or that he hadn't taken advantage of appearance fees for SCW. He was in uncharted waters with SCW, setting the bar for others to come after him, but even that was wearing thin.  


J2H: What if I did do that?

What if he did walk away from ninety percent of everything and started a new somewhere, where he was finally challenged to think again. Where life wasn't mundane and things would have to be thought about once more in order to be a better person. We all stop growing when we settle for what we have, one of the rare lines of wisdom his father imparted on him.

He wanted to be a wrestler, he got it, he wanted to have the hot woman by his side, he got it, he wanted to have the fastest cars and the most expensive possessions, he got that too. Now what? Climb a mountain? Cliff dive? Bungee jump? Trek through the amazon? Take a year off and see all the world wonders? Nothing was out of his price range, nothing was out of reach, he could do that tomorrow if he desired. Fuck, if he wanted to turn on the engine of that boat, pick a direction randomly and sail away just to see where he'd end up, he could do it.

This is the thing with being at life's crossroads, you make rash decisions and he knew at the thought of sailing off right now, it would be a rash choice. Melody would never forgive him, and he knew what it was like to be on that end of the rope. He felt the pain, anger, depression, and even suicidal thoughts when she just upped and left him in the past just like that. He hated her for a long time for that, he hated the fact that she came back and fucked off with her Twitter friends before ever coming to look the one man in the eye that she owed an explanation to. He felt the burn inside knowing on Valentine's day, while he was winning the World title, the biggest moment in his wrestling career, she was with other people. He wouldn't wish that pain on his worst enemy, so the idea to start the boat and just go was quickly dismissed.

His eyes continued to stare at the water, barely blinking as he sighed.


J2H: Ugh.

One word, no meaning, all expression was all he could muster out as he looked down at the water once more, his mind still racing of what he could change in his life to give him more purpose, more meaning. Maybe now wasn't the time to think like this, wasn't the time to dwell upon what could be and what might have been.

Once thing was for sure in his clouded mind, one thing that stood out above the rest. He still had a job to do. He had to be a superhero once more. It's not often a guy like J2H can claim to be a hero, but for one more time, he had to slay the vampire. He had to save SCW from having to deal with that monstrosity. No one wanted Dmitri up at the top, no one sure as shit wants to actually see him with the title.

This was the renewed purpose J2H was after, his depression and mental state aside, the thought of Dmitri being the man to entertain the fans, when that  Russian thing could barely speak English, was a thought that cause J2H to run cold. No one on earth could look at Dmitri and see him as a worthy champion and there was one man who could stop him. The Thunderdome took away any chance of Rage or Dmitri assisting, it took away Austin helping out. It kept out Tuscini and Uncle Pinky.... God, what a stupid name! It left just one man to stop him, one man to keep Dmitri out of that title picture where he didn't belong.

The man called J2H.

After it was said and done, the future could be thought about. Everyone gets a week off afterwards, and J2H believed he would need it after an unforgiving structure waited for him at High Stakes VI, but that should give him time to think of his future. Maybe he was a hypocrite for trying to talk Melody in to resuming her career, when he thought about slipping away from his own, but it's something he will worry about after the twentieth.

Although the question of what's next for J2H got a normally rational man to over think, his auto pilot answer rang true. Ridding the top level of Dmitri was his number one priority in his career right now, everything else, it didn't matter right now. There would be plenty of time to pick a path to walk, pick a new goal, but first Dmitri had to be taken care of. Dmitri had to put in his place and told to stay there.

J2H had the power to do that and just like every other goal set for himself, he would hit it. There was no fear of what claimed to be undead. Banishing the undead to where he belonged was a sure fire way to lift the mood of the champion, and he had every intention to do just that.

Smiling, as the camera rested on his face, he looks deep in to it before the camera fades.




People bustle around the already set up SCW arena for High Stakes VI, yet more cameras than usual can be seen down the ramp way and surrounding the ring, with many more people than usual walking around and looking at how the cameras are set up and pointed. The camera quickly jumps backstage to just behind the curtain where a folding directors chair sits with the name "J2H" written on the back of it. In the chair sits the champion himself, the camera moving around to show his face, none to impressed as Simpson stands beside him. The champion looks up at him.


J2H: I can not believe I forgot all about this!

Simpson: It's been scheduled for weeks sir.  

J2H: Simpson, I don't want to do this. I don't want to be a film star or anything like that.

Simpson speaks to him in a soothing tone.

Simpson: It's hardly a movie sir. It's an announcement for the new Sin City Wrestling game, with your face on the cover sir. They could hardly put your face on the cover and let Dmitri film the commercial.

J2H: I guess so Simpson, but why didn't anyone remind me about this?  

Simpson: Sir, you manage your own diary currently.

J2H: Well that needs to change Simpson. I'm a busy man, I need someone else to do this stuff for me and just tell me where I need to be so I don't turn up in places like this, without knowing what the fuck I'm meant to be doing.

A man approaches from the right hand side, a security pass on his chest stating that he is the director for today. J2H reads the pass before turning away.

Director: Mr Hawkes, I think we're ready for you. Have you read the script?

J2H looks up at him with a smirk on his face.

J2H: No, I have no read the script because I forgot I had to be here until someone in the office decided to call me half an hour ago to remind me, so no I haven't read the script. Go find me a script, I'll read it.

The directors jaw drops to the floor as he turns around, snapping his fingers at a nearby intern.

Director: Go get Mr Hawkes a script right now!

His barking tone causes the young lady to jump and dart off. J2H looks at the man with a cocked eyebrow.

J2H: It's a script I'm probably not gonna use anyway. I'm J2H, you can't write for me, no one can. I'll just take your script and I'll work with it.

The directors eyes widen as the intern returns, holding a copy of the script, holding it towards J2H. He takes the pages and starts to flick through them, his eyes concentrating. He shakes his head in disappointment as he looks at it.

J2H: This is absolutely shit.

The directors face drops as he looks at the SCW champion, his title belt over his shoulder.

J2H: And it sounds nothing like me at all. I'm the one selling this thing, I'm not playing a character, so here's what you do. You go get an auto cue thing set up to pull down the ramp, I'll read it and make it my own because their ain't a person in the world that would expect me to speak like this.

He throws the script over his shoulder as he looks at him.

Director: But we can't put an auto cue in the ring for when the masked wrestler attack.

J2H: Fuck it, I'll make that up as I go along. Now go before I decide to just go home. You got five minutes starting now.

The director scrambles away, yelling out orders and waving his arms frantically as he sets up J2H's demands.

J2H: Seriously the worst script anyone has ever written. If I went out there and said anything like that, you wouldn't be able to give this game away.

Simpson moves towards the script and picks it up from the floor, thumbing the pages, and letting his eyes run across the typed words.

Simpson: This does not seem very you, sir.

J2H: It's nothing like me. People don't wanna buy a game because a random person tells you to, you buy a game because someone with quality tells you to.

Simpson: I think they're calling you sir.

J2H looks to where Simpson points his hand as a woman beckons him to move towards her. Standing from his director chair, he moves towards the curtain, stepping up a few steps and standing next to the woman.

J2H: I'm doing this in one go. If he don't like it, he can fuck off. You can edit all ya want.

The woman nods and points towards the curtain. J2H takes the hint and walks through it, countless camera pointed towards him. He looks to the left and then quickly to the right, holding his hand on his title belt. He looks at the camera in front of him with an auto cue set to roll, reading the words "my name is..." causing him to shake his head and quickly going off script.

J2H: I think you know who the hell I am by now. I am the face that pops in to everyone's mind when they think of Sin City Wrestling, but for you uneducated people out there, my name is J2H, and I am your World champion.

He looks at the auto cue as he steps forward.

J2H: Now you can all be honest with yourselves, you've all wanted to be me, you've all wanted to know what it's like to be SCW World champion and now is your chance to do that because this me telling you that you now get to be the best without ever leaving your basements.

He reads the words coming to point at the screen behind him. He smirks down the camera.

J2H: Because I'm the guy that gets to show you this.

He points to the screen behind him and...

<img src=http://i1253.photobucket.com/albums/hh598/SinCityWrestlingBucket/15045716_10154113524412333_640952871_n.png_zpsefjmdctm.jpg width="500" height="400">

The camera moves back to his face.

J2H: It was rumoured but here's the proof, on Tuesday December the 6th, the worldwide release of Sin City Wrestling, the brand new 2016 video game will hit the shelves, on a Playstation exclusive.  

He tilts his head, looking down the camera at an angle.

J2H: I know, you've always wanted to feel like a champion, to know what it feels like to be me and just beat people up, well in December, you can do just that.  

His eyes move back on to the auto cue as he tries to pick up some bullet points.

J2H: And if you ever get bored of playing as me, but let's be honest, you won't, you will have the chance to pick from a whole host of SCW stars. Despayre, Crystal Millar, Kate Steele, The Angel Clan, every member of the Elders, probably not the dog that is forever stinking up the backstage area and spreading it's fleas about. James Tuscini... Pizza not included, Celeste North, Melody Grace, Natalie McKinley, Team BJ, Evie Baang, Jessie Salco, Dmitri, Travis Nathaniel Andrews.... Wait, Travis made it on to the game?

J2H shakes his head as he looks down the camera.

J2H: Never be Travis, he probably has the lowest rating on the game. Probably a five outta one hundred for everything.

The director watching from the side shakes his head, J2H spots him and point at him.

J2H: Just edit the shit out that you don't want later!

The director looks taken back as he looks at J2H as he turns back to face the camera

J2H: Not only do you have the chance to play as some of SCW's "Not currently working here, yet still in the game" like the legendary Team Hero.

J2H puts his hand up at the camera.

J2H: Hold up! Legendary Team Hero? Who writes this shit? fucking legends? Since when? Since when do you become a legend blowing a title shot, then getting your friends to beg on your behalf for another, only to fuck that up too?

He rolls his eyes as he looks at the camera, rewinding himself a little.

J2H: Can't believe I'm saying this... The legendary Team Hero of Roxi Johnson and Keira Fisher, and The Monstimals.

He places his palms out in front of him

J2H: Free royalties for all I guess.

J2H looks at the auto cue as it directs him to start walking down the ring. He starts to walk down the ramp and the camera moves with him.

J2H: You think SCW will stop there? Of course not. This game will also include a very special roster set you can play as, the Hall of Fame roster.

J2H moves his face to the side mouthing the word "really?" to the director, who waves his hand in a circle, forcing the champion to continue.

J2H: Where you will get to choose between Spike Staggs, Vixen, Nick Jones.... What ever happened to that guy? Misty, Gabriel, Kain, as well as latest inductees of Sean Jackson, Goth and Drake Green.

J2H shrugs his shoulders.

J2H: Roxi Johnson and Amy Marshall will be on that roster too. So it doesn't matter if you wanna go back to the olden days and relieve a classic Nick Jones Vs Spike Staggs match, or a Gabriel Vs Sean Jackson match, or a Misty Vs Vixen match, you can do it now. If you wanna be Steve Ramone and try and do something Steve Ramone struggles to do and beat James Tuscini, do it.  

The champion scoffs at his last line.

J2H: Not even Steve Ramone's mother will play as Steve Ramone, so I don't think you will either.  

He reaches outside the ring, stepping up on to the steps and turning around, looking at the camera following and ignoring the many others around ringside.

J2H: If you wanna know what it feels like to be me and kick Dmitri's ass, the power is in your hands on December 6th. If you want to go the new generation against the old generation, please pick me to kick the hell out of Drake Green over and over and over again, that would never get boring!

He steps through the ropes and moves towards the middle of the ring, moving to the center.

J2H: And you pre order this now, you will get a bonus of playable champions from the past. You could take to the ring as Simon Jones or Jordan Williams. Maybe the women is more your thing, so preordering now will get you Odette Stevens and Kittie as playable characters.

From nowhere, a masked wrestler attacks, charging towards J2H. J2H ducks a clothesline and waits for the man to turn around. J2H lifts his foot up and puts it on the man's jaw and drops backwards with the Kiss This. He stands up and straightens his shirt, lifting up his title belt and placing it over his shoulder. He looks down the camera again.

J2H: Or maybe you think you're good enough to beat me?

J2H shakes his head slowly.

J2H: We all know you can't but there's one way to find out. Get out there, run to mommy and daddy, tell them you wanna beat up J2H for Christmas, pre-order Sin City Wrestling, the video game and I will be right here waiting for you to try.

J2H moves closer to the camera smirking.

J2H: Well, I'm waiting right there on the wrestling game of the year. That's real talk!

Director: And cut!

The director moves to get in the ring, climbing up the steps and in to the ring. He nods with a rather surprised look on his face as he looks at the champion.

Director: That was better than I thought it would be.  

J2H: That's because you had the real deal talking here and not some robot who thinks they can sound like me with writing.

Director: Ok, let's try it again, stick to the same bullet points about the roster and we'll edit it in.

J2H: Nah, I think I'm ok with that. It's an announcement, it's bringing joy to people's lives, it's not something I need to do again. Edit shit out, leave it as it is. It doesn't matter to me. I ain't one of these people that like repeating myself so that's good enough for me. Don't like it, call Melody and get Melody to do this shit. She's an actress, she's good at this stuff. I'm outta here. I gotta go find a personal assistant so I have someone to tell ya that I'm too busy to do this shit if it ever comes up again.

J2H turns and steps out of the ring as the camera fades out.




In to a plain looking, small room inside the home of Melody and J2H, true to his word, the search for Personal Assistant is underway, as he and Melody Grace sits behind a table, both with clipboards in front of them. Simpson stands to the side of the two. J2H leans back in his chair as he looks towards Melody, a frown on her face.

Melody: I don't know why you need a personal assistant Jam. I mean you could let me retire and do all that stuff for you.

Narrowed eyes and a scrunched up face shows Melody just what the SCW World Champion thinks of that idea. Melody turns away from him.  

J2H: It's like you want people to send me hate mail or something.

Melody turns back towards him, a curious look on her brow.

Melody: What do you mean?

J2H: You retire cause I just give up on bothering trying to stop you. You being one of the most popular in SCW, upsets the fans, they think I make you retire to be my lap dog. I get the hell for it. You don't wanna retire because you love the fans too much. You wanna retire because of a lack of confidence in yourself. Besides, we already have people here who want the job.

Melody: Fiiiiiiiiiinnnnnneeee.

J2H looks towards Simpson, nodding towards the door.

J2H: Send the first one in Simpson.

Simpson: She's already here sir.

Melody and J2H look at each other before looking in front of the table. Simpson clears his throat and nods down in front of the table. Both J2H and Melody slowly look over the table, their palms pressed against the wood and leans over slowly to see the personal assistant of Hot Stuff Mark Ward, Miss Minnie standing in front of them.

J2H: Holy shit, it's a hobbit!

Melody backhands J2H across the arm, causing him to turn his head and look at her.

J2H: How long as she been there, Simpson?

Simpson: About ten minutes.

J2H shakes his head, looking at her.

J2H: This ain't gonna work. The woman ain't got big enough hands to hold a diary to fit in all the stuff I need in it, and an IPad is like twice the size of her. Next!

Again, Melody backhands J2H against the arm, but he can't help but smile as she walks next to Simpson.

J2H: Hahahaha, she's not even as tall as his knee!

Simpson leads Miss Minnie out of the room and accepts the glaring look Melody throws across the table with a smile back in her direction. Simpson waves the next candidate in, a woman in her sixties in a flowery dress, and curled white hair. Melody leans across the table.

Melody: She looks familiar.

J2H shrugs his shoulders as he looks towards her.

J2H: And what's your name?

Woman: My name is Euphegenia Doubtf...

J2H puts his hands up, stopping the woman in mid name. He shakes his head as he looks her up and down, Melody's eyes wide with excitement.

J2H: Don't say it, we might get sued. Next!

Her voice deepens to that of a possible career long trucker.

Woman: Well screw you buddy!

Melody and J2H's eyes both widen as J2H leans back in his chair, both her and Melody sharing a glance, both unable to hide a smile at each other. As Simpson shows her out a woman blows through the window with an umbrella open, causing both J2H and Melody to turn around. J2H shakes his head.

J2H: Didn't you hear what I said to the last broad? Don't wanna get sued over here Mary, next!

Mary: You'll get your medicine someday young man.

J2H: And I'll take it with a spoonful of sugar.... NEXT!

The woman huffs as she charges out of the door, J2H looks at Melody with a sigh.

J2H: Well hasn't this gone supercalifragilisticexpialidocious.

Melody: Can you get sued for that?

J2H: I don't know but I don't need some Englishwoman bouncing around the place singing songs all day. It's bad enough when you watch Frozen and you're singing songs at me all day.

Melody: Let it go Jam, just let it go.  

J2H rolls his eyes as he looks towards Simpson, standing with the door closed. The door swings open, hitting Simpson in the back behind the door, knocking the big man halfway across the room. Standing in the doorway, Twisted Sister looks around, standing still. Melody and J2H just looks at each other in shock as Twisted Sister slowly wanders in the room, looking around the room, trying to get used to the surroundings. Simpson shakes off the daze, straightening his jacket.

J2H: You want to be my PA!?

Twisted Sister stops, looking at J2H and Melody behind the table.

Twisted Sister: I saw the line and thought it was to the new Harry Potter movie!

J2H: It's really not.

Twisted Sister: I wondered why the guy outside wouldn't sell me any popcorn!

With that, Twisted Sister just turns on her heels and walks out of the room, leaving Melody, J2H and Simpson sharing baffled looks.

J2H: Well this day can't get any stranger.

Famous last words as SCW wrestler, rockstar and long time friend of J2H's from days before wrestling, Alex Rush walks in the room, causing both J2H and Melody to look once more confused.

J2H: Me and my big mouth.

Alex strolls across the room and stands in front of both J2H and Melody.

Alex: Alright James, me old China.

J2H: Alex... What are you doing here?

Alex: I heard there was a job going, and I heard it will blow. I do love a good blowj...

Before Alex continues, J2H yells out at the top of his voice.

J2H: NEXT!

Alex slowly nods his head up and down.

Alex: I've had worse auditions.

Alex turns to leave and J2H puts his head on the table, slowly shaking it as Melody puts her hand on the back of his neck, running her fingers along his flesh.

J2H: This is a disaster.

Melody: We'll keep trying.

Simpson: Excuse me sir, there's one more to see you.

J2H lifts his head up before shaking it towards him. J2H stands up, walking towards the door.

J2H: Nope, had enough

47
Climax Control Archives / Different week, same opponent
« on: October 28, 2016, 12:50:40 PM »
  Melody smiles as J2H rolls his eyes towards Despayre, only to be met with a wide grin.

Synn: Why don't you show your guests the blanket fort you've built. You have spent all day building it and trying to get it right.

Despayre clicks his tongue and points towards Synn in a finger gun pose.

Despayre: And that's why you're the dad!

J2H: I'll catch up with you in a minute.

Melody and Despayre charge off in the direction that Despayre points to and Synn points to a chair opposite him, inviting J2H to sit down. J2H wearily takes the seat, looking at Synn.

Synn: You look like you'd rather be anywhere else in the world other than here James.

A smirk crosses his face as he looks towards Synn, and nods in agreement.

J2H: Anywhere. Well most places at least.

Synn: Why is that?

J2H: So many reasons. I have so much better things to do then sit and watch movies that are three times older than I am. I like classic films, I could happily sit there and watch films from the 80s all day long, but these are too much for me. How can I get scared at puppets on strings. Plus I have a big match to deal with and all this random bullshit is a distraction.

J2H blinks a couple of times, not sure why he is opening up to Synn so easily. Maybe the effect of the argument with his father just days before is still subconsciously on his mind, or maybe because Synn seems to have this effect on people. If anyone could pull the darkest secret buried in the past from anyone, it would be Synn.

Synn: You're worried that a few movies will distract you from a match a few days away?

Synn scoffs as he looks at the young man opposite him, his eyes slightly making the champion feel uncomfortable in his presence. J2H shakes off that feeling quickly as he returns Synn's stare.

J2H: Yeah. I know how I set up for my matches, I know how to get in their minds. It takes preparation. You know this or you wouldn't have a team of people around your guys doing the work for them to get them ready. I have me, I have Austin throwing down some advice, but in general, I do the work. This whole thing is a distraction I don't need. What I need is focus at this point.  

Synn: Surely Dmitri doesn't have you rattled.

A cocky facade appears as J2H firmly but slowly shakes his head.

J2H: Not at all, but there's something different about this match then the past ones. I know I have him beat, and he knows this too, so I think he may have a plan B, and they call plan B, James Tuscini.  

Synn: You must have heard the term fight fire with fire James.

A look of surprise crosses J2H's face, as if he'd just been caught with his hand in the cookie jar.

J2H: Oh I have and I have a plan of my own that no one will see coming, but the odds are stacked against me for a reason. A fucking Halloween show, and I'm facing a vampire for the top title. Wouldn't it just be fitting for him to win in the eyes of people?

Synn: In the eyes of people maybe, but if you beat him in that environment, then he will have nowhere to go anymore. He can not claim to be worthy of your time.

J2H taps his fingers on his face, thinking for a second before nodding at the manipulative Synn.

J2H: You're right.

Before the conversation can continue, Despayre's voice can be heard calling out.

Despayre: JAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAMMMMMMMEEEEEEEEESSSSSS.

Synn: I believe you're being summoned. Through the door and to the right. Believe me, you won't be able to miss it.

J2H stands up, grabbing the bag by his side and nodding towards Synn. He turns and walks to the right, following Synn's instructions and towards the room. He stands at the doorway looking in the room, his eyes widen as he looks around at the sight before him.

J2H: What the fuck....

His eyes feast upon a haunted forest, trees and branches, albeit plastic, are strewn around the room, as well as eerie sounds of the forest soundtrack is heard! Pumpkins with carved various faces on them, and lights shining through them, can be seen forming a part to a dark blanket fort, put together, coloured and detailed to look like an old log cabin. The sound of an owl causes him to spin his head before realising that it came from the soundtrack playing.

J2H: He's fucking created Brother Grimm's vacation house in here.

J2H's eyes dart around, seeing a light in the corner. He looks closely to see the image of the room in the room. Shaking his head, J2H mutters to himself, barely audible.

J2H: Gotta hand it to him, he knows how to set an atmosphere.

Despayre: Thank you!

J2H lowers his brow with a look of slight confusion on his face.

J2H: How'd he hear that?

J2H quickly shakes it off and starts to walk down the path lit up by pumpkin lanterns. He stops outside the blanket fort. Melody's voice can be heard from inside.

Melody: Knock on the door.

He rolls his eyes and taps on the side of the blanket fort, Despayre's voice can be heard inside.

Despayre: What's the password?

J2H: I'm going home!

Despayre: I knew we made this password too easy. Come in!

J2H pulls the blanket to the side and walks in to the high fort, looking around at what's before him. Three chairs are made up with pillows, plus a much smaller chair, with Angel perched upon it, a wide screen television, set up with a DVD player. Electric lanterns light the space up and an assortment of snacks can be seen down one side of the room. Melody sits to the right, while Despayre sits to his left.

Despayre: We saved you the seat right in the middle buddy!

He looks uneasily at Melody and to Despayre again, watching him tap the pillows next to him. Knowing that he was there and not even an act of God could get him out of this situation, he shrugs and sits in the middle of Despayre and Melody. Melody instantly reaches over and grabs his right hand. Despayre looks curiously at this act and reaches out and grabs J2H's other hand and reaches towards Angel and grabs his paw. J2H pulls his hand away from Despayre.

J2H: What are you doing?

An innocent look crosses Despayre's face.

Despayre: I thought we were gonna say a prayer so that no spirits would come and get us while we're distracted with the movies.

J2H turns around to a giggling Melody, rolling his eyes and shaking his head.

Despayre: You can pick the first movie.

Despayre taps J2H on the shoulder as he holds up the DVD's. J2H turns around and randomly points to one of them.

Despayre: Creature From The Black Lagoon! Good choice.

J2H: Yippee.

Despayre moves forward, popping the DVD from the case and moving it towards the television. J2H sits back and watches Despayre put the movie in the player and grabs a nearby remote control and presses a button. The screen lights up as Despayre moves back to his seat.

Let's jump forward a bit as the movie plays. J2H rolls his eyes as he watches the creature stepping out of the water.


J2H: Oh come on! They couldn't make a better suit than this?  

Melody: Babe, the film was made in the 50s.

J2H: No excuse. There's always people out there that are smarter than others, they could have took the smartest guy there was, the best designer in the world and make it look more realistic. This is why I like CGI films, because you don't see shit like this.

Melody shakes her head at J2H and continues to watch the film. J2H leans forward, his hand on his chin, eyes half closed and that is the way he stays for the rest of the film. As the film ends, Despayre's voice make him sit up straight, looking at him.

Despayre: That was awesome!

Melody: It was!

J2H: Biggest pile of shit known to man.

Despayre: Swear jar!

J2H: I'll start a tab and pay at the end of the night.  

Despayre: Ok Melly, your turn to pick a movie.

Melody leans across J2H, looking towards the choices left. She points to the Bride of Frankenstein. Despayre moves forward and replaces the disk in the drive. The screen lights up with the film from the 30s. The scene speeds up as the movie plays, both Despayre and Melody not moving too much as the scene progresses, but noticeably, J2H moves closer and closer to the screen. The scene slows down as the monster holds his hand on a lever, a sad expression on his face and pulls it down, causing the destruction of the laboratory and tower. The film comes to an end, and a satisfied look crosses J2H's face.

J2H: Now that was a good classic.

He nods his head, a smile on his face.

J2H: Much better movie Despayre..... Despayre?

He turns his head around to see Despayre with his arms wrapped around Angel, fast asleep.

J2H: With him asleep, time to go home Mel..... Mel?

He turns his head to see Melody asleep on her pillow chair, her eyes shut and dreaming. J2H sighs and shakes his head.

J2H: I wonder if Synn will let me drink now the children are asleep.

J2H shakes his head as the scene fades out.




And on to Friday we go. It's been an interesting week, wouldn't you say, but this is where it's time to be direct, talk directly to the man who stands in the way of what is a championship run of the century.  

J2H can be seen in a dark room, lights dimmed down with just a wooden table with a flickering candle upon it showing the shape of his face as he sits down behind in, the candle in front, yet cutting in to the image of his face on the screen. He wears a black hoodie as he stares in to the flame, not looking at the camera as he speaks. The SCW World championship sits on the table in front of him.


J2H: Third times a charm or so they say.

He turns his head away from the camera, the candle licking the side of his face.

J2H: Except for you Dmitri. You've thrown away golden chances in the past when it come to me. Our first, our non title match, you had the chance there to catapult yourself in to a supercard main event that wouldn't have concerned you but you just could seize the chance to not only step in to that match, but the chance to play mind games with me that actually worked. Do you know how distracted I would have been stepping in a ring against you and Despayre knowing you had my number a couple of weeks before? I wouldn't have admitted it but it would have messed with me Dmitri, you had the chance to do that, but you failed.

J2H continues to look away from the camera, tilting his head sideways.

J2H: Then the second time you had the chance Dmitri, you had the chance to rip my title from my hands, pull it away from me and left me here wondering what the fuck I should do and again, you couldn't do that when it mattered. You had to look at Christian Underwood and blame him like he did something that gave me the advantage, cheating if you will. Tell me big boy, have you never cheated before and won from it? Of course you fucking have, yet now it suited you to cry in your frilly shirt about it because it didn't suit you. You couldn't put me away before then, yet cry over the ending. He tried to give you the advantage when I had you beat already, but feel free to cry like a fourteen year old girl that just got dumped. If Christian would have hit the target he aimed for, you would celebrate like you just won the World Series and would have conveniently forgot all about how you won it.

He holds three fingers up.

J2H: So you cried your way in to match three, you, the big bad vampire heel had to cry his way in to a match when he would have celebrated like crazy if he'd have won, but you got to jump in here Dmitri yet again. Let me ask you something Dmitri.

At last, he turns to face the camera, looking down it with an intense look.

J2H: Do you know the definition of insanity?

He waits as if expecting a reply.

J2H: Probably not because you're stupid as fuck. The definition of insanity is doing the same thing over and over again and expecting different results. This is what you are Dmitri.

He smirks at the camera.

J2H: This is exactly what you are, the walking talking definition of insanity. You've been there against me before and yet you haven't beat me. You've added nothing new to your game, but you can't defeat me, you've cried your way in to a match that you shouldn't have been in, and expecting a much different result, but the truth is, you can't do that, you will never do that. If I gave you one hundred matches, you would never, ever get the chance to beat me at all. You just don't have it in you and you never will. Why do you even believe you can beat me?

Again, he waits as if expecting an answer.

J2H: Why do you even think you'll stand a chance? The whole fucking world can see that you can't beat me, the whole world can see that this is just another defence to add to my impressive amount of defences I've made, something I already hold a record for and I have no intention of slowing down now, I have no intention of giving up the ghost here, but I think it's time for your own well being that you should give it up Dmitri, you should just wave the white flag and fuck off back to Transylvania or where ever you apparently came from. This level we're at right now Dmitri, you're only there because I let you be there, you haven't earned shit, you're nowhere near as good as I am. You're here because I let you stand on my level.

A smirk crosses J2H's face again as he looks at the candle, talking to the camera beyond that.

J2H: Do you think going to a retired wrestlers house and beating the hell out of him puts you on my level? Do you think just because he's a friend of mine, you're actually sending a message to me. A man who burned down someone's house once is your target cause you wanna get in my head.

J2H covers his mouth as he tries not to laugh.

J2H: Swing and a miss there you fucking idiot. Didn't get in my head at all. I called Casey, he's fine and told me to just kick the shit out of you and that is something that I will gladly do. I get you wanted to be noticed but threatening Casey, and his kids don't get you noticed for being a bad ass.

He slowly shakes his head.

J2H: It makes you a fucking coward Dmitri. It makes you a fucking loser that you have to beat a man in front of his kids, blind side him rather than challenge him because you know he'd know you the fuck out bro.  

His eyes move above the candle, looking more towards the camera.

J2H: For a vampire, you're one hell of a pussy, you know that?

He lowers his eyes once more to the candle.

J2H: I mean you cry your way in to a match you don't deserve, you go to a man's house and beat him up in front of his kids, then think you can actually go one on one with a man who hasn't lost a match in a long time and expect to win? When you add all that up and add it to the fact that you actually think you're a vampire walking around for centuries, I think your next stop is one where there's many rooms with padded cells. This ain't no episode of True Blood, this ain't no fiction Dmitri, this is that cold hard fact you hear about. This is reality and you wanna know what reality is Dmitri?

He turns his ear to the camera for a few seconds before turning his face back to the camera.

J2H: Reality is we are both men, except I am the better man, I am the man who will defeat you, that simple. You think Halloween is every day of your life, but I live in the real world and in the real world, people will always be better than other people and I am better than you are. I am so much more better than you are and I've proved it to you time and time again. I've proved it constantly to you by kicking your ass all over the place and a little pointless theme show isn't gonna do anything to help you stand a chance in beating me bro.  

A calm casually look places itself on his face.  

J2H: This show is as fake as you are. It's as gimmicky as you are but it doesn't give you any kind of advantage over me, it doesn't mean that you're gonna be better than me, it doesn't mean you're walking out of here holding my title. I could fight you anywhere, fuck, I could invite you to my house and kick the daylights out of you, you could invite me to your underground cave or where ever the fuck you choose to dwell, and I can still beat you. You can pick any location in the world, choose any place you want, fuck, you can pick the moon for all I care and the results will still be the same.  

Calmness turns to cockiness as J2H continues.

J2H: It is what it is Dmitri and the simple facts of everything is that I am so much more better than you, this is a mismatch. I don't even have to be at my best to get past you, or even close to my best and come Sunday on this bullshit show, I'll prove that again.

He waves his finger towards the camera.

J2H: Might wanna start getting your excuses in a line for after Sunday. Maybe you can do what Keira Fisher did and get her friends on Twitter to pester the staff to try and get yet another match against me, but all you'll be doing is showing that I'm right to label you as the definition of insanity. I'm right to point out that you will constantly try get me beat, but will never succeed. You can't change Dmitri unless you bow before me and let me show you your potential. Until then, you will never even come close to ever taking my title. You couldn't even beat Rage for fucks sake! Rage! And he sucks!

A casual shrug comes from the champions shoulders.

J2H: This title right here.

J2H runs his hand along the World championship in front of him.

J2H: It's never gonna see where you decide to hide during daylight hours, it's never gonna end up in your possession, it will always stay with me. No matter what you do, no matter where you go in SCW, this will not be going with you, it will be staying with me. Always with me, forever with me. If you lived for another two hundred years, this championship would be buried with me and you still wouldn't have come close to ripping it from my grasp.  

He wraps his fingers around the World title, gripping it tightly.

J2H: This is mine, it shall always be that way. Never will you come close, never will you get your paws on the thing, never will you ever take away what's mine. It's just the way it is Dmitri, and your crying, and your bitching, and your moaning to get the shot you truly do not deserve, will all be in vain. I would say you won't be able to look at yourself in the mirror when I'm done with you, but well, apparently you don't have a reflection, so you won't see the disappointment in your own eyes, but I will, the rest of the world will see it Dmitri, because this is your last chance and it's just another chance you won't take.

He leans forward, his face getting close to the candle.

J2H: There's nothing you can do to stop me Dmitri, nothing you can do to stop me from continuing the path I'm on, nothing to stop me from walking in Sunday with the championship belt and walking out with it too. I will finally put an end to your stupid challenge Dmitri, I will finally put an end to you and prove to the world once again why I am not on the greatest wrestler alive right now, that I will always be the greatest wrestler to have ever walked in to an SCW ring. Take your Drake Green, Gabriel, Goth, Kain, and anyone else that has held this belt. You're not facing a good champion Dmitri, you're facing the best that has ever lived. Come Sunday, it's lights out for you. That's real talk bitch!

J2H blows the candle out and the screen turns completely black.

48
Climax Control Archives / Different week, same opponent
« on: October 28, 2016, 12:48:46 PM »
  Another show in the books as J2H on Sunday night as J2H sits in the passenger seat of the car being driven by Simpson, while Dexter the duck sits in the back seat. San Bernardino was long behind them as the moved back towards Beverly Hills. Not a lot had happened on the show concerning J2H, a chat with the returning Hot Stuff to try and get away from this match next week, small talk with a few competition winners but still, at least he was a champion that stuck to his word and appeared. Strangely most did this week, all but Despayre and The Angel Clan, which does make you wonder if The Angel Clan have simply become Team Hero part II in their lack of appearances since becoming champions.

The show itself wasn't too bad, a shock in the main event, title chancing hands even with a DQ called, not shocked to see who the ref was, seriously, the woman needs firing and now before people mutiny. I don't want that woman anywhere near my matches in future or I won't show up, simple as. Either way, the boss return, laid down the law, Tuscini cut a boring promo, Dmitri thought it would scare me by beating up a retired wrestler and I proved I'd travel just to show off my title belt.... And people still don't respect what I do.

The journey between the arena and home wasn't too bad, less than two hours on the road, the tour bus not really needed for this when the goal was to be there, do what had to be done and get home. Realistically, he knew he could have done what he had to and been home to watch the main event from his own living room, but no, not the champ, always one of the last to leave.

His eyes looked out on the dark road as cars move past him in the opposite direction, their headlights blurring and fading at speed as they shoot past. A yawn escapes his lungs as Simpson moves the car steadily down the road. The champion looks towards him and back to his phone, checking through messages, but Simpson grabs his attention.


Simpson: Almost home sir, just another ten minutes or so.

J2H looks towards the bigger man in the driving seat, a nod coming from his head.

J2H: Good, cause I can't wait to get home, maybe get in the hot tub or something and just relax. I know people would love to have my job, turn up, talk about whatever and go home, but I feel tired today Simpson.

Simpson: Are you feeling ok, sir?

Simpson casts his eye off the road for a few seconds to look at J2H, who nods back at him.

J2H: I'm fine, just tired tonight Simpson, a little bit spacey. I haven't exactly slept well lately. It's been one thing after another.

Simpson: Maybe another vacation is in order sir.

J2H: I was on one not too long ago with Melody. Places are getting colder now Simpson and I sure as shit ain't travelling to the other side of the world just to chase the sun.

Simpson: Maybe a skiing vacation sir. There are some wonderful areas around the world.

J2H: Oh God no Simpson. If I mention that, she'd have me off to Norway before my eyes could blink. She's obsessed with that damn country. If I mentioned something like that, I wouldn't get the look at the snow outside a cabin window, log fire and all that. I end up walking through some endless forest to some shack ten miles from civilisation. I don't even know why she really is obsessed with the place, but if I go on a winter break, I don't wanna spend the first half a day of it trying to get through trees and trying not to fall on my ass.

Simpson: Valid point sir, but there are many nice resorts around the world, like Switzerland maybe.

J2H waves his hand towards Simpson, shaking his head.

J2H: I don't need a vacation Simpson. What I need is a plan right now.

Simpson: Concerning what sir?

J2H: Well, it feels like to me that Christian Underwood is trying to bury my career right now. Like he's trying to ruin me because I'm not one of his favourites like Despayre, or anyone else he seems to have more time for than anyone else. I  mean this guy wouldn't even talk to Jessie Salco the other week that she had to call Hot Stuff, cause he was too busy getting wrapped up in his own little world. The guy turns up and puts himself in my match, tries to attack me and cause he failed, he couldn't own up to his own short comings and step away, he had to give this fake vampire another match against me, at a meaningless show.

Simpson: This show seems to mean a lot to Mr Underwood.

J2H: It's a fake holiday for kids! Fucking children Simpson. He needs to grow the fuck up and realize he's not a kid anymore. He's using his powers to make people celebrate a made up holiday for his OWN pleasure, not for anyone else's because we're wrestlers. We're tough guys who put our bodies on the line, he's doing it for his own personal gains, he's doing it because he wants everyone to join in in his little fantasy world and it's so fucking stupid. Anything anyone can dress up as, is simply not real, but he gets a sick pleasure out of controlling people to do this.

Simpson: I don't believe that's his intention sir.

J2H: Oh, but it is Simpson. We're not five year olds anymore, we're not children who go house to house anymore. The guy is on the same level as Michael Jackson in never wanting to grow up.

Simpson: That's a little harsh sir.

J2H: It's true Simpson. He doesn't want to grow up. If he did, then we wouldn't have to make a big deal about a fake holiday.

Simpson: Not a lot you can do about it sir.

J2H: This is why I need a plan Simpson, I need a plan to show the world that he is using SCW as his playground, as a way to fulfil his sick fantasies. It needs to stop.

Simpson remains silent as he moves the car in to the estate of J2H, moving down the gravel drive, around the fountain and to the front door. J2H looks in to the back of the car.

J2H: We're home.

Dexter: QUACK!

J2H looks towards Simpson with a slow shake of his head.  

J2H: I don't even know how that duck got out, or how Melody didn't notice he was gone. I think we need a cage with a little electrical charge, just to give him a heads up about who's in charge around here.

Simpson parks the car slowly at the front door.

Simpson: I will get the bags sir.

J2H opens the door of the car and steps a foot outside before moving to the side of the car and opening the back door, allowing Dexter to jump to the floor and waddle towards the front door of the house. J2H shuts the doors behind him and walks to the house as Simpson gets out of the car and moves towards the back to retrieve the bags. J2H reaches the wooden door and slides a key from his pocket to the lock. He twists the key and opens the door and Dexter waddles in front of him. He steps in, leaving the door open for Simpson to come in to shortly.

Dexter: QUACK!

Melody's voice can be heard from another room in the house.

Melody: My boys are home!

Melody moves out of a room at the end of the hall and runs down it towards J2H and Dexter. She drops down towards Dexter to give him a pat on the head.

Melody: How did you get all the way to Daddy tonight?

J2H instantly rolls his eyes as Melody implies that Dexter is his son and takes a step closer to Melody.

J2H: I don't know but I'm thinking electrified cage is needed for this little shit.  

Melody stands up, looking at her boyfriend.  

Melody: No electrified cage for my baby! Not now, not ever Jam.

He mumbles something under his breath as Melody moves towards him, wrapping her arms around his neck and jumping up, wrapping her legs around his waist. He catches her and holds her up as she plants small kisses over his face. She pulls her head back and plants a firm kiss on his lips, pressing herself against him tightly, before pulling her head away and looking him in the eyes. She bites her lower lip and smiles towards him.

J2H: And what was that for?

She slightly tilts her head as she looks at him with a smile.

Melody: I just missed you so much tonight, and I loved see you two on TV, but I missed you both soooooooooo much.

Melody plants more kisses on J2H's face, before putting her head on his shoulder. Supporting her body, he walks towards the room Melody came from, lifting up his foot and kicking the door open. He steps inside their living room and moves towards a sofa. Turning his back, he sits down, Melody bending her knees to meet the sofa as she sits on him, facing him.

Melody: Did you have a good time at the show?

An indifferent look crosses his face as he looks up at Melody, casually shrugging his shoulders.

J2H: Not really. Took advantage of Hot Stuff trying to fix Christian's mistakes, and get out of this stupid fucking match against Dmitri, but that failed, had to be around a bunch of kids who won some competitions, and he randomly appeared.

J2H points behind him to where Dexter has waddled in to the room, looking at the duo on the sofa.

Melody: You're his favourite.

J2H: I'm not. He knows you protect him from being homeless, cause if I had my way, he'd be dancing for change at the local bus stop.

Melody: James Alexander Huntington-Hawkes III!

Melody leans back, tapping the unfazed J2H on the chest with an open palm before waving her finger in his face.

Melody: Now you take that back. You'd never let Dexter walk the streets all cold and lonely.  

J2H just looks at Melody with a tilted head and a smile, not saying a word to her as a frown forms on her face. She spins off him and sits next to him on the sofa, her arms folded across her chest.

Melody: Just cruel Jam.  

J2H: He's your duck.

Melody: He's our duck.

A roll of the eyes greet Melody before he turns his head away, looking away from her. She looks towards him but turns away when he looks back at her, her arms still folded across his chest. He puts his hands behind his head, stretching out his back, but Melody puts her head on his arm.

Melody: Still mad at you, but I missed you.

He puts his arm around her shoulder, and instinctively, Melody puts her head on his chest.

J2H: Look, he stays in line, I won't sell him to a Chinese restaurant, and tell you he's flown away.

Melody gives him a stern look, causing the joking J2H to smile at her.

J2H: I'm kidding!

Melody: You better be or.

Melody balls up her fist and waves it in front of a smiling J2H, who quickly moves his head forward and kisses her balled up hand, instantly producing a smile from the sucker for cuteness Melody. She puts her arm around his body, running her hand under his white sleeveless shirt.

Melody: I got a surprise for you.

J2H looks towards her, looking at the top of her head as she lays on his chest.

J2H: Hmmmm?

She sits up, springing in to life and looking at him with a wide smile. Reaching down, she grabs both of his hands and pulls him to his feet, her eyes brightly shining in the moonlight as it breaks through the living room window.

Melody: Come with me.

J2H looks towards her, curiously raising an eyebrow at Melody as she holds his wrist and takes him towards the huge windows showing the outside of the house. They get to a doorway and she reaches out, flicking on a light switch next to the door and lighting up the outside area of the house, where a wooden decking area is seen. In the middle of the decking sits a hot tub, the bubbles already flowing in the water and an ice bucket with a bottle of champagne sits with it's neck peering through the ice. Two glasses sit next to the bucket as well as strawberries on a plate, covered over by see through plastic wrap. J2H looks at Melody, unable to stop a slight smile cross the left side of his face.

J2H: Wanna explain all of this?

Melody takes a step towards the water filled tub and points to it.

Melody: Well I know after a show you get super cranky when things don't go right and I was watching the show from start to finish. Man Hot Stuff came out and laid down the law tonight to everyone where we should all step up, I watched Evie Baang and Alexis Edwards play tongue wrestling, I saw my hair bestie Kate on the scene, I watched my two favourite boys on the screen and can you believe Ben and Jamie lost the titles? I mean the Elders are just meanie heads.

J2H waves his hand around in a circle, trying to hurry Melody along.

J2H: And your point is babe? You're going off track here.

Melody takes a deep breath and looks at him.

Melody: Right, right, getting off track, but I know what you're like. You was probably sitting in the car on the way home with Dexter on your lap, being all happy thinking about getting in the hot tub, with a drink and relaxing before bed.

J2H taps his chin with his forefinger, thoughtfully looking up at the night sky.

J2H: Well, most of it was right. Did think drink, did think hot tub, did not have the duck on my lap being all happy.

Melody chooses to ignore the last words passing from his lips.

Melody: Well, I knew you'd want this so I thought to myself I'll be a good house girlfriend and get everything set up for the time my man came home.

J2H tilts his head towards Melody, his eyes narrowed as he looks at her with a smile.

J2H: Is this your way of showing you'll make a great "house girlfriend" so you can retire from wrestling and stay at home all day?

Melody turns away, as if she'd been caught out a little bit.

Melody: Maybe, is it working?

J2H: Babe, you'll always be great at doing things at home. I know I'm coming home to good things but I don't think you're really done in wrestling just yet. I think the fans wanna see you win the bombshell championship before you give it all up.

Melody places her hands on her hips, looking at J2H.

Melody: Fiiiiiiiiiiiiiine, but did I do good here?

He nods his head up and down firmly, a smile on his face as he does.

J2H: You did great. I didn't expect it. I didn't know if you'd be in bed asleep by now.

Melody: I'll always wait up for you, unless you're like twenty four hours away and I might watch Me Before You, cry a little and nap.

J2H puts his arm around Melody's shoulder, looking at the bubbling water.

J2H: I get what ya mean. Thank you for staying up and doing all of this, you didn't have to do it.

Melody: I know, but I wanted to.

J2H looks at her, unable to express his gratitude for this act of kindness. Flicking the hair from his face as a cool breeze blows across him, moving the front around wildly, he looks her in the eyes.

J2H: Thank you.

Melody smiles at him as she points to the hot tub and the scene fades out.




Monday morning, a time where most hate getting up because of work, but not J2H. The life of a wrestler is hard work on the body, but at least you don't have to work Monday morning. Today was no different for the SCW World champion as he contently rolled over in bed, wrapping his tattooed arm across the plush white bed cover as he starts to stir, returning to consciousness in the world. He opens his eyes and looks around the room, his eyes adjusting to the light. He rolls over towards the center of the bed, expecting his eyes to fall on Melody Grace's peaceful resting face, but alas, no Melody to be seen. He opening his eyes a little more, looking for Melody, but not spotting her. J2H slowly rolls his shoulders backwards as he sits up, looking around the room, everything in it's right place and spotless. He pushes the cover off of him and spins his legs to the ground, spying a note on the night stand of his bed. Picking it up, he reads it out loud.


J2H: Gone out for a little while, but I will be back soon. Miss you already, love you, Melody.

He throws the note back to the night stand as a yawn jumps out of his body. He stands up and quickly moves to the side of the room, picking up a gold robe and wrapping it around his body and picks his phone up from the nightstand. Casting his eye over the screen, he sees a tweet from Melody, a picture attached. quickly opening up the tweet to see Melody with a puppy in her arms.

J2H: That woman and animals. Pretty sure she's turning in to Odette with the animal obsession.  

He quickly taps out a response before putting the phone back in to the pocket of the robe and slowly starts to walk towards the door of the room, moving his head either side to stretch out his neck muscles. Walking through the bedroom door and in to the hallway, he hears the sounds of Simpson moving around downstairs. Along the wooden floorboards, J2H walks until he reaches the top of the stairs, a long staircase towards the main lobby of the house. He starts to walk down towards the bottom, holding on to the rail, as tiredness still runs through his body and eventually makes it to the bottom and turns around the corner, moving in to a room on the left. A beautiful big kitchen can be seen and Simpson stands by a work surface to the left. He turns his head as he sees J2H walk in to the room.

Simpson: Good morning sir. I didn't expect you to be up so soon.

J2H moves in to the room, pulling himself up on to a stool at a high counter.

J2H: What's that Simpson?

Simpson busies himself by picking up a huge coffee mug and turning around, placing it in front of J2H before turning back and picking up a pot of freshly brewed coffee and turning back to J2H. He pours the hot dark liquid in to the cup.

Simpson: You and Ms. Grace was up pretty late last night in the hot tub, I presumed you would be sleeping in today.

J2H: Well I woke up, Melody was already gone, so I thought fuck it, get up and do whatever I gotta do to kill time and find some excuse to get out of this stupid movie night with Despayre on Thursday.

He wraps his fingers around the coffee cup Simpson has placed in front of him, looking up at the bigger man.

Simpson: You really don't want to  be there sir?

J2H shakes his head firmly as he look at Simpson.

J2H: I can think of a million things I'd much rather do than actually sit there and watch movies with Despayre in a fucking blanket fort. I'm an adult for fucks sake. I don't need to do these childish things anymore, and I sure as hell don't wanna watch "horror" movies where you can see the monsters strings. Rather gorge my own eyes out with red hot skewers than spend the night there watching that shit Simpson.

Simpson: You never know sir, you might enjoy it.

J2H scoffs at the thought of it, slowly shaking his head.

J2H: Oh I won't. I'll sit there bored out of my fucking head while Melody hides behind me and Despayre throws popcorn all over the place. I'm not interested in being there. How about you take my place and I stay here doing nothing?

Simpson: I fear the fort would not fit a gentlemen of my size sir.

The world champion rolls his eyes as he picks up the coffee cup.

J2H: Well at least you have a built in excuse Simpson. I don't have one of those and I'm gonna end up getting dragged along by Melody.

Simpson: That's what relationships are all about sir, doing things for others that you wouldn't usually do.

J2H: Hmmmm.

J2H picks up the coffee cup and takes a gulp from the hot liquid and rolls his shoulders back.
 
J2H: Still, I wouldn't ask her to do things she wouldn't wanna do. If I arranged to do something she didn't like, I wouldn't force her to be there, yet so much I gotta do even though I don't want to.

Simpson: It must be love, sir.

A smile uncontrollably breaks out on J2H's face.

J2H: Must be Simpson, or I wouldn't be putting up with all this stuff.  

J2H reaches across the counter, picking up a pile of mail, he grabs the first letter with his name on and rips it open.

J2H: Maybe I need to hire someone to read and respond to this shit to save me from doing this.  

Simpson: Like a personal assistant sir?

J2H: Something like that. Someone who can sort everything out for me respond to this shit so I don't have to deal with it all.

J2H pulls out a letter and starts to run his eyes over the words on the page. He cranks his neck backwards as something clearly grabs his attention.

J2H: What the hell is this?

His outburst causes Simpson to turn around and look towards the seated champion. The bigger man takes a step towards him and looks down at him.

Simpson: Something wrong sir?

J2H reaches in to the envelope to pull out a cheque. He holds it up to Simpson, who looks at it closely, his eyes widening as he reads the cash amount on it.

Simpson: That's a lot of zeros.

J2H: A fuck load of zeros, Simpson.

Simpson: What is that for? If you don't mind me asking sir.

J2H hands Simpson the letter and he smoothes out the page, reaching in to his top pocket to pull out a small pair of reading glasses. He places them on his narrowed eyes and looks down at the page, quietly reading the words in his head. J2H waits patiently, sipping on his coffee as his waits. Simpson's eyes grow from narrow to wide as he looks at J2H and away from the written word.

Simpson: Oh my, that's one hell of an offer.

J2H: I agree Simpson, but what publisher in their right mind would send me a serious amounts of money for me to write my autobiography.

For the smart amongst you, the last line should have explained that this was indeed a letter from a publisher, offering J2H money to write his very own autobiography.

Simpson: That's something to consider, sir.

J2H cranks his neck back as he looks at Simpson with surprise.

J2H: Simpson, I'm in my early twenties. Why the fuck do these people think I have enough to say to fill a book with about my life?

Simpson: For one so young sir, you have done many great things in your life. You went to university at a young age, have a business degree, entered the wrestling business young, evolved from who you was to who you are today. You've broken wrestling records, you've been to wonderful places in your life, you've enjoyed a relationship with Ms. Grace. You have a lot to tell people.

J2H takes the letter back from Simpson, running his eyes over it as Simpson continues.

Simpson: Plus I'm sure people would be more than interested to find out about who you were before wrestling. Your family history for example.

J2H: This letter says about the book being absolute fact Simpson. How can I write about the family or even what happened with Melody when we was apart, without the shit hitting the fan? I'm not one to hold my words so it would all come out about the snakes in the wrestling world, and demons in my own world.

Simpson: Sir, you have the chance to dictate what goes in to this book and what doesn't and clearly the seriousness of the publishers, and faith they have in you is apparent with the advance that sits there on the table.

J2H: I would have to talk about the day I won the fucking title, and we both know how bittersweet that was, for reasons that stay within the inner circle of three of us.

Simpson runs his hand over his bald head, thinking about his next words to the young man he has already lived this possible autobiography with.

Simpson: Maybe some things are best left untold sir, but you do have a wonderful story to tell the world should you choose to. You have a chance to show the world who you are.

J2H: It could also blow my own personal world to pieces Simpson, we both know this. If I do this, I want it to be honest, the lid will be blown off of people I don't like being around. Fuck, Melody may never speak to me again if I put in there what I really think of her friends.

Simpson: Maybe you just exclude that chapter.

J2H: I don't even know where to start with this shit, but I won't lie Simpson, it is tempting to be the first SCW star to put out an autobiography, actually written by me and not some ghostwriter or something.

Simpson: You should give this some serious consideration sir.

He flicks his hand through his messy hair, brushing it backwards, his eyes glued to the letter, his mind in thought.

J2H: This could sell millions Simpson.

Simpson: I suspect it will sir. People only know some of you, yet this could show them who you are. People's curiosity will get the better of them and they will all want to know who the real person is.

J2H taps his chin, a slight smile crossing his lips.

J2H: I think I'll do it Simpson. I will call the number here and set up a meeting with these people.

Melody: What people?

J2H jumps around in his seat as he sees Melody Grace standing behind him with a smile on her face.

J2H: Baby, you nearly gave me a heart attack.

Melody frowns at her robe wearing boyfriend.

Melody: Sorry baby. So what people?

J2H hands her the letter from the counter, allowing her a few seconds to read over it. He lifts the cheque in his finger. Melody continues to look at the letter, her face serious.

J2H: They also sent this.

He lift the cheque up towards Melody who takes it in her free hand and continues reading the letter. He watches her eyes move towards the cheque and holds three fingers up to Simpson, dropping to two, then one. Melody gasps, her eyes like saucers as she sees the amount written down.

Melody: Holy fishsticks!

J2H smirks at Simpson.

J2H: There it is.

Melody gasps for air before putting her hand on his shoulder.

Melody: That's a lot of.... You could do so... Just wow!

J2H stands up, resting his fingers on Melody's shoulders.

J2H: Breathe...

Melody takes a deep breath, her hands shaking as she looks at the number once more, checking to see her eyes had deceived her.

Melody: Are you gonna do that? Like write a book.

He shrugs his shoulders, unsure of his own answer.

J2H: We'll see babe. I mean I could but a lot would come out with us. We'll talk about it. Anyway, let's not worry about it now. We should go out today.

Melody: Where?

An excited look plastered itself on her face, she appreciated every chance she got to spend with him, especially after recent months and movie shooting nearly tore them apart.

J2H: Anywhere you wanna go I'm not bothered.

A devilish look crosses her face as her eyes light up, instantly making him regret his words as he moves to his feet.

J2H: I'll just go get some clothes on.

J2H walks away, shaking his head at the thought of what Melody could have planned and the camera fades out.  




J2H: Vampire Diaries marathon? Fuck no!

z Monday has passed and on to Tuesday we go. Fun was had on Monday, probably more for Melody, than J2H. You'd think he'd learn that giving Melody the choice of how to spend their day resulted in things he wasn't too keen on. Today was another day Melody had chosen to spend doing something J2H wasn't too keen on... Binge watching a show. Nothing good like Luke Cage, or even a classic like The Sopranos, but The Vampire Diaries.

Ironic considering J2H's next opponent, don't you think?

He sat reading the tweet from his tablet as he sat in his own personal gym in his house, his workout finished for the morning, having been up since six in the morning and working out since. Two hours of working out did little to extinguish the young mans stamina as he considered his options for the day. He could stay where he was, work out even more, hide in one of those countless rooms of various themes in his house, but he knew it wouldn't last long before Melody noticed he was away longer than usual. His urge to watch anything with Vampires in was low, he'd faced and defeated one twice in SCW, and knew he would a third time. To sit and watch more fake blood on television on a day off would not be high on his list of things to do.

There was only one thing to do. Be out of the house. He knew Melody's puppy dog eyes could probably get him to watch the show, he knew she'd be happy sitting there for twenty four hours just glued to the television, enthralled in the story of Elena Gilbert and Stefan Salvatore, regardless of how many times she had seen it before.

Looking down at the way he was dressed, long shorts and a tank top, with running shoes on, going for a run seems his quickest and likeliest option. Getting to his feet, he turns towards the door, picking up a bottle of cold water in one hand and his expensive tablet in the other, he makes his way for the door of the gym. Stepping outside, he knew Melody could be close, the cinema room just being a few doors down. She'd been known to watch television shows on the cinema screen, sitting in the comfortable custom cinema seats, where many movie nights have been had with friends and family over the years.

He could just sneak past if she was in there, the surround sound would create enough sound in the sound proofed room, that he could bang a drum while walking past and she wouldn't hear him. He looks down the hall, not seeing anyone about and casually strolls down the hallway. He walks down to the door of the cinema room, looking through the gap and seeing no reflective light, he instantly knows Melody is not in there. He walks down the labyrinth of hallways, eventually walking through a door at the end that leads directly in to the living room, where he sees Melody sitting in front of their new 4K television, on the sofa, a blanket wrapped around her shoulders. His presence instantly causes Melody to look in his direction.


Melody: Baby! You're just in time.

He decides to play dumb, just looking at Melody as if he hasn't read her earlier tweet, informing the world of her daily plans.

J2H: In time for what?

Melody: For our Vampire Diaries all day binge watching marathon. I put it on Twitter, I thought you might have seen it.

He stands looking at her stony faced, his best innocent look on his face.

Melody: Don't tell me you don't have it set on your devices so that when I tweet it would appear on your phone?

J2H: Babe, if I did that, my phone would not be quiet.  

Melody: Rude!

J2H smiles towards Melody as she playfully pokes her tongue out in his direction. The young man's face changes from a smile to a raised eyebrow.

J2H: Wait, do you have me set on mobile notifications so when I tweet anything, it appears on your phone?

Melody's turn to play innocent now as she slowly shakes her head.

Melody: Eep! I mean noooooooo

J2H: Well lemme reply to that quickly, just for you.

He drops down a bit, placing the water bottle on a nearby table and holds the tablet in front of him, his fingers moving like lightning as he taps in a response to Melody on Twitter. Melody's phone lights up and she looks at him with a pout.

Melody: Rude again! But go on then, go for a twenty four hour run and I'll sit here and watch this alllllll day.

He moves towards her, after quickly picking up the water bottle.  Moving behind the sofa and standing above her head, he leans down and kisses her on the forehead.

J2H: Enjoy the show, I may or may not be twenty four hours.

Melody: Just make sure you come back.

J2H: Always.

Before he can move, his tablet lights up, with the familiar sound of a Skype call buing on it. He looks at it closely.


J2H: What the fuck?

Melody: What is it babe?

J2H: It's.... my dad.

Melody shuffles around on her seat, her legs moving on to the sofa, a look of utter surprise on her face. She knew the history of father and son, well, parts of it, so an out of the blue call forced her mouth to open.

Melody: Well, answer it.

J2H: Alright, I'll just be outside.

Melody nods and J2H makes his way to the outside area, near the hot tub on the decking. He hits a button on the front of the tablet and up pops the face of James Huntington-Hawkes Jr.

James Huntington-Hawkes Jr, the forty nine year old, now semi retired business tycoon, and father to James Huntington-Hawkes III, known as J2H. Not a lot has been said about J2H's father, rarely mentioned, never seen until this very moment.

His tanned skin and dark hair, thick yet slightly greying at the sides, with slight stubble over his chin, sits prominently in front of the camera, bright skies beaming down behind him, as he wears a pink polo shirt, the top half of him can only be seen. J2H sighs as he looks at his father and takes a nearby seat next to a wooden table.


J2H: Hello father.

James Jr: James.

A nod comes from his dad who looks down the camera at him. A monotone voice comes from J2H's lips.

J2H: Let's get the pleasantries over with, how's mom? How's Florida? How's retirement? Nice to see you're not on a golf course at this point of the day.

James Jr: Your mother is fine, James. Florida as you can see is nice. Semi retirement, not retirement is fine and I am actually at the gold course right now.

J2H rolls his eyes at his father.

J2H: Oh good, now with that out of the way, you clearly called me for a reason, so what is it?

James Jr's face turns to more seriousness.

James Jr: What? I just can't call my son anymore.

J2H: Well let's see, number one, you never call your son at all. If I hear from you, I instantly think something has happened to mom, because you're too busy swinging a golf club to see an outside world. Secondly, I haven't seen you in years, did you forget where I lived? Did you forget that you have a son?

James Jr: Don't take that tone with me. I'm still your father.

J2H grits his teeth as he looks at the tablet.

J2H: Could have fooled me. Now look father, I got a lot to do, so whatever you're calling me to say, can you spit it out?

An angry look crosses his father's face, clearly the deteriorated relationship between the two, had no signs of improving at any time soon.

James Jr: If it wasn't for me, you wouldn't be where you are today.

J2H: And if it wasn't for grandpop, neither would you. You wouldn't be sitting waiting on a golf course right now, you might actually have to be working.

James Jr's face starts to turn crimson as J2H looks at him emotionless.

James Jr: Fine! First off, you look like shit, dressed like that. Us Huntington-Hawkes have more class than that.

J2H wags his finger at the camera with a smirk on his face.

J2H: Says the guy dressed in a pink polo shirt.

James Jr: I'm gonna choose to ignore that.

Another arrogant smirk crosses J2H's face as he lowers his head, looking down the camera on top of the tablet.

J2H: Well, you are good at ignoring things. Just say what ya gotta so I can go on with my life.

James Jr: If that's the way you want it. I spoke to the family lawyer today James, and he told you he signed over half of the family house to your girlfriend. What the hell was you thinking?

Arrogantly, J2H taps the side of his head, raising his left eyebrow at his unimpressed father.

J2H: I was thinking that because we are a couple and well, because we're gonna stay together, why the fuck not.  

James Jr: You can't sign away our family home, James!

J2H: That's tough shit because I already have, and I have the documents and everything I need to say that Melody is co-owner of this very house. The same house that was given to you by grandpop before he moved to a warmer climate, the same house you signed half over to mom.

James Jr: I signed it over to your mother when we got married!

J2H: You still signed it over you hypocritical bastard! You signed it over to mom, so it was fifty fifty, because she is the woman you knew you was meant to be with. You signed it to me when I was sixteen, sixteen years old. Barely old enough to make my own choices.

James Jr: What did you call me?

J2H: A hypocritical bastard. Would you like me to say it again? I was sixteen and you and mom decided it was time to move to Florida, and left me here to do what I wanted.

James Jr: I left you in the capable hands of Simpson.

J2H raises his voice, tilting the tablet as he moves his head closer to it.

J2H: You left me in Simpson's capable hands when I was a baby and did what the fuck you wanted. Without him, I would have been you right now. I took what you left me with and I made more, and more and more. Hell, maybe we should play the I show you my wealth, you show me yours game now. See, while you're sitting there swinging a fucking golf club, I go out there and get my body put through hell to keep the offers rolling in.

His fathers face turns more crimson, the blood boiling.

J2H: Here's the facts for you father, and I use that term loosely. I did sign half the house over to Melody, because like you with mom, I know I'm gonna stay with her, but she signed something for the house to revert back to me should we decide to part way. That is an irrelevant piece of paper, cause it ain't happening. If or when Melody and I decide to have kids, then this house will be signed over to them, not at sixteen so we can run for the hills like you did, but someday. Fuck, you know what, I might even change tradition and sell this place and start my own tradition.

James Jr's face turns from anger to pure rage.

James Jr: You can't do that!

A wide smile crosses J2H's face as he speaks in a very calm tone.

J2H: Oh I can and I might just do it just to piss you off. Grandpop signed it over to you, all yours. You split it with mum, who then you both gave it to me. Gave father, gifted, no sale, no need to pay taxes, remember. Not even an early inheritance. Gave to avoid so many legal issues. If I wanted to level this house completely, build a huge tower block right here on this land just to piss off the neighbours, I can do just that without you ever trying to stop me. I can sell this house, buy some land and build two houses on, give Simpson a five mil pay off and a free house, I can and all you can do is sit and watch me.

J2H leans back in his chair, fairly satisfied with his words.

James Jr: You wouldn't do that.

J2H: Well usually I wouldn't throw a five grand tablet in a hot tub, but fuck it, I can do what I want.

J2H throws the tablet to his right, turning his head and watching it fly through the air and landing in the hot tub. A crackle comes from the expensive tablet and smoke begins to rise as the image of James Jr fades out below the water. J2H stands up and turns around to see Simpson, Melody and Dexter standing at the open doorway.

Simpson: Are you ok sir?

J2H nods as he watches Dexter waddle towards him. J2H looks up at Simpson with a smile on his face.

J2H: I feel liberated Simpson, that was a long time coming and he deserved it.

Melody runs towards him, wrapping her arms around his neck and holding him tightly as the camera fades out.




Well we jump now from Tuesday to Thursday now as J2H and Melody stand outside the home of Synn and Despayre.  

So close to getting out of being here yesterday, when Crystal Millar tried to invite herself to this classic movie marathon - or scareathon as Despayre aptly called it. With Crystal being there, he knew Melody would not attend and without Melody, he knew there was no need for him to be there. The tweet from Crystal asking Despayre and Melody to be there brought a look of anger to J2H's face when he first read it, Crystal's been trying to invite herself to everything under the sun lately, only to flip back to being a moody bitch straight after - Newsflash Crystal if you're actually watching this, but of course I doubt it, no one can figure you out, one minute you're nice, then you're horrid, make up your fucking mind! The thought of spending a night around someone not knowing if Dr Jekyll was showing up or Mr Hyde, made him run cold, until he saw this as a perfect excuse not to be there. Maybe as a perfect excuse to sit at home with Melody watching real scary movies and not puppets on strings and cheesy sound effects.

Surely Despayre, the nicest guy on the roster wouldn't turn down Crystal's request to join the three for this scareathon? You're right, he didn't but Synn however had no problems in telling Crystal no. Maybe he too had seen Crystal's erratic behaviour lately and decided to protect his son from it. Maybe he did it not to disappoint his son by turning a night with his bestie in to a night with a stranger or maybe he did it because he knew J2H would suffer for this, and he liked seeing the man who beat his son twice squirm awkwardly as he was forced to be somewhere he didn't want to be. I doubt we'll ever know what runs through Synn's mind, but his actions took away from a perfect excuse for J2H not to be there.

Thanks for that, Synn!

J2H looks at Melody as they stand outside the elaborate home of Synn and Despayre and as some would say, the headquarters for anything Seven Deadly Sin related. His eyes almost plead towards Melody as he carries a bag, presumably full of essentials for tonight. He dresses in loose pants that ride high up his leg, showing off tones calves to the world as well as a sleeveless black shirt. Melody wears a loose white shirt and figure hugging blue jeans. He lifts her hand to right the door bell but J2H catches her wrist, stopping her finger from hitting the bu
er.

J2H: Babe, do we really have to be here? I mean we could be at home, our home, relaxing or we could be out on the town or something. Either way it could be just us.  

Playing on her emotions, he looks her in the eyes with his best sincere look, hoping to get Melody to change her mind.

J2H: I mean just us, like you always wanted. After all that time apart with the movie and with me wrestling and stuff, we could have been just cuddled up somewhere, maybe on the boat, laying back on the deck, just us.

Melody frowns as the thought of being alone with the man she loves runs through her mind.

Melody: You really just wanna be with me?

Her eyes look sad as she stares at him.

J2H: Just you.

She wraps her arms around him, placing her head on his chest as a wide smile crosses his face, knowing he's getting through to her and winning this one. Without him seeing Melody reaches her arm out and presses the door bell, the sound causing J2H to turn his head towards the door sharply and back towards Melody.

J2H: Dammit!

Melody pulls her head back, looking at J2H with a wide smile.

Melody: My finger slipped.

J2H: Did it fuck!

Melody steps back from J2H, poking her tongue out at him before speaking again.

Melody: Did you really think I was buying that Jammy Jam? I wanna spend time with you too, just us two, but I know you was just doing this to get out of being around Despy. What's your problem with him?

J2H rolls his eyes up to the darkening night and tilts his head.

J2H: Oh where to start. He thinks me and him are friends, he acts like a child, he thinks Halloween is real and cool. He talks to everyone, making him a target for letting people in, he talks to a teddy bear, he made me sleep on a shitty little boat and a pod when we was on the world tour.

Melody cranks her head backwards, looking at J2H with a look of curiosity.

J2H: I'll tell you that story later. He has done all he possibly can to annoy the fuck out of me since the day we met. He talks random gibberish and just generally drives me crazy.

Melody: Is that all?

J2H: Oh no, I can go on forever about it. He...

Before he can continue, the door of the house swings open to show Synn's housekeeper Theresa, standing behind it. Before she can greet the duo, Despayre runs across the hallway, skidding to a halt and almost flying in to a wall. He spins and runs down the hallway in the couples direction, past the housekeeper and wraps his arms around both J2H and Melody.

Melody: DESPY!

Despayre: MELLY!

J2H: Get this damn thing off me!

Needless to say, J2H's face tells the story of being uncomfortable, the complete opposite of Melody's excitement. J2H wiggles his way free from Despayre's grip and stands back, watching Despayre and Melody jump up and down on the spot. J2H takes a step back, looking towards his parked car and wondering just for a second if he could make a break for it. Knowing his was now stuck, the thought quickly past his mind as he looked towards the two jumping up and down. After a few seconds, they two stop jumping on the spot.

Despayre: Come in, come in, the blanket fort has been made, the movies are ready!

The excitement in his voice fills the air and he leads Melody in to his house. Reluctantly, J2H follows the two, picking up the bag and moving through the hall. Despayre leads them to the kitchen, where Synn sits expressionless at the end of a table.

Synn: Welcome to Despayre's movie night.

J2H: I wouldn't want to be anywhere else.

Sarcasm drips from the SCW World champions tone as he looks around the house, getting used to his surroundings. Although he had visited this house once or twice under heavy protest, he was not as familiar of the environment as Melody was.

Synn: I'm sure my son's excitement has stopped him from being a good host, so can I get you anything to drink?

J2H: Anything alcoholic.

Synn: Unfortunately, the alcohol is locked away for more fitting occasions.

Despayre moves next to J2H, looking his father in the eye.

Despayre: Pft! Gabriel taught me how to pick locks, I'll have it out in a jiffy!

Despayre turns to move away from the group, presumably heading for the liqueur cabinet, but Synn calls him back.

Synn: Joshua.

Despayre: That's my name when I'm not in the wrestling ring!

Melody smiles as J2H rolls his eyes towards Despayre, only to be met with a wide grin.

<font co

49
Character Building Roleplays / Getting things in order
« on: September 23, 2016, 02:25:04 PM »
 OOC: This was originally meant to be for the supercard, but agreed to a one RP limit after this was written. As this links in with Melody's roleplay, I thought I'd post it here.




Well the big question was asked in Sardinia, maybe not the question Melody Grace was hoping for, but the question of moving in. The two have taken it more than slow as of late, maybe to suit J2H more than Melody, yet progress is progress, and Melody learned a long time ago that if you hold something too tight, you'll crush it. Her patience was likened to a saint at times when it came to J2H, but the question was finally asked and Melody was moving in.

It was a brave mood from a man who, regardless of riches and endless fake friends, has always found comfort in being alone. While your typical rich kid was throwing parties every night of the week and buying things for the sake of out spending their other rich friend, J2H prefered not to waste money just like that, and he didn't move in just anyone for the sake of it.

In fact, he'd never done it, he'd never took this step before to bring someone in to his world this much. Melody's excitement was natural, she'd got what she'd always wanted, she'd got her dream guy, and that excited J2H. He knew the stress is yet to come with things being moved around and his world was to become mixed in with Melody's, but the excitement was there.

But then she was gone again.

Not by choice but this movie she was filming was indeed holding a slow down sign up in front of their relationship, and Melody was off to shoot her scenes again after some time over the weekend moving some stuff in, but once more, he was alone in a big house.

Simpson had gone to visit family for a couple of days, and the house was under his ultimate control, no one to lean on and just a duck for company.

Yes, just a duck. James and Dexter, nothing more, nothing less for a few days.

Still the thoughts of Dmitri posing a threat on Sunday wasn't in the champions mind. He was calm and confident as usual, even if weary that a referee will screw him over like she did do to his girlfriend not too long ago. He has said he wouldn't be wrestling if she was the referee and was confident he could change the referee before the match. He didn't care who it was, just as long as it wasn't her.

Still that wasn't the overwhelmining feeling today...

No Melody... No Simpson... Just him... and a duck...




Loneliness, it's something we all feel. It doesn't matter if you're the prince or the pauper, the king of the castle or the butler, it's an emotion we all share at some point and today is a day where J2H can relate as he sits on the roof of his mansion in Beverly Hills. Behind him is an open bay window, which leads to his seated place - a flat area protruding out high above the grounds of his estate. Next to him, in his cross legged position sits a cooler full of beer, the house behind him empty and quiet, as Melody continues to shoot her movie in Canada and Simpson has gone to visit family. His eyes peer around the front of his house, looking down at the car in his driveway, the fountain that sit randomly shooting water in to the air and the gravel path. Turning his head to the left, he gazes upon the row of mansions, super cars parked outside the doors of many, and limousines, waiting to pick up people who live inside. He looks to the front of him, seeing a row of tall trees cutting in to the skyline as they blow gently in the breeze along a quiet road. He sighs deeply as he talks to himself.


J2H: I guess this is what I always expected.

For a man who looks at the world below him, deep down, he knew that he would be this way someday, a man with money yet not a lot else. Money is one kind of riches, but friends, family and genuine people are the kind of riches most people have. He wanted it all but knew that he would spend his life like this. He had money, he had possessions, he had Melody, but when she was away, he felt like he had very little. He has people tuning in week after week to see him verbal destroy the SCW roster, he is adored by many, but when it comes to real people in his life, he didn't have much.

J2H: This is what my life is when Melody isn't around, or when I'm not out there being fake as fuck to people to make them put money in the pocket of my bosses.

He didn't have many, if any, people he would call or consider a friend. Melody has tried, but the truth is, he hated most of her friends, one in particular, in fact he probably only liked one. Despayre thinks he's a friend, and although loveable to some, not so much to J2H, regardless of the pictures that are out there of the two together. Mikah, she was a strange case, she wanted to be his friend, but the fact that she's married to someone he would never get on with, would always keep him one step away from her.

He reaches for a beer in the bucket, popping the cap off with his thumb and pulling the tinted bottle to his lips, taking a gulp as the breeze blows his hair to the left side.


J2H: I'm better than this. I'm better than sitting on a rooftop, drinking beer at ten in the morning on a Monday.

He shrugs his shoulders, his tattooed arms feeling the warmth of the morning sun as his mind drifted.  

What if this is what it's meant to be? He knew his life was eighty percent Melody, and twenty percent work? Is this the perfect balance? He's seen people rush off to be with their friends more than concentrate on what's going on around them. He's seen Melody head off and party with her friends on some island, before bouncing towards another friend. Did the fact that he has no one that close make him a better champion? Maybe being friendless was best for his career, because he could focus on what needed to be done in the ring. Maybe this is why he is unstoppable.


J2H: Maybe it is.

A smile passes over his face as he thinks back through his past. He never did have any close friends, probably because of the ways of a rich kid. Rich kids would always stab each other in the back, buy more expensive things just to spend more than someone else. The distraction of friends held back many, but lack of friends may have played a big part in why he has excelled at everything he has done.  

QUACK!  

Before his train of thought can continue, the noise distracts him and he looks to his right to see Dexter the duck sitting next to him on the ledge, just looking out at the area in front of him.  

J2H: Now I know you didn't fly your lazy ass up here.

Dexter: QUACK!

Dexter waddles around in a circle moving his head towards the cooler of beer and hitting his beak on a cold bottle.

J2H: You can't even pick up a bottle.

J2H looks at the duck with his eyebrow raised as Dexter continue to peck at the bottle, a small sound of beak on glass coming from the cooler.

J2H: Plus is I opened that and gave you a chance to drink it, and Melody found out, we'd both end up grounded.

J2H turns away from the duck, looking at the trees once more as he lifts his beer to his lips, taking another sip.

J2H: You turning up at random times I should expect now, huh? I mean I asked Melody to move in and you and whatever else she decides to bring is part of the deal. Those few boxes of essentials she brought over in the couple of hours she flew back for over the weekend, I'm guessing that is just the tip of the iceberg.

Dexter: QUACK!

He rolls his eyes as he keeps the beer close to his lips.

J2H: I thought as much. When she next gets home and starts to move things in, which could be God knows when considering they're trying to tie up this shitty movie.

Dexter: QUACK!

J2H raises a hand up to the duck as he shakes his head.

J2H: Not shitty because Melody is in it, because Drake Green is in it. He couldn't act wet if he was standing in the rain.

Dexter: QUACK!

A smile crosses J2H's lips as he puts his thumb up to the duck and smiles.

J2H: Glad you agree on that one. I just have no clue when Melody is even gonna get back. I mean I moved some stuff to the spare room behind us, put it all away neatly so that Melody can get the bulk of her stuff and move it in to our room when she gets back, but not even I know when she's gonna get back. I don't even think she knows when she's gonna get back. With Simpson away too, I'm stuck with just you, cause it feels like you moved in months before Melody is.

Dexter: QUACK!

J2H: Don't take that tone with me. You spent more time fucking around in my pool than I do. Don't think I don't know you come over when I'm not here and spend ya time nose diving off my diving board. I'm on to you.

J2H waves a finger at Dexter, as Dexter turns his head away from him, as if he's ignoring him.

Dexter: QUACK!

J2H: I know you do come over and do that so time for some ground rules duck face.

J2H shakes his head, looking towards the sky.

J2H: Fuck, I sound just like Melody.

Dexter: QUACK!

J2H: No one asked you, now are you listening?

Dexter turns his head towards J2H as if he's listening to him.

Dexter: QUACK!

J2H: Number one, stay out of my bedroom, I don't want to go in there and there's you jumping on my bed. Two, no parties when I'm away, you lot are messy little birds and I'm not dealing with cleaning up after you and neither is Simpson. Three, no bringing female ducks in to my house. I have enough dealing with you, but if you go knocking up other ducks and someone turns up here with a whole bunch of them, sending you to the garden shed. It's what you'd deserve. Also, no doing shit and running to Melody to hide, because that is not cool Dexter. I know you do it and she thinks you can do no wrong, but I'm on to you ya feathery little fucker.  

Dexter turns his head away from J2H.

J2H: Don't play innocent with me duck. I know what you're like even if Melody doesn't see it, I do.  

Dexter: QUACK!

J2H: You can say that all you want, I know what you're like and I know what to expect from you. If ever there was rebel duck, it would be you.

Dexter: QUACK!

A realisation crosses J2H's mind as he scratches the side of his cheek, looking out around the area surrounding him before looking back at the duck waddling around the ledge.  

J2H: Why the fuck am I talking to a duck like he's a person. He's a damn duck!  

He looks towards Dexter, slowly shaking his head.

J2H: Right you ball of feathers, let's go back inside, so I can actually get ready and go out and have a life and talk to some real people.

Dexter: QUACK!

J2H pulls himself towards the window of the spare bedroom, pulling himself inside and swinging his legs around and forcing them towards the floor. He turns around and grabs the beer cooler and slides it in the window and Dexter follows him in, jumping to the floor. J2H turns around, looking at the bed in the spare room as eyes widen. Muddy duck shaped footprints cover the usually white crisp sheets.  

J2H: DEXTER!

J2H turns around towards the duck who looks at him, with his bill in the air for a few seconds before turning his head away and waddling towards the door.

J2H: Get here!

Dexter stops, raising his bill again before turning away sharply with an expression that can only be described as if someone was to say "I said good day, sir!"

Dexter: QUACK!

Dexter waddles off out of the room, as J2H stands looking at the door, his eyes narrowed as he growls softly under his breath.

J2H: That fucking duck!

The scene fades out.




Melody was home sooner than we thought. Her surprise appearance (Melody's promo, it's all there) got more than a smile out of the SCW World Champion. He did miss her when she was away, even if sometimes, the words wouldn't pass his lips all the time. It was that time he was partly looking forward to, the day Melody Grace moved in to his family home, a place that was given to him by his illusive and yet unseen parents. This was a brave step for the young man, who has lived alone, with just the aide of Simpson from when he was sixteen, where his parents are is a story for another day, but he had got used to not having the closeness of one person with him in a relationship sense, but he wasn't nervous as he laid on his bed.

In his hand was a magazine, the very same wrestling magazine that he wrote for last week. He laid in just shorts, as sounds can be heard from a room just off his bedroom. Boxes sit outside the door of this room, stacked to waist height. Melody moves out of the room, her eyes tired yet bright. J2H lowers the magazine to look at her.


J2H: Are you sure you don't need any help there? You've been running in and out of there for an hour.

Melody shakes her head as she smiles towards him.

Melody: No, I'm fine, I know where I want my clothes to go and you don't so ner.

She playfully pokes her tongue out at J2H, who smiles back towards her.  

J2H: Well I cleared out half the space in there while you was away, moved a lot of my stuff to the spare room for now, so you can put what you needed in there.

Melody: Thank you babe.

A bright smile crosses her face as she blows him a kiss, picking up the nearest box and taking it in to the walk in wardrobe.

J2H: Are you sure you don't need help?

Melody: I'm sure.

Her voice leaves the walk in wardrobe to travel through the bedroom as he raises the magazine to his eyes again.

J2H: If you're sure.

Melody: I am. I will start putting these away soon, once I line them all up and put them in order.

He raises an eyebrow as he lowers the magazine down to his chest.

J2H: Put what in order babe?

Melody: My shoes. I mean you can't put heels next to running shoes, or mix them in, you can't put casual shoes in with heels. Plus you need to put your outfits that could go with them above them, so you don't have to run around the place and get confused.

J2H: I'm already confused. How many pairs of shoes do you have?

Melody: Ummmm, a few.

J2H sits up straight as he looks towards the door of the walk in wardrobe, biting his lip with curiosity.

J2H: How many is a few?

Melody: Well, all those boxes I've brought in over the last hour, they've all been shoes, and you see the boxes outside the door? They're all shoes too.

J2H runs his fingers through his hair as he looks in disbelief at the boxes that sit towards the end of the bed, already knowing that at least four boxes have already crossed over the threshold of the room. Simpson enters the room, carrying another box and places it down next to the other boxes.

J2H: More shoes?

Simpson: I believe so sir.

J2H places his hands on his head, running his fingers through his hair as he slowly shakes his head.

Simpson: Also sir, don't forget in two hours, we have that meeting.  

J2H: I won't Simpson. It's very important to me that this meeting takes place today. The sooner it's done, the better.

Simpson nods as he looks towards J2H.

Simpson: I should have the car ready to go in ninety minutes sir.

J2H: Thank you Simpson. I should probably tell Melody about this.

Simpson leaves the room, in search for more boxes as J2H swings his legs around, planting them on the floor and stands up, throwing the magazine on the bed and moves towards the door of the walk in wardrobe, picking up a box as he reaches them and shuffling around them and moving in the door. His face turns to unsurity as he sees Melody sitting on the floor, no clothes on the hangers, no shoes on the racks, just Melody on the floor with neat piles of shoes everywhere. J2H puts the box down in the room next to her, the thudding sound causing her to turn her head and look up at him with a warm smile.

J2H: So you've been in here an hour and you haven't actually put shoes on the shelf or anything like that?

Melody shakes her head with lowered eyebrows, as if he'd asked a stupid question.

J2H: Like not one pair on a rack?

Melody: You can't do that. You need to work out how many pairs of what you have, so you don't run out of space. I mean if I started putting my heels on there first, and then running shoes next to them, and I run out of space for my heels and I have more heels, than I have to take the running shoes off and start all over again. It's called being smart Jam.

J2H: It's called having too many pairs of shoes Mel, there's hundreds of pairs of shoes. Why does anyone need so many shoes?  

Melody: Because us women need so many outfits, especially when we are in public J. No one likes getting photographed wearing the same thing within a month.

J2H: I couldn't give a fuck what people catch me wearing.  

Melody: That's because you're a man J. Men don't care about these things, women do care about these things.

J2H: Still doesn't explain why I'm drowning in a sea of shoes. Do photographers photograph feet much?

Melody: No, but why do you have all these shoes?

Melody points behind her to his side of the room, where all different styles of shoes run along the length of the room on four shelves coming up from the floor.

Melody: And I don't have that many baseball caps either.

The camera moves along to the next shelf up, filled from one end of the room to the other with baseball caps of various colours and designs. J2H shrugs at Melody.

J2H: I'm a collector.

He sits on the floor behind Melody, wrapping his arms around her from behind and putting his chin on her shoulder.  

Melody: So am I, I collect shoes that go with the outfits I collect.

She runs her hand up his cheek, moving it around to his neck, running her slender fingers back around to his cheek.

Melody: Did you come in here just to be nosey about how many pairs of shoes I have? I mean I can probably give some away if you think there's too many to move in?

J2H: Don't be stupid Mel. There's lots of space here for them and around the house. I was however being very nosey about what was going on in here. You've been here for an hour or so without needing help from me, so I got curious.

Melody: You missed me, didn't you?

J2H looks away from Melody as he smiles uncontrollably. Melody pulls his face back towards her with her forefinger.

Melody: Go on, admit it.

She smiles, as he pokes his lower lip out.

J2H: Maybe just a little bit. Also, I needed to actually tell you something.  

Melody: Oh?

Melody shuffles away from J2H, spinning on the spot as she pulls her legs in to avoid making contact with J2H, using her hands to spin and moving closer, her arms wrapping around his neck.

J2H: Yeah, I think we kinda need to make this whole moving in thing official now, because it's really, really happening. It's happening right at this moment in time. Well, sort of when you put these shoes away instead of making neat piles.

Melody playfully pushes J2H in the chest as he smiles back at her.  

J2H: So I kinda make this appointment with someone so we can go and make it all official that you live here and stuff.

Melody: Oh I already send out change of address cards when I got back to Canada. I started sending them out when I had a break from filming, so everyone knows I already live here. Dexter told me he's already done the same thing.

J2H: How many friends can that duck even have? He has no fingers, he can't write.

Melody shrugs her shoulders at J2H as the young man looks confused.

Melody: Beats me, but he told me he did it and I believe him.

J2H rolls his eyes at Melody as he quickly shakes his head at her.  

J2H: Anyway, in just under ninety minutes, a car will be here and we need to go deal with some stuff, make everything official.

Melody: Are we gonna go get married?

Her eyes widen with excitement as she considers the thought, but her look quickly changes to disappointment as he shakes his head towards her.

J2H: God no, where did that come from? We're not getting married today, we're just gonna go and get everything above board now because we live together.

Melody smiles at him as she locks her fingers around his neck and shuffles in closer.

Melody: I'm never gonna get tired of saying or hearing that we live together. Maybe we should have a party for that.

His mind instantly thinks back to the friends of hers that he doesn't like, knowing she'll be more than disappointed if they wasn't invited and quickly chooses to brush off the suggestion.

J2H: We can talk about that later babe, but for now, we need to get ready for this thing. Need you to dress smart, business like, not like going out evening wear or classy party thing. Just business.

Her curiosity deepens, but he quickly moves forward and plants a quick kiss on her lips before pulling away.

J2H: All this stuff can wait till later. We need to get ready.

J2H smiles at Melody as she continues to look curious and the scene fades to black.




Let's fade in to an office block in Los Angeles. J2H, dressed smartly in a business suit, black and well fitting, with a white shirt and black shoes, looks out over the bustling streets below. Cars shoot by as his eyes follow them as Melody joins him by the window of the building. Melody, wearing a grey business suit, the skirt just hanging below her knee, turns and looks toward J2H.


Melody: What are we doing here Jam?

He turns his attention towards Melody, his hand sliding down to meet hers as he wraps his fingers around her smaller hand.

J2H: We need to sign a few papers babe. Nothing major, it just needs to be done.

Melody raises her eyebrow at J2H, confused by his demeanour as he watches the cars drive past, his eyes moving but his head staying in the same position.

Melody: I get worried when you get like this babe, can you just tell me why we're half way up in the sky.

He turns to Melody, looking at her with a blank expression on his face. He clears his throat.

J2H: Alright. Well we now live together so I figured it was time to go all in with that and  

Before he can continue, a secretary opens a light wooden door to the side of the two, catching their attention.

Secretary: Mr Swanson will see you now.

J2H nods towards her as he looks towards Melody, jerking his head towards the door and he and Melody make a move towards it. The walk through the door where a man sits behind a desk, with two chairs opposite.

Melody: Um, hi.

J2H: Melody this is Steven Swanson, my attorney.

Melody: Nice to meet you.

Steven: You too, I've heard so much about you.

Melody looks towards J2H as the two take seats opposite Steven.

Steven: I was surprised at your request James, but I do have the papers all written up for you.

Melody looks confused as Steven hands J2H a folder, with a pen. He quickly glances his eyes over the papers before signing his name at the bottom. He slides them in front of Melody.

J2H: Basically Mel, these papers are signing over half the house to you. It stops being mine, it becomes ours in case anything ever happens to me. It all becomes yours.

Melody's eyes widen as she looks at him with surprise.

Melody: But James, this is your family house. It has been in your family for years.

J2H: Yes, and it was handed to me by my parents and then they fucked off, now it's mine to do what I want for it. It was my family home, it now becomes our family home.

Melody looks surprised as she takes the pen in her hand, but Steven's voice pulls away her attention.

Steven: I also took the liberty of writing this up James.  

He reaches for another folder and places it in front of J2H.

J2H: What is it?

Steven: It's an agreement to say that if you two ever split up,  Melody can not lay claim to your personal property and the house reverts back to you.  

J2H looks over the document, his eyes reading down the words.

J2H: I don't know about this. I mean it could protect me but...

Melody takes the folder from him and looks at it.

Melody: It's ok, if this is what you want.

J2H stares silently at Melody before looking uneasily at Steven behind his desk and Melody moves her eyes over the pages.

Melody: If I sign this can I get a puppy?

J2H scratches his blonde hair as he looks towards Melody.

J2H: No...  

Melody: But it will be my puppy and this says everything that is mine will stay mine sooo I could legally get a puppy...

J2H: That's not what it means Melody.  

Melody: I have a question, if I sign this does that mean I'm not allowed to eat your candies because I'm already in violation of that...

J2H: Seriously Mel?  

Melody: What?  

J2H: It's for if we ever break up, at the moment what's mine is yours and what's yours in mine...  

Melody: But I don't want to break up.

J2H: I'm not saying we are going to, I'm saying this is important for us in case anything happens to us.

Melody: Okay fine...  

Melody holds her hand over the page, about to put pen to paper.

Melody: Hang on, what if we break up and you try and take my stuff.  

J2H: Highly unlikely...

Melody: I have better design and fashion sense than you so I wouldn't highly doubt that.  

J2H: Trust me you and your unicorns are safe.

Melody: Well if you say so.  

Melody signs her name on the page and hands the paper back to J2H. He hovers the pen above the paper before looking back at Melody. Unsure of his actions, he bites his lip before turning back and signing the paper. As if a lightning bolt of knowledge hits him, he turns his head back to Melody.

J2H: Wait a sec, you didn't even read all of it.

Melody: I don't have to, I don't want your stuff James I just want you.

A smile breaks out on J2H's face as he looks at his girlfriend.

J2H: This is all meaningless anyway, because I kinda like having you around so don't think I'll be getting rid of you.

Melody smiles as she squeezes his knee.  

J2H: But signing the other paper is important. It stops things from being my house and becomes our house. Everything stops being my choice only and becomes our choice.

He slides the other document in front of Melody and places the pen on top of it.

Melody: Are you sure?

J2H: A million percent.

Melody jolts her head back as she looks at J2H.

Melody: That's a lot of percent.

J2H: But not nearly enough.

Melody grins as she picks up the pen and signs her name on it, instantly becoming half owner of J2H's entire estate. She closes the folder and puts the pen on top of it before placing it on top of the other folder. J2H picks up the folders, and places them in front of Steven. He opens the folders and scans the legal documents with his eyes before closing the folder and nodding towards J2H before turning towards Melody.

Steven: Congratulations young lady, you're now a homeowner.

A smile passes over her face as she squeezes J2H's knee in excitement.

J2H: Thanks Steven.

He turns to Melody with a smile on his face.

J2H: Celebrate or back to our house?

Melody: Our house.

The scene fades out as the two stand up, J2H reaching over the desk to shake hands with Steven.

50
Supercard Archives / J2H Vs Dmitri
« on: September 18, 2016, 07:42:39 AM »
 OOC: Noticed once again, my RP cut off at the end. No need to count this part at all, just had to post it to show the rest.






He slowly shakes his head.

J2H: Telling me I'm next. Fucking hell, get in line cause every other idiot has told me that and every other idiot has fallen at my feet. You're gonna do the exact same thing. I don't underestimate you Dmitri but I sure as hell refuse to over estimate you. You're dull as fuck and you will not be ripping the title from my hands at all.  

He grips the title belt in his hands.

J2H: No one remembered you was even in the ring, because you sucked on the mic, and that just about matches your skills in the ring. I don't think you even know what you're doing in the ring, and I got extra motivation.

J2H looks down at the title belt on his lap.

J2H: Once I beat you at Violent Conduct III, I will break another record. I am the longest serving champion, but once I beat you, I will break the record of combined days as champion for people that's held this thing more than once. I only needed one time Dmitri, one time, and I've defeated everyone, including you and I will do it again. I am the man to shatter every fucking record this company has, I am the man to take everything people knew about SCW and rip it and put my name all over it. I am the greatest this place has ever seen, EVER Dmitri, and you will not stop me from breaking another record. Despayre tried to stop me getting this far and you're not half the man he is, so you will not stop me from breaking another record. My name will be in the record books over and over and you Dmitri, you won't even be a footnote in it. You won be remembered when your time is up, but I will never be forgotten.

J2H pulls the title over his shoulder and looks down the camera.

J2H: I can't be forgotten because I am the one leading SCW in to a new era, I am the one willing to change everyone for the better, even you. I'll fucking pay someone to teach ya how to speak on a microphone after I beat you. I will help the whole of SCW reach it's potential and become much better than it could ever dream of being. It's because I can do that, I will do that to help these and I will start by helping you.

He firmly points down the camera.

J2H: I will help you by showing you how bad you are, from top to bottom, from head to toe, I will show you that you're not as good as you think you are. We will break you down and rebuild you Dmitri, because as it stands right now, you will not be getting near my title belt. You won't stand a chance, but after I destroy you, after I rip you to bits, I will help you. You will be like the rest and follow J2Hism. You will accept it in your life and you will listen to every word that I say and improve.

A smirk crosses his face.

J2H: But right now, you ain't worth shit. You ain't worth a damn thing to me or anyone else because you can and will be beaten when you step in the ring with me. You might as well go back to your coffin, lay down, pretend you're Dracula and forget reality because reality is going to fucking hurt for you. Reality is going to destroy every last fibre of your emo ass. What you see before you is bigger than you in the bigger picture of the universe. Not all men are equal Dmitri, because you're so far below me, we might as well bury you now, and give me my own personal cloud to sit on. That's how far below me you are Dmitri. That's how low you are compared to me. You will never get to reach my level Dmitri.

J2H breathes deeply as he pauses.

J2H: The cold hard facts are there in front of your face. They're going nowhere and no one is giving you a chance in this one and neither am I. My followers know the chances of you every getting this from me is low, they know that you have zero chance. You're just the guy that happens to be in my ninth title defence. Both of us will be having a very familiar feeling. One of us will be walking out without a title, and that is you, while I will be walking out with my belt. Both of us are very familiar with that. Both of us will have those feelings again Dmitri. There's no way on God's green earth that I will leave Violent Conduct III without my title. Not a chance in hell that, that will happen, so believe me when I say Dmitri, that you should go give up now, hang with your pia boy fake Italian friend, talk about whatever it is that a fake Italian and fake vampire talk about and forget about ever being the top dog while I'm still about. I refuse to let that happen.


J2H smiles confidently down the camera.

J2H: That is how it is Dmitri, it's how it will always be. The fact is you're in this match because you beat people only slightly worse than you are. You're in this match because everyone else who tried, simply sucked. You shouldn't be proud that you're in this match, it's no achievement to beat a bunch of losers, none at all.  

J2H stands up, and the camera follows his face.

J2H: I'm there because I actually worked hard and pinned another freak in Goth to get this belt. You and him should hang out, you're almost the same person. I beat him, I will beat you.  

He points down the camera.

J2H: I'm J2H, slayer of freaks and destroyer of the dark side, so come Violent Conduct III, Dmitri, it won't be I that's next, it will be you. That's real talk bitch!

J2H walks away as the camera fades out.

51
Supercard Archives / J2H Vs Dmitri
« on: September 17, 2016, 08:20:12 PM »
  It's that time again, it what most have worked hard towards, the big show itself. Every couple of months, the buzz hits the stars of Sin City Wrestling as they have the chance to perform on a more elaborate setting. A chance to be forever remembered for moments on shows like this. People remember more about what happens at supercards, then what may happen on a regular show, and this one coming up, everyone knows there's a chance to be remembered, one huge spot could await them on Violent Conduct III, a name not chosen for the sake of it, a name given to one of the most brutal shows in SCW history.

You already know how the minds of SCW stars are working. You know that they're already wracking their brains for the next big move, the thing that's gonna make them stand out. They're in their own heads about what amazing move they can debut that will steal the show. They're thinking about what they're gonna do to be a late contender for holy shit moment of the year or something, but that's not how the champions is thinking right now.

Even a confrontation with challenger, Dmitri, has long faded from his mind less than twenty four hours after it happened. J2H's mind was somewhere else, with someone else. If you look back at the show, and well, you can't claim to be any kind of wrestler if you don't watch your own companies shows, you'd have seen an irate look on the young man's face as he looked for the exit, without too much happening to him.

Have you worked out why? It's obvious...

Melody...

What kinda bullshit was that? An awful call was made with the official handing the win to Mikah, when things were pretty clear through J's eyes. He truly believed the wrestling higher up had screwed his girlfriend of a win, more so when her almost tearful eyes met his behind the curtain after the match. His eyes were full of disbelief as he waited behind the curtain, watching the match unfold as he hoped to grab a few moments with his girlfriend. His eyes widened as he saw the awful decision made by a clearly incompetent call from someone meant to be in power and the mood didn't better when Melody had made her way back to him and tightly thrown her arms around him, refusing to let him go.

His face had changed to pure anger as he saw the referee walk through the curtain as if nothing had happened. If it wasn't for Melody, he knew he would have walked towards her and got himself fired for his action, he knew if Melody didn't have a vice like grip around him, he would have ripped the incompetent official to pieces. Even a look from Mikah as he looked panicked backstage did nothing to stop him from being angry at this call.

The old Mikah would have laughed and pointed, but the new and somewhat improved Mikah's eyes were full of sympathy as she looked towards the champions face, taking her mind off her own issues for just a few seconds. Her flat palms towards his eye contact and a sympathetic shrug towards him convoyed her feelings before remember her own struggles and making her way through the halls with haste.

Mikah was changing, he still didn't believe Tommy Knocks' assessment of her being the best bombshell in SCW, but she was changing.

His anger grew as he looked towards Melody, her head on his shoulder but looking away from him, the force of the hug tightening around him.

He didn't have long with Melody, he knew she was about to get ready to head to the other side of Toronto to shoot a night scene for the movie. He knew she had to somehow compose herself and get in to a completely different character.

Hey Tommy, maybe THAT'S why this match was earlier on the card than it should have been.... Just saying.

He had little time with her, that will now be wasted reflecting on one of the biggest miscarriages of justice in the history of SCW, again, well done referee, you were truly awful with your call.

The simple thought of that caused a mini explosion in the young man's head. He wanted to march up to Christian Underwood, call him every name under the sun before throwing the title belt back in his face and telling him to go fuck himself. He'd have done the same to Mark Ward or Erik Staggs if either of them was around. He felt justified to do it. How could he, or anyone work in a place where you can't even trust the people in charge of the match?

Now we know J isn't the most trusting, but the point is simple, how can he trust people who make bad calls. What if Melody's title was on the line and this bullshit call from someone you're meant to look up to, would have cost her the title belt? What if the referee makes the same bullshit call in his match against Dmitri? All those months Melody had worked her ass off, making a movie and yet still flying back for shows, all that worth put in to being a champion and recording solid promos would have been wasted because of a shit call. If history repeats it with J, all that hard work to break records, appear all the time for over two hundred days, wasted with a bad call.

The urge got stronger to just throw the belt at Christian and call him and the people who work for him, a bunch of cheating bastards. Jealously is a horrible thing and he already knew the jealous eyes were on him and Melody. He wondered if this was his way of being shown that he is about to get screwed over.

If that fucking woman is the referee in his match against Dmitri, he could be the next in line to get screwed. Maybe this is Christian's plan on moving the title on, by paying off a ref to screw over his girlfriend to get in his head and repeat the performance at Violent Conduct III. Maybe Christian was playing on his paranoid mind to make him fuck up.

Enough was enough as he waited for Melody to release the hug. He was done with this place in his mind. He wasn't waiting to get screwed over, he was willing to go out on his own terms. His anger quelled as Melody finally turned her head, looking at him with a shake of her head.

Their problems have been well publicised, even behind the camera where they're just regular people, they've fought like cat and dog, went days without talking but without admitting it, part of them very much missed each other. There was serious trust issues at times, but they had that weird connection where they knew what each other was thinking at times, and she knew he was about to cause hell. She knew she couldn't stop him once she was in that waiting car and on her way to the film set. She pleaded with her eyes to stop him, and something inside him listened to the unspoken words.

Melody went her own way to change, leaving the World champion standing as his eyes met those of Christian Underwood's as he moved to behind the curtain. Christian broke the uneasy look as a staff member approached.

J2H's blood boiled as he looked across at him, knowing he's letting his incompetent referee get away with her mistake.

He swore he would get them back, but before he did, he had to get Melody back in the right frame of mind. He couldn't do it at this moment in time, Melody was on her way to shoot a scene while he was heading back to Beverly Hills.

One scene and he had her from Monday to Thursday... Her tweet couldn't have come at a better time.




Monday morning back in Beverly Hills, California. The events of last night still weighed heavy on the mind of SCW World champion, J2H as he laid in bed alone, his eyes barely open as he rests his hands behind his head. The anger hadn't changed and the thought of giving the championship belt to Christian Underwood and telling him to shove it where the sun don't shine was prominent in his head. He turns his head towards the other pillow, with MGC sewn in to it, Melody not there, but her scent lingering on her side of the bed causing the champion to sigh, the thought of the terrible injustice of less than twenty four hours ago and looking at where Melody should be quickly changing the sigh to gritted teeth.  


J2H: Ugh!

Sitting up and pushing the crisp white bed covers down his body, he quickly spins around and puts his foot on the floor, a sharp pain radiating from his ankle and all the way up his right leg to his lower back. He winces in pain as he lets out a quick breath, his stiff feeling body straightening up as he sits firmer on the bed. He reaches towards a bedside table, quickly picking up his phone and looking at it, seeing a tweet from Melody and reading it in his head.

J2H: Hmmmm, Melody wants to be taken away from here.

He drops backwards and quickly replies with a short message, telling Melody that it was the best tweet he's seen in a while, before laying backwards on the bed and looking up at the clean, white ceiling, the phone being placed to the side of him. Within seconds of the tweet, the phone starts to ring with the Facetime tone and J2H moves his head towards it, twisting his neck to see a call from Melody. He quickly sits up, spinning around and picking up the phone in his hand and looking at it before pressing the button to answer it. Melody's face appears.

J2H: Morning babe.

He looks at Melody, her eyes tired from a long night of shooting, her make up ragged and smudged as she looks at her phone.

J2H: Are you ok?

Genuine concern comes from J2H as he looks at her looking very drawn and pale even with make up.

Melody: I'm so tired babe. We only stopped shooting that scene an hour ago. It went on forever because my mind wasn't with it. I've heard the word cut so many times, it lost all meaning.

She closes her eyes as she looks at him, the late night really taken it's toll on the young woman trying to juggle this movie with her wrestling work, as well as trying to keep  relationship alive with someone who is hard to deal with.

J2H: Did you sleep at all?

Melody shakes her head at the camera and towards J2H.

J2H: How about eating right?

Another shake of the head comes from Melody as she looks sadly down the camera at him. He sighs at her, clearly unimpressed.

Melody: I haven't had time to do anything. Other than that tweet I sent you a while ago, I've been on the set, running around, almost getting blown up and trying to remember lines.

J2H: But you're done now?

Melody: I don't have to be here till Thursday afternoon, that's why I sent you that tweet. Can we go away somewhere? Anywhere, I don't mind where we go, I just need to get away from it all and just go and be a normal person.  

He looks at her sympathetic eyes, almost pleading with him to save her from the madness that is her current life.  

J2H: Are you sure you just don't wanna sleep first? You look like you're about to fall asleep right now.

Melody: I just wanna come home to you, and we just fly off somewhere, anywhere you want to go, we just get on a plane and go. I can sleep on the plane to you and we'll be together soon.

J2H glances over at the clock on the side and looks back at the phone.

J2H: When can you leave?

For the first time, a wide smile crosses Melody's face, instantly causing J2H to smile as he looks at her. She looks at her watch and back to him.

Melody: I can be at the airport within an hour, and the movie people's plane will be ready for me, so I can be back with you in about four hours.

J2H rubs his chin.

J2H: Just fly to LAX, and I'll meet you through security there and I'll have a plane ready. Take your bag on the plane with you, I will text you a gate number while you're in the air, just come straight to that and I'll be waiting, ok?

An appreciative smile crosses Melody's face as she looks at him.

Melody: Thank you babe. I can't wait to see you. The last twenty four hours have not been fun.

J2H: I know babe, but you get on that plane and I'll get things sorted at this end and we'll just go off somewhere and forget about it all, ok?

Melody: Let's do that. I'm gonna go and get my stuff together, I will see you soon.

Melody blows a kiss at the camera and J2H catches it before blowing one back. Melody hangs up the phone and J2H looks up at the ceiling.

J2H: Ok, where to take her...

A quick knock on the door distracts him as it opens up and Simpson walks in, holding a mug in his hand.

Simpson: Good morning sir. I have brought your morning coffee.

J2H sits up and looks towards the big man.

J2H: Thank you Simpson, but think your morning is about to get a shit load busier.

Simpson: Oh?

J2H: I spoke to Melody this morning. Just got off the phone to her actually.

Simpson: And how is Ms. Grace sir?

J2H: Very disappointed after last night. She didn't say how much in so many words, but just looking at her, you can tell she's not happy and considering her future in SCW.

Simpson: I don't blame her sir, one should have to trust officials to do their job and as much as I like Ms. St John, I don't believe she did.

J2H: That's gotta be the first time you've ever said something bad against someone Simpson.

Simpson: I believe people must tell it, how they see it, but I digress sir, you said I will have a busy morning?

J2H swings himself out of bed as he reaches for the mug of coffee and Simpson releases his grip.  

J2H: Yes Simpson. I need you to call the private plane company and get a plane ready to go from LAX airport in about five hours from now. I need you to pack my bags, probably three to four days of stuff, and the same for you. You may as well come with and get a little break.

Simpson: Thank you sir, and what shall I pack for?

J2H: I'm thinking summer attire. x

Simpson: And where shall I inform the plane company that we will be departing too sir?

J2H waves a finger towards Simpson, a frown on his young face.

J2H: Now that is the question Simpson, because I have no godly idea, but I will think of something.

Simpson: As you wish sir.

J2H: Also, get the limo company on the phone, we'd want a car to the airport in three hours. Also, you can call Christian Underwood and tell him to go fuck himself.

An uncomfortable look crosses Simpson's face as he looks at J2H sitting on his bed.

Simpson: Do I have to do the last one sir?

J2H: Nah, I'll do that myself when I call him and tell him I'm not doing any promotional work this week.

A look of relief crosses Simpson's face at this point as he hears J2H's words.

Simpson: Thank you sir.

J2H arches his eyebrow at Simpson.

J2H: Well, what are you waiting for? Need all this done as soon as possible Simpson.  

Simpson: As you wish sir....

And three and a half hours past as we roll in to Monday afternoon. J2H stands impatiently with Simpson as the two look out at a learjet through  glass window. J2H turns his head to look at Simpson.

J2H: She should be here by now Simpson.

Simpson glances at his watch on his left wrist and quickly turns his head towards the young man.

Simpson: I suspect she will be here any minute sir. Her plane landed twenty minutes ago, so she will be here shortly.

J2H: I hope so. I wanna get on that plane and just forget that we had to deal with yesterday.  

Simpson: I agree sir, a break will do you both good. I'm sure Ms. Grace will love your destination of choice.

J2H: Speaking of which Simpson, I don't want her to know where we are going, I want it to be a surprise, because she has mentioned this place before and I haven't been too excited about it.

Simpson: I think in that case sir, Ms. Grace will be more than happy that you're thinking of her feelings before your own.

Clearly, J2H didn't see it that way when he chose this destination, but a smile passes his face.

J2H: Yeah, who knows, it could be fun.

Someone approaches the two, dressed casually in blue jeans and a grey hoodie, the hood pulled up over their head. They pull a suitcase behind them and stop near the duo. They tap J2H on the shoulder, drawing a quick glance from him.

J2H: Look, I am not in the mood to give autographs or take selfies.

The person pulls the hood back to show the face of Melody Grace.

Melody: I already have more than an autograph from you.

Her smile covers her face at seeing J2H as she jumps in to his arms, squeezing him tight. His arms wrap around her back as she pulls her head back and quickly plants a quick kiss on his lips before pulling her head back and releasing him. She moves to Simpson, hugging the much, much bigger man.  

Simpson: Ms Grace, you're looking well.

Melody: Thank you Simmo.

She turns back to J2H, who looks her up and down.

J2H: What's with the hoodie?

She shrugs her shoulders as she looks towards him.

Melody: Didn't really wanna be recognized by people today.

An understanding nod comes from J2H as he looks at her, reaching out and taking both her hands in his and looking at her.

J2H: Fair enough.

He tilts his head towards the plane through the glass.

J2H: That is waiting for us, so shall we?

Melody nods at J2H, a small smile appearing on the sides of her lips.

Melody: Let's.... Where are we going?

J2H: You'll just have to find out when we get there babe.

J2H smiles at Melody as the scene fades out.  




We join the happy couple on Tuesday in... Sardinia. A beautiful island just off the coast of Italy. Clear blue water crashes against the side of a boat, as tourists are seen taking pictures of the surrounding area, snapping shots of a nearby beach in Cala Mariolu, the golden sand shaded by tall glorious cliffs. The breathtaking sight draws the eyes of all on the boat as it heads towards land. The camera moves through the tourists to the end of the boat on the top deck where a hot looking Simpson sits, the sweat dripping from his head. Simpson is dressed in just shorts and a T-shirt, a far cry from his usual attire. To the side of them, a shirtless J2H stand in just red board shorts, passing his knees and sunglasses on his eyes, hidden behind a baseball cap. Melody Grace leans in front of him, her arms on a metal rail. Melody is wearing a white bikini, with a blue sarong wrapped around her lower half. On her head sits a wide brim hat and sunglasses cover her eyes. J2H wraps his arms around her from behind and moves in close, causing a smile to form on her lips. Melody turns her head back slightly to look at him.


Melody: I can't believe you brought me here.

J2H: You've been saying that since we got here babe. You always wanted to come here and now you have. You know what I can't believe?

Melody runs her fingers across J2H arms, as his fingers lock around her.

Melody: Hmmm?

J2H: I can't believe you told Simpson he looks good in shorts. The man has tree trunk legs.

As J2H jolts his head back towards Simpson, Melody playfully slaps his hand, causing her boyfriend to smile. He looks out over the water, one of the clearest seas he's ever laid his eyes upon.

Melody: You leave Simmo alone. He looks just great to me.

J2H: Looks like he's out on a day release pass from a mental home or something in those shorts.

Melody: He does not! He looks just fine.

Melody spins around, her body pointing towards J2H as she looks towards Simpson, lifting her hand up and waving towards him. Simpson lifts a hand and waves back before reaching down and using the back of his hand to wipe the sweat from his forehead. Melody turns her head to face J2H, playfully poking him on the nose.

J2H: What's that for?

Melody: I just felt like doing it.

He rolls his eyes at Melody but the slightest of smiles can't help but break out over his face.  

Melody: I like it here, and seen lots of boats around here. Maybe someday we can sail down to here and stay here forever?

A nod of agreement comes from J2H as he looks at her.

J2H: I don't see why not. Seems like a nice place and the people seem friendly enough. I don't see a reason not to be here.

A smile appears on the well rested face of Melody as she puts her hand on his shoulder and the boat comes to a stop not too far off the land. Melody raises an eyebrow.

Melody: What's going on?

J2H: Ah, this is where the boat stops so people can jump off if they want and swim over there.

He points to the golden sand across from them where people lay, grabbing up the last rays of the summer sun, from a summer that seems to have gone past way too fast.  

Melody: Are you thinking of doing it?

A confident nod of his head shows his intentions as he looks at Melody, slowly removing her sunglasses and looking at him.

J2H: What? I brought you out here to forget all those worries in your mind, and to de-stress from all those things you've been working on.  

Melody: Well it's not like you haven't been working too.

J2H: I haven't been getting up at three in the morning just to have make up on and throw myself around a film set. I've been meeting fans as always and talking more than doing anything. I haven't had to do a lot other than to sign a shitload of things. I got stuck on medical leave for a couple of weeks after someone let that fool Shipman loose on me. Still can't work out why they booked me against him when he's so low on the roster, I can't even see him. Clearly someone is high on him though because they made him look like a million bucks afterwards. The guy is a danger to work with.

Melody: See, that was stressful.

J2H: Nah, that was someone putting me in a ring with someone who shouldn't be out of a padded room. The most stress I've had is all the shit we went through, but that's sorted out now and not happening anymore.

Melody: Promise?

J2H: I promise.

A wide smile crosses Melody's lips as she looks at him, her hand moving down his chest as the sounds of people jump in the sea can be heard behind them.

Melody: Good, cause shooting the movie will be over soon.

J2H: Thank God.

Melody chooses to ignore his comment and continue.

Melody: And we'll be able to spend more time together, so we won't have to be arguing because we're not together.

J2H: We wasn't arguing because we were not in the same place, but it doesn't matter, all behind us now, looking to the future now.

Melody: I actually wanna talk to you about the future.

He holds up a finger, stopping her in her tracks.

J2H: Is it about SCW?

Melody nods her head slowly, causing J2H to shake his head.

J2H: Can we talk about SCW another time? We have the next few days together with no one here that knows us other than Simpson.

Melody: The fans know you.

J2H: The fans know you too but I picked this place because there's not too many fans around here I wouldn't have thought. We came here for a remote break to get away from it all and not worry about work or anything like that. Right now, fuck SCW and everything going on in it. Fuck people making us miserable and really shitty referees. We're on vacation, this only happens like once a month or something.

J2H's sarcastic, yet jovial tone instantly gets a wide grin from Melody as she puts her head on his shoulder, making sure the wide brim of her hat moves behind his head.

Melody: Ok babe. No work talk today.

J2H: Good, now, how about you join me in the water there?

Melody releases the hug on J2H and looks down at the water. She looks back up at him before shaking her head.  

Melody: And what if there's jellyfish or something like that in there?

A casual shrug of the shoulders comes from J2H as he looks calmly at her.

J2H: I wouldn't worry, I don't think they'll ask you for an autograph or anything so they won't bother you.

Melody: Someone took their funny pills today.

J2H: I did actually. Come on. You only live once, and it's really hot here.

Melody: Fine, but you have to jump with me.

J2H: I can do that.

Melody turns to Simpson, the larger man still melting in the heat as he fans his face with his hand.

Melody: Are you coming to jump in the water Simpson?

Simpson: I'd rather not Ms Grace, but I will watch your accessories while you enjoy yourself.

The two move towards Simpson, removing their hats and sunglasses and handing them him. Melody removes the sarong and hands it to Simpson, who neatly folds it over his arm. Melody nods at J2H and puts her arm around his and the two walk to a higher platform and stand behind another couple in line. A second crew member moves next to them and hands the pair bright orange life jackets. Melody puts one over her head and the crew member tightens it up. J2H puts his over his head and the crew member moves behind him and fastens the straps. J2H looks towards Melody.  

J2H: Don't worry, probably just some insurance thing.

Melody nods her head at him as the couple in front leap from the platform and in to the clear water below. J2H and Melody step to the front, looking down at the water below them. Melody looks back at J2H.

Melody: You know J, this is a good metaphor for life.

J2H: What is?

Melody: That taking the plunge isn't that bad. Maybe this one be the last plunge you take with me in the future.

Confusion covers his face as Melody take a firm grip of his hand.

J2H: Wait... What?

Before the conversation can continue, Melody jumps from the boat, taking J2H with her and the two hit the crystal clear water as the camera fades.




Wednesday night, the stars shine bright over Sardinia, each lighting up part of the island. The camera moves down to show the a lit up night scene. Buildings of various sorts illuminated by lights and showing off the skyline to the right, while the moon shines over the ocean to the left. Cars can be seen driving down the ocean road, their red taillights leaving a streak as they shoot along and music can be heard in the distance, playing from one of the many clubs along the Sardinian coastline. The camera moves up towards a balcony to a penthouse, high above the immediate noise of the city below. On the balcony, J2H lays on a long, but wide chair, his legs stretched out. On the floor to his left, a bottle of champagne sits in an ice bucket. He reaches down and lifts it from the bucket and grabs a nearby glass. He balances the glass on his lap, and takes a firm grip of the top. He spins his hand around and pops the cork. He quickly reaches for the glass balanced on his lap and catches the bubbles before they fall to the ground. Placing that glass on the floor next to him, he picks up a second glass and fills it, watching the bubbles settle before topping up both glasses. He puts the bottle back in the ice bucket as Melody appears behind him, holding a blanket in her hand. She moves around, sitting next to him on the wide chair and throws the blanket over the two, spreading it out evenly. J2H reaches down and picks up a glass of champagne and hands it to Melody, who takes it with her right hand. He puts his right arm around her and lifts up the glass of champagne from the floor with his left hand.  

Melody: What's all this in aid of?

A smile passes on his lips as he tilts his head to the right, looking at the younger blonde.

J2H: Well, we don't have a lot of time left together.

Melody turns her head towards J2H, her eyebrows raised.

Melody: What do you mean?

J2H: Well we fly back early tomorrow morning, and then you're on your way to Canada again, and I'm stuck home with a duck that keeps escaping from your friends house and waddling his ass back to my house.

Melody: Oh right.

J2H: Yeah, so thought to myself that we end this night peacefully without a care in the world and relaxed.  

Melody's left hand grabs his right hand under the blanket, giving it a slight squeeze as she looks at him with a beaming face.

Melody: I don't know what's got in to you today, or this entire trip, but whatever it is, I like it.

He smiles as he brings the champagne glass to his lips, taking a sip of the bubbly liquid before placing the glass on the floor next to him.

J2H: Life's too short for all the bullshit. All we did is fight over this film and stuff.

Melody: But champagne?

J2H: Well I figured you better get used to it, now you're a movie star and will be invited everywhere where people drink this stuff like water.

Melody: Which reminds me...

Melody take a sip from her glass before placing it on the floor next to her. She moves in closer, putting her arm across his chest and looking him in the eye.

Melody: You are coming to the premiere of the film, right?

An awkward look crosses his face as he returns her look.

J2H: You know they have these things all over the world, right? Plus it means all the stars stay in the same place and it would mean I'd have to be around that co-star of yours I can't stand. You sure it's a good idea for me to be in the same city as him, let alone the same hotel?

Melody: It's not like we're all in the same room, or all hang out. Not all movie stars hang out together at the same time when they're shooting. Most of them can't wait to end the scene so they can leave and get away from each other.

Melody lowers her eyebrows, pouting out a lip in a classic puppy dog face expression.

J2H: If it means that much to you, I will be, but keep me away from him.

Melody's eyes light up as she hears his words.

Melody: Thank you baby!

He sighs deeply as he turns his head away, his hand reaching under the chair, his fingers reaching out for something.

Melody: Something wrong?

J2H: No, I'm just...

His arm stops moving as he eventually grabs hold of what he was looking for.

J2H: I actually have something for you.

Melody: For me?

J2H pulls his arm from under the chair and lifts it on top of the blanket. He places down a small blue box, with no markings on it. Melody's eyes widen as she looks at it.

Melody: What is it?

J2H: You'll have to open it to find out.... x

Melody puts her hand on the box, lifting the lid, as the camera jumps to black.

Wanna know what it is? Better go to Melody's promo then.




Friday morning and the boredom has already kicked in for the SCW World Champion as he sits outside his home, the pool area being his destination of choice. He lays back on the grass starring up at the cloudy blue sky, his sunglasses covered eyes focusing on a cloud, gently floating past him. Loneliness was not something he often felt, if at all. He'd always prefer his own company on any given day but this morning, things felt different. After his conversation with Melody not too long ago, his life was fast changing, faster than he expected. (Melody's promo will explain it all). He never expected things to move as fast as they did, but he wasn't complaining about it. Things just felt different to him today, like they should be together after something as big as that.

Big steps don't come easy for J2H, he couldn't even say the L word, he felt it, but it got stuck behind his teeth whenever he tried to let it pass his lips. He remembers too much from the past, and things he should get over and forget, but the thought of them made him run cold even in the hottest temperatures, but he knew someday he would, so why waste time. None of us know what's round the corner, right?

He sighed sadly as images flashed through his mind of Melody working on a movie over a thousand miles away from him shooting a movie while he is back home. He couldn't even appreciate this moment of doing absolutely nothing. Simpson moves towards him from behind, his shadow casting widely over the grassy area.


J2H: Simpson...

Simpson: Sir... I'm sorry to intrude on your day of quiet. I know how you hate to be pestered by messages on a day you prefer to relax, but I just received a phone call.

J2H: Good for you Simpson, you clearly have a friend.

Simpson: Indeed sir, but it's from that wrestling magazine you agreed to write an article for a few weeks ago.

J2H sits up, turning his head towards the bigger man, his shadow cast across his body.

J2H: Simpson... Shadow.

Simpson: Sorry sir.

Simpson moves around J2H, the shadow of his huge body moving off the skin of the champion. Simpson looks down at J2H.

J2H: And what did this phone call say?

Simpson: Sir, the article needs to be submitted by the end of this very day. They go to print tomorrow morning.

A sigh comes from the champions lungs as he flicks his hair back from his face.  

J2H: I don't even know what the fuck to write about Simpson.

He lifts himself to his feet and looks at the bigger man, a look of curiosity on his face.

Simpson: What about the day you won the SCW World Championship, how you was feeling inside to the moment you stepped through the curtain.

J2H: I knew I kept you are for some reason Simpson.

Simpson: Probably cause Ms. Grace would never let you hear the end of it if you fired me sir.

J2H tilts his head to the side, looking at Simpson.

J2H: Sadly, I can't disagree there Simpson.  

A rare smile crosses Simpson's lips as he looks at J2H.

Simpson: I've taken the liberty of setting up a work space on the patio for you sir.

J2H: Thank you.

The two walk towards a patio area where a laptop is set up on a table, with a cold drink next to it. On the chair next to the chair in front of the laptop, Dexter the duck sits. J2H points at the duck.

J2H: And where the fuck did he come from?

 Simpson runs his hand over his bald head, looking at the feathery Dexter with a curious look upon his face.

Simpson: I have no idea sir. Ms. Grace told me he was with her friend while she was away. I guess we will be seeing more of the little fella around here now sir.

Dexter: QUACK!

J2H's eyes narrow as he looks at the bird, just shaking his tail at the champion.  

J2H: I guess so.

J2H walks over to the chair in front of the laptop and pulls it out, looking down at the duck on the next chair. Simpson walks past him and in to the house as J2H's fingers hover over the keys. J2H glances at the duck.

J2H: Don't wanna hear a word outta you, we clear?

Dexter: QUACK!

J2H: Good!

J2H focuses on the screen and starts to type.

"February 14th 2016 was the night it all changed for me. It was the night that started off low but ended on a high.

I turned up to the building knowing I was unhappy in SCW, knowing I was put in a poor match just for the sake of it. Eric Steel and CJ Sharpe had nothing to offer SCW, Eric Steel more than most. He was here before and just like before, flaked. He melted away like an ice cream in the sun, yet he was to be one of my opponents. I turned up that night knowing in my heart that I didn't want to be there, I didn't want to be in SCW, the company had offered me nothing for a long time. I came back with a fire in me but it was quickly put out before I turned up that night.

That's when the Austin factor kicked in.

Austin Parker is not a man who is shy to make his opinion known and I sat in that locker room determined not to go out. I refused to Simpson, waited to the last minute to change and Austin burst in the room. His voice was full of venom and he kicked me in the behind.

The match wasn't memorable at all. I locked him in a submission hold and went backstage, packed up my stuff and I was out the door in my mind.

I knew I could catch more flies with honey than I could by angering the bosses. I knew if I got through the night without making anymore waves, I could sit there with the staff and get an agreement where I can just go and put this place behind me, but that would have been too simple. That's why after my match, I walked in to Hot Stuff's office, put up with his over the hill jokes about me smelling after my match, but I didn't care. I'd done what I had to in my mind. It didn't matter if I was in that match, I didn't rate my chances anyway and not one person in it took me seriously. He didn't care and I was forced in to it.

Going back to the locker room didn't help me much after I found a gift from Melody there. Considering me and her was not on the best of terms and I know she wasn't there that night... Long story that grinds on me but is for another day, but she clearly had help there. I mean how could she be with... never mind, that story will only angry up the blood.

But it is amazing how things can turn around so quickly, isn't it? One minute my mind was flooded with what Melody was doing at that point, the fact that I couldn't get out of my contract, and the fact I probably had the most pointless match in the world, but there I was behind the curtain, just waiting for the match to start.

I didn't even bother watching the usual Travis Nathaniel Andrews beats up someone from the past segment that he loves to do every chance he gets. He thinks it entertains, but it does not. Didn't even watch Mikah and Simon Jones talk for what seemed like seven hours on camera without actually saying a lot.

I just looked at the curtain watching wrestler after wrestler go through the curtain come back through the curtain, until it was time. I went through that curtain and thought to myself that if I was going to go from SCW, I was going out in style, I was going out with a bang and how ironic that the man I speared to start things off would be the man I would have two amazing matches with, in Despayre?

I watched person after person fly over the top rope, I remember looking at Rage and seeing the shock on his face. He believed he was gonna win, he believed that it was his God given right, as proven by every sneaky backhanded comment he made afterwards. The look on his face was priceless. At that point though, I didn't realize just how many people were left. I just saw bodies flying around and when I, yes I again eliminated Despayre, a thought entered my mind. I thought if there's only just a few left, I might stand a chance and I turned around and saw one man and one man only standing looking at me... Just Goth.

No one else, just Goth. Then it hit me.

I can win this thing.

I could shock the world. While others were out there ruining their futures, I could make mine so much more better. I could change my future right here and now. All I had to do was beat a blind man.

Well he wasn't blind completely, but when the best he can do is make an unannounced, probably unauthorized guest appearance to spin a roulette wheel for no reason, you knew his career has now gone.

I knew I could take advantage of it, and that's just what I did. The young lion had kicked the old lion off the rock and taken his place. As soon as the hand of the referee hit the mat for the first time, my life changed.

The journey from punching bag to the best champion in the business was done. A new era was born at that moment. The old veteran wrestlers had instantly gone out of fashion and the newer, better, more improved wrestler were in.

That match paved the way for people who wouldn't usually be considered, to be considered for a top match. The fact that I won, opened the eyes of the staff to see just what can be achieved when people get a fair shot at it. Without me winning it, we'd probably have Goth and Rage going at it for the title over and over. We'd have over the hill past it wrestlers who should have retired long ago, stopping the younger fresher talent from stepping up. I blew the doors wide open for the likes of Connor Murphy, Steve Ramone, Casey Williams, Dmitri, Samuel Deveroux and Markus Reeves. Six men who wouldn't be considered for a top shot for difference reasons. I made it possible for these guys to try and earn a match with the best in the business right now.

I opened doors people didn't even know was there just by shocking the world, but it was bittersweet for me. Bittersweet because some things just wasn't in the right place, but amazing because I lit the fire that blazed a trail.

This fire won't be going out any time soon because that was the day J2Hism was born....

J2H"

J2H looks down towards Dexter as he runs his fingers through his own hair.  


J2H: I would ask you to proof read that and let me know what you think, but you're a duck and ducks can't read, no matter what Melody says.

Dexter: QUACK!

Dexter jumps on the table and moves towards the laptop screen. He stops in front of it, his head moving from side to side as if he's reading what J2H has written. J2H looks on is disbelief but Dexter turns his head.

Dexter: QUACK!

J2H slowly shakes his head before looking at the duck.

J2H: What fucking circus did she get you from?

J2H rolls his eyes as the camera fades.




Sitting in his home on Saturday afternoon, the SCW World Champion, J2H sits with his feet up across a leather sofa, the SCW World championship belt sits across his legs, resting on bright white shorts. He sits shirtless but his gold chain rests around his neck, changing down lower, towards his ribs. On his head, a red baseball cap sits sideways as he looks down the camera.


J2H: Well it's that time again, that time I put the world to right, because I am the fucking champion and I have no problem telling people what I think about them.

He runs his fingers along his chin as he pauses for a second.  

J2H: But this one is just dedicated to one being, one entity in the wrestling world. Oh don't get me wrong, I can go on more about how SCW officials are idiots, or I can talk about Natalie McKinley being the only person in the whole business that gets what I am about, and that you should all breathe in every word I say, but no, it's time for a character assassination of one man, and yes, I did say man, and that is the man with the overplayed gimmick, Dmitri.

A slight smirk comes from J2H before he continues.

J2H: Yes, I called you a man Dmitri, because it is all you are. You're not some ageless being from another time, you are just a man, you breathe like the rest of us, but this is what gets me Dmitri.  

J2H waves a finger at the camera.

J2H: When you chose to step in to the ring, when you decided to be a wrestler and put your body through hell, you could have chose to be anyone you wanted. You coulda chose to have been any kinda person you wanted to be, but you chose an overplayed creature of the night, you decided vampire was the way forward. Now this Dmitri, it got me thinking. It got me wondering why a man would choose to be this thing, and I get it. Vampires are meant to be immortal, vampires are meant to be emotionless, vampires are meant to feel nothing and I know there's somewhere in you that feels no emotion makes you stronger than us mere mortals, right?

J2H shakes his head firmly.  

J2H: Wrong.

He pauses for a second.

J2H: It doesn't make you stronger to be emotionless, it doesn't make you better than average just because you feel nothing, it makes you fucking weaker you idiot. Look at the emotions us normal people have. We have love, it pushes us to work for happiness and hurts so much when we lose it, it gives us a stronger shell. Hate, hate forces us to be stronger and push through, forces us to go for revenge if we need to. Defeat, without it, without feeling the pain of it, we won't have a clue what victory feels like. Without feeling that victory, we won care if we want more, and trust me, now I have this title, I want to win to keep it, but an emotionless cretin like you, wouldn't know anything about that, would you?

A little shake of the head and smile comes from the champion.

J2H: When you chose vampire over say, an ass kicking pia boy, like your partner is, you started to live the gimmick and become emotionless and that is what costs you because we, as normal, functioning humans, get knocked on our asses all the time and develop strength to get back up, we become more powerful than the dark side, because we don't ask for it, we're forced in to it, where as you...


J2H smirks.

J2H: You just became the emo kid from high school that nobody liked.

He sit up, swinging his legs around and planting his feet on the floor.

J2H: Just like that emo kid, you cut yourself off from reality because you thought you knew pain but you knew shit, you just didn't have any fucking friends. Strength comes from feeling shit and not being able to do anything about it, but you don't feel, do you Dmitri? You don't know a damn thing about feeling low and not wanting to, but having to find the strength to rise up again. You're immortal bullshit means nothing, it doesn't mean you have the strength or power that makes you better than me. All it means is you won't give a fuck when I beat you again. It means you won't mind me kicking the shit out of you and keeping my title.  

He runs his fingers along the title belt on his lap.

J2H: You shot yourself in the foot Dmitri when you chose to live that life. You put yourself at a huge disadvantage when it comes to having the strength to success. Don't bullshit people and say you was bitten and you became a freak of nature that walked the earth for thousands of years.

A frown covers his face.

J2H: People don't believe that, they know you used to come home from school with a Simpsons lunch box or something and have a glass of milk and a couple of cookies before dinner. They're not fucking stupid.

He looks upwards at the ceiling.

J2H: They know that somewhere in your life, you watched Twilight or something and thought you'd make a good sparkly little vampire. Maybe it's because you thought the women would take notice of you, but the truth is you could offer to pay women and they wouldn't come near your ugly ass!

He looks back down with confidence.

J2H: You thought you was something special but low and behold, you will never be and some pale make up and telling people you're gonna suck their blood or something, just isn't gonna make you stand out. It's not gonna help you rip this title belt away from me. It will never help you do anything other than be laughed at because everyone knows vampires are fiction, you are fiction, I am real. The fact that I am the World champion without having to stick on make up and try and be all scary should show you that you don't need a gimmick to get noticed. I mean you have that stupid gimmick and no one knows who you are or gives a fuck about you.

 A blank shrug of the shoulders follows his last words.

J2H: I bet ya not even Russian, are ya? You're probably from Cincinnati, or Delaware or something, aren't ya? Maybe even Scottsdale.

An arrogant look crosses his face.

J2H: There is nothing about you that is real Dmitri, even those little thoughts in your head that you could actually walk out of Violent Conduct III with my championship. That is something that's definitely not happening. People even forgot that you was in the ring with me last Sunday, and you're probably all butt hurt about that, but that's just how bright my star shines and will always shine. I remember you was there spouting some shit before you realised you was in too deep and decided to get out of there before I put my boot up your ass so deep, my toes would have been tickling your fake fangs, but I remember that bullshit you was saying, even if no one even remembers you being there.

J2H taps the side of his head.

J2H: You're meant to be a fucking vampire, yet you quote biblical shit! You stood there talking about Jonah for fuck's sake. Even touching a bible or cross is meant to make your kind burn. Talk about ruin a gimmick in just a few words! Then you go on and talk about human beings.... You are one you fucking idiot, you eat, sleep, breathe, the same as I do, except I don't get up and put on make up and pretend I'm something I'm not, just like you do.  

He moves his fingers to the side of his head and pulls them away as if his mind has been blown.

J2H: Do you know how boring you sounded out there? You have the charisma of a needle, but at least they're useful.


52
Climax Control Archives / J2Hism
« on: August 19, 2016, 04:57:34 PM »
  The first leg of another SCW tour is officially over as SCW World Champion, J2H walks in to his Beverly Hills mansion. His eyes tired after a late night out in Vancouver, followed by an early flight back to Beverly Hills. The door of his mansion opens and he walks in the door, a bag over his back and SCW World Championship over his free shoulder, quickly followed by Simpson, pulling a suitcase on wheels behind him. J2H looks around the house, part of him very glad to be home, knowing that he will constantly flying too and from the country to his north. Part of him had missed home, part of him had missed Melody, who was strangely not at the show through illness... Well, as ill as you can be after partying on an exotic island with your friends for a couple of days, while the champion did his usual media things. He thought about her while she was having fun with her friends, even if he doesn't overly like her friends, one in particular that he can't stand, but he mostly trusted her, considering his recent paranoid tendencies, mostly is a big improvement. At his worst, he would have been pissed at her, ending the relationship for spending more time with her friends than him, but he had found a way to distract himself while being away from her, considering a new lady in his life... No, not in that sense, you'll see a little later.

He drops the bag next to him as he sighs deeply, knowing he has much to do, and little time to do so. Today was his day to get that new lady in his life and be damned to what Melody would have to say about it. It's not like Melody was around at the moment, he didn't know where she was, what she was doing and who with. Three hours on a flight between cities doesn't seem too bad, but for some reason, the champion felt more tired than usual as thoughts weighed heavy on his mind. He stands and stares down the hallway, Simpson closing the door behind him, but the sound of the whole world was blocked out.

He should have been happy to be able to put his feet up, but he felt like he was being dragged down by an invisible force.  


Simpson: Are you ok, sir?

The burly man standing behind him asks, yet no response can be heard from J2H as he stares towards the living room area of the grand house. His thoughts smashed in to one, everything from Chris Shipman being his next opponent, to where Melody was and what she'd been doing, what's next now he's got the record, can he really convert himself in to being a God? So many questions were filling his mind at once, but one was soon to be answered.

QUACK!

Snapping to his senses, he looks towards his feet, seeing the familiar....


J2H: Dexter?

Looking down at Melody's pet duck circling his feet, a curious look crosses his face as he thinks back to leaving the house, being sure that the house was secure and wondering how the duck managed to get in. Was a window left open upstairs? Couldn't have been, Dexter spends more time waddling than flying. Who would have thought a duck could be lazy?

QUACK!


J2H: How the fuck did you get in to here again? Maybe I need to put up an electric fence or something.

QUACK!

J2H: Yeah, you would say that, it's all you can say.

J2H looks up, his eyes resting upon a woman standing in the doorway to the living room, her blonde hair tied back. He looks closer to see the woman as Melody Grace, the light to his darkness.

Melody: Daddy's home!

J2H lowers his eyebrows, looking at the approaching blonde.

J2H: Are you talking to me or the duck again?

Melody moves closer, her arms open as she wraps them around J2H's neck, reaching up and kissing him softly on the lips before moving her head away.

J2H: When did you get here?

Melody: Late last night. I didn't know when you was getting home, so thought I'd be here to surprise you when you did, but you never came home last night.

J2H: I know I never, stayed in Canada. Felt too tired to leave and then ended up out for a while doing SCW stuff after the show, so yeah, came back this morning. How did you get in?

Melody moves her arms from behind her boyfriends neck and pulls her hand on to his cheek, tilting her head just a little and smiling towards him.

Melody: You should know by now never to ask silly questions like that babe.

She smiles innocently at J2H, who looks back at her with one raised eyebrow. He inhales deeply, knowing that it's probably best not to answer that statement. He knew she had her ways of getting in, but had no idea how. Even security tapes had proved fruitless to find out her methods.

J2H: Fair point I guess.

Melody traces her fingers down his cheek as  she looks him in the eye.

Melody: Did you have fun in Canada?

A slight shrug comes from his shoulders as he looks at Melody.

J2H: Not really. It was pretty dull, just like the last time I was in Canada, and the time before. Friendly people but nothing to do. It's like most of Canada goes to sleep at about 8pm or something. How was your trip to the exotic islands with your friends.

Melody: It was fun, but I missed you.

Was she serious or is that something girlfriends just say? Oh hello again paranoid J, we thought it was strange you hadn't been around. Really, is it something people just say to cover up a few days of fun knowing your other half is in a different country. Is he gonna hear that a lot when Melody is a big film star and halfway around the world? More to the point, is he gonna believe it? Again, his mind started to run wild, thinking about things that are probably meaningless. Trust wasn't his friend in a paranoid state, but he did his best to hide the paranoia from Melody.  

J2H: I missed you too.

Melody's senses kick in, sensing that all is not right with him.

Melody: Is something wrong? Did something happen in Canada?

An odd thing to jump to, he thought to himself, but quickly shakes his head, trying to dismiss Melody's questions as quickly as possible.

J2H: Nah, but I have been thinking a little bit.

Melody's face instantly turns to worry. As much as he tries to hide the paranoid side from her, she isn't stupid. There's times when she knows what he's saying or implying, but refuses to make more of an issue of it. She knows his fuse is more than a little short at times. She knows it doesn't take a lot to set him off, or make him think things that are not real. She does her best to stop this from happening to someone she cares about, but sometimes, the silence feels worse to him.

J2H: No, take that look of worry off your face, it's nothing too bad. You said the other day you wanted to be a stay at home girlfriend, that you wanted to give up wrestling. It got me thinking.

Melody: About getting a puppy?

A hopeful look passes Melody's face but a stern look on J2H's face quickly shows her that she is fighting a losing battle in this case. J2H firmly shakes his head.

J2H: No, because I don't think you was serious about being a stay at home anything considering that you'll be running all over the place with that guy to shoot a movie. I ain't gonna be following you around the world I don't think because chances are, I might end up trying to do the world a favor and getting rid of Drake Green for good, but before you go disappearing on me, I think we need some time alone.

Melody: Can we go to Iceland?

J2H: Not this week, cause I gotta rush back for a title defence and so do you. I'm thinking somewhere a little closer, still in the US, still in Cali, sort of.

Melody looks confused at J2H as he tilts his head to return her glare. She steps back, moving her arms away from around his neck and look him up and down.

Melody: What are you talking about Jam? Are you gonna buy a tent for the garden and we camp out?

Her eyes light up as Simpson watches the two conversing, slightly drawn in by what is happening.

Melody: Can we do that? That could be fun. Just me, you, Simpson, and Dexter under the stars. We can have a camp fire, roast marshmallows, tell ghost stories...

Simpson and J2H share an awkward look as they look towards each other and towards Melody, her hands pressed together in excitement.

J2H: Maybe us two at another time, but I'm thinking about something else.

A look of relief covers Simpson's face as he picks up the bags and moves away from the pair, leaving just the two of them, and Dexter waddling around J2H's feet.

Melody: Well, what are you thinking about?

J2H: A boat Melody, a huge ass boat where I can get away from the world when you're off all over the place and where we can go to both get away from everything when we don't want to be found.

Melody: I thought you was joking when you said you was buying a boat.

J2H: Why would I be joking? I have money, I don't have a boat.

Melody scratches the side of her head.

Melody: Ok, when are you buying this boat Jam?

No time like the present as they say. J2H looks at Melody and towards the door.

J2H: Well how about we go and buy it like right now? I've seen what I want, it's half an hour away. I just gotta look at it and make sure it's not sinking and sort out the cash.

Melody: Speaking of cash, how much is that gonna set you back?

A casual look come back from J2H, his words calm and reassuring.

J2H: Oh, not that much.....

Dockside a little while later, Melody eyes widen as she looks at a piece of paper in front of her, held up by J2H. She slowly shakes her head in disbelief at she reads what's written down as the two stand on the back of a Ferretti custom line 108 luxury yacht, the bright white shining in the sun as the clear blue waves gently crash against the side before rolling away.

Melody: I thought you said this wasn't gonna cost so much. This is enough money to make a third world country, second world at least. It's seven figure J.

Tones of shock leave her lungs and fill the air, but the young man looks completely calm as he looks towards her, unfazed by the number that sits on the page in front of her. J2H releases the paper and strolls around the back deck, sitting on a seat nearby and leaving Melody to look at the paper in her hand.

J2H: Call it an investment.

Her eyes break away from the paper as she looks at him, shaking her head.

Melody: An investment for what?

He reaches his arms around the back of his head, lacing his fingers behind his head and stretching backwards, his tired muscles not yet recovered from the plane ride home.

J2H: An investment to get away from this place whenever we want. We can get in here and say fuck it, and head down the coast or something.

Melody: You're forgetting one little thing Jam.

A raise of the eyebrow comes from the SCW World champion as he looks towards her.

J2H: Hmmm?

Melody moves around the back deck, sitting next to him on the padded bench and placing a hand on his shoulder.

Melody: Have you ever sailed on of these things before?

J2H puts up one finger in the air, but quickly shakes his head, admitting that he hadn't.

J2H: Well we hire someone, and they take us where we want to go. We can tell them to take us to Santa Barbara or something, or even end up taking time off when someone can get the belts off us and tell him to take us down to the tropical islands and say fuck it.

Melody: It's a lot of money just to get away from people.

J2H: Closer than Iceland to get away from people. Plus who doesn't like a boat party? You can invite your friends.

Melody: You don't like my friends.

J2H: I didn't say you had to invite me. Also, when we do leave this whole thing behind us and move on, what's to stop us from moving on and just sailing around the world? If I wanted to buy something good in like ten years time or whatever, it would cost me three times as much.

Melody: Can we take it to Iceland then?

J2H: Yes, we can take it to Iceland.

Melody: Can we get a puppy then?

J2H breathes deeply.

J2H: I better go sign for this thing...

He stands up, looking in the distance, looking at a building.

J2H: Is that a church over there?

Melody squints her eyes, looking towards the place where J2H is pointing.

Melody: Looks like it, why?

J2H: Gives me an idea....




A stained glass window can be seen, the sign of the cross embedded in to the glass, as rays of sunshine stained in to the window can be seen. Outside the window, the late evening sun bring the spectacular masterpiece to life. The camera turns around to see the inside of a church, rows of empty pews fill the camera from left to right. Squeaking floorboards can be heard under foot as footsteps grow louder and the camera turns to see a man on the stage. The camera moves in closer to see J2H standing on the stage, dressed in a gold robe, covering his entire body, the letters J2H embroided in to the right side of his chest. He puts out a hand and waves the camera towards him. The camera zooms in on the young man as he presses his hands together.

J2H: You must have seen this coming considering who I am.

He parts his hands to either side, a stern look on his face.

J2H: I adapt to who I'm facing and looking at my opponent, and I use that term loosely, this feels like the perfect setting for my message to get across and reach the millions.

A slight smile crosses his face.

J2H: I am facing a man who preaches to the world, a man with very little moral, which in itself is a clash with each other. I'm not usually one for a religious moment, but considering I am about to become a God, I should immerse myself a little, so it just seems so much more fitting that I am facing a preacher, not any preacher, but a preacher who spreads the word of hate.

J2H slowly starts to walk a few steps along the stage before turning his head to face the front, his hand pointed out.

J2H: Hate... Hateful preachers, we all know how it turns out for hateful preachers.

J2H puts his fists together, before pulling them wildly apart, indicating an explosion.

J2H: Religion isn't about hate, isn't about pain, isn't about being dark and twisted. It's about leading, it's about hope, it's about faith and the truth is Chris Shipman couldn't give hope to anyone, he couldn't make people have faith and he sure as couldn't even lead an alcoholic to a bar. This is a man who wants to lead, while spreading the word of hate. This is a man who wants to control people, while telling them that what they believe is wrong... Do you know what that makes Chris Shipman?

J2H turns to face the camera, bowing his head low before raising it and looking down the camera.

J2H: ISIS.

A smile passes on the young man's face.

J2H: You both preach hate, you both want to hurt people for personal gain, you both want to be remembered through history. You are ISIS Shipman. You are the epitome of ISIS. You're trying to spread a message that no one wants to hear and that annoys you Shipman, that annoys you to the point you have to do these crazy over the top things like urinating on a man just to get a little bit of attention, so people look at your cause, to wonder what you're all about. Let me tell you, it's not working for ISIS and it's not gonna work for you Shipman. It's not gonna work for you at all.

J2H pauses as he waves a finger at the camera.

J2H: You might think I'm a little harsh comparing him to these clueless people but look closely, look closely at the man and you'll see the patterns. He talks, and talks and talks and people just shrug because they  know he will be defeated, so he throws his toys out of the pram and attacks the innocent, like someone's old uncle for a touch of attention, so the world will look at him. He, like ISIS picks on the weak, the ones not trained to defend themselves. Yet coming up against people who are trained to defend themselves, he cowers away in to nothing, he drops in to nothingness. They go up against the military and they're screwed in more ways than one. People like Uncle Pinky, they're the civilians that Shipman attacks, they're the innocent people having a night out that end up caught up in tragedy. I'm the military, I'm trained to deal with threats, coming up against me ends with Shipman sulking away in some cave somewhere trying to get his followers to do his dirty work, while he gets naughty with goats or something.

He tilts his head to his left, shrugging his shoulder.

J2H: Religion is meant to bring hope, preaching is meant to give people that blind faith, but you Chris, you're getting it wrong, because you spread the wrong word. You spread the word of anger to suit yourself. I'm sure the good lord would forgive me for using cuss words on his holy grail, but there's another bunch of jumped up little bastards that do this Chris...

A smirk crosses the champions face.

J2H: A little group called the Westboro Baptist Church.

J2H mockingly covers his mouth, before pulling away his hand, a smile on his lips.

J2H: Oh yeah, I went there Chris. I have compared what you do to the most hated, preaching good for nothing people in the whole of the country, because the similarities are endless between you and them. You hate for attention, you preach for the sake of trying to be relevant, you do everything you can to shock people, just like you do, because it's the only way you can get attention. You don't lead the sane, you encourage the worthless to be just like you and that is not the way. That is not the way to give them hope, that is not the way to show them the light or the way forward, like a good preacher does. You don't inspire them to do anything other than pick up guns to take care of their problems.

J2H sighs deeply.

J2H: You're not a good preacher Chris, you're not a good leader, you're an embarrassing human being if you feel the need to piss on someone to get noticed, so I'm going to give you a chance to redeem yourself. It's time to hang up your preaching gown and start to follow. It's time to join the ranks and become a follower to the best thing you can follow in your life, it's time for a new start Chris. It's now time for the start of...

J2H points upwards with both fingers, before looking down. He slowly raises his head.

J2H: J2Hism.

He confidently pulls his hands down to his side and smiles.  

J2H: It's time to follow the true path to where you want to be and that is me. I will give you and those fools that follow you, the blind faith to step on up and become more than what you ever thought you could be. I will show you that the only true way to become a better person, is to follow this king as he becomes a God.

J2H nods his head firmly, believing his own words.

J2H: I'm walking the right path, I can lead anyone to the promise land because they look at me Shipman, and they see how far I've come, they've seen how I have come from being a no one to a someone, someone you never expected me to be and then they look at you. They look at a man who has always been on the same level. You're a man who hasn't broken out of the lower card at all, you're a man who has always been a roulette level guy at best. Look at me Chris, take a long hard look at me. I was that guy, I was down in the lower levels for a long time and won that belt, you haven't. I went through the tag team division, I won that belt. I changed and evolved in to this guy you see before you, a guy who shocked the world by taking out most of SCW and pinning Goth. I got my prize, I got what I deserved for climbing my way through the ranks and to the top and I've defended the belt more than anyone else who has ever had it. I have held the belt for the longest time out of everyone that's had it, and you've been stuck in the lower level rivalry with people like Tuscini for, what feels like, forever.

He wags his finger at the camera.

J2H: Let's just be frank about it, shall we?

He puts his palms out in front of him.

J2H: The only reason you're in this match is because I've beaten pretty much everyone else. I beat the strongest sin in Despayre, not once, but twice. Now they give me the weakest sin, the forgotten sin to try and get this title out of my hands? I bet Rage is sitting there crying in to his glass of milk, or whatever other boring drink he has. Probably like water or something, just because he got overlooked for the worst sin in the history of the group to get a chance at the top gold before him.

J2H shrugs his shoulders backwards.

J2H: Maybe the bosses are seeing how boring Rage is or maybe they get turned on by seeing one man piss on another, but either way, Shipman has caught the eye of someone and found himself in this impossible situation. He can't beat me now, he couldn't beat me at his best and me at my worst. I already know I'm so much better than he can even hope to be. The guy is like a hundred years old and never done anything worth remembering, but be grateful Chris.

J2H aimlessly looks in to the air before turning and looking back at the camera.

J2H: Not only for this opportunity you seriously don't deserve after you couldn't even defeat James Tuscini, but be thankful for the chance to be the first one converted to J2Hism.

He presses his hands together.

J2H: You should be thankful for the chance to be the first of millions about to change to follow me in to the new world, in to the land of plenty. I will lead people to their dreams Shipman and when I'm done with you, you shall be the first to be converted. When I'm finished with you, you shall bow to me and accept my words as gospel. I will beat the light in to you Shipman, with every striking blow that reigns down on your skull, you will see the truth, you will see that it's time to stop leading those people in to a blind alley and follow the only true light in SCW. I am that true light and I will make you see Shipman, by hook or crook, you shall follow me, you shall become my servant at the dawn of J2Hism.

He looks seriously down the camera.

J2H: I will be walking out of Climax Control with my championship belt Shipman, you will be another sin to fall at my feet, you will be another sin to walk back in to that dressing room, look your beloved leader in the eye and admit failure. You will have to admit that The Seven Deadly Sins are no match to me. Not one of you are even close enough to being as good as me and on Sunday, Sunday will be your darkest day and longest night Shipman, because I will use you as an example, I will use you to show the world why they should be following greatness right here. I am not someone for you to go against Shipman, your little buddy Despayre can agree with that, because he fell at my feet and you shall do the same, you shall fall at my feet and stay there, just like every other SCW star has and will.

He bows his head, looking down at the floor.

J2H: Say it with me Shipman. I will bow to J2Hism, and follow it through the darkest nights. I will covert no other God, other than the man who will beat sense in to me on Sunday. I will follow him to hell and back if he commands me to. I shall walk through fire for him, because he will lead me to a better place.

J2H lifts his head up and smiles down the camera.

J2H: It's just the way it is Shipman. You will fall like the rest. You can not stop it, you will not stop it. Enjoy the experience of being in a main event. It will be your one and only because you won't get this high up the card again. You'll be back down fighting fake little Italians before you know it, but I can save you Shipman, I can make you good. Just accept what it about to happen to you and embrace it. Accept the fact that I am the better man and I will walk out with my title the place is should be, and that is with the God of SCW.

He pushes his hands together in a triangle shape, moving the tips of his fingers towards his lips.

J2H: I am that God, Shipman. The belt will always be mine. Enjoy every second of being in the ring with me, every second you bask in my sunlight, because it will be the only time you get close to me. This is not gonna be one of those David Vs Goliath mismatches, cause this time, Goliath wins and he wins well. Get ready to follow Shipman, because your time as leading the blind, is over.

J2H lowers his fingers.

J2H: That's real talk, bitch!

J2H turns and walks off camera as the scene fades out.

53
Supercard Archives / J2H Vs Despayre
« on: July 29, 2016, 07:40:38 AM »
 J2H: Big chance it will happen. My eyes have opened a lot lately about what's really going on. I've started to see through a lot of people. Starting to see a lot don't have my best interests at heart so yeah.

Melody puts her arm around J2H's waist as she looks up at him.

Melody: I don't want you to leave SCW, I don't think other do either.

Gabriel: For a guy who's an asshole on camera, you're getting a lot of new fans.

Odette puts her hand on her husbands.

Odette: You did the same. You seemed more popular as a bad guy than a good guy.

J2H: Fact is, there's just some people I don't wanna be around anymore and if I beat Despayre, I don't have a lot left to prove here. People seem to be against me anyway, so maybe I should just lay down for Despayre.

Gabriel: He finds out you gave less than your all, Synn may need a new house afterwards.

J2H: Maybe. What would you do in this position?

Gabriel rubs his hand across his chin, thinking as he looks at J2H.

Gabriel: Do everything I could to stick around and annoy the hell out of the people you think are against you by rubbing it in their faces every day that they're not as good as me, and of course be with my wife.

Odette smiles towards Gabriel before flicking her head back towards J2H and Melody.

Odette: And speaking of being a wife. When are you two gonna at least get engaged?

J2H raises a finger towards Odette.

J2H: Excuse me a second, I have to go thank Connor Murphy for the drink he send over, be rude not to.

J2H stands up, turning his back to the crowd and picking up the Shirley Temple and walking towards Connor Murphy, his former challenger looking up at him while he drinks. J2H places the glass firmly in front of his as a sarcastic tone comes from his mouth.

J2H: Fucking hilarious Connor.

J2H walks past Connor, heading towards the door and outside as the scene fades.




Even on vacations, well, part vacations, wrestlers love to work out. Show me one gym junkie, who doesn't go on vacation and immediately checks out the gym facilities, hell, a lot of people check out these things before they even book vacations. SCW wrestlers are all gym junkies, even the ones you don't expect to be, they are. They're a lucky bunch that this cruise ship does have a state of the art gym and for the sake of SCW, a temporary ring set up for wrestlers to keep their skills sharp, and this is where we start this little part.

J2H is seen in the ring, a look of anger on his face as he steps between the ropes and drops to the floor and movies towards Austin Parker. Austin looks towards the corner of the ring where he sees James Tuscini and Dmitri, looking towards J2H as they wait patiently for the ring to be free. Austin Parker gives them a nod and waves them in to the ring. J2H walks past Austin, the camera spinning around to see Kain preparing for his Internet title match by hammering away on a nearby speedbag, his fists moving at lightning speed as he works on his timing. J2H continues to storm away as Austin looks confused, storming past Natalie McKinley, Ipod earphones in her ear, lost in the music and lifting dumbbells with huge weight on them. Behind Natalie, Markus Reeves runs shirtless on a treadmill, his body in peak condition for one of the oldest men on the roster, never missing a step, his pace quickening. Austin tries to catch up with him but J2H walks in to the locker room, where Steve Ramone and his two bodyguards stand, deep in conversation. His arrival causes them to look towards him but they return to their conversation. Austin walk in to the room, seeing J2H leaning against a locker.


Austin: What's wrong with ya? Things were looking great out there.

J2H drives his fist in to the locker room, causing Steve and his bodyguards to look in his direction.

J2H: What's the point of all this shit Austin?

Austin scratches the side of his head, slightly confused by the question.

Austin: The point of what?

J2H: This. Wrestling. Getting yourself beat up for people who think we're just glorified stuntmen. What's the point of all this shit that we put ourselves through, just to entertain?

Austin looks at the shorter man, his eyes narrowed but a smile starts to spread over his southern face.

Austin: Ah know exactly what the problem is here. Y'all not the first ta feel it, ya won't be the last. Get ya ass in the shower an' meet me on the high deck in twenty minutes. The one at the back of the boat. Ah sort this shit out.

Austin turns and walks away as J2H puts his head on the locker. Skip forwards twenty minutes, the freshly showered and more relaxed J2H walks through a door and to the outside, the sun catching his face. He walks through a family area, past the host of Summer XXXTreme IV, Simon Jones, sitting with his young daughter on his lap as Zelda Clark makes funny faces at her. Opposite Simon his wife smiles at his daughters reaction. J2H reaches the bottom of some steps, but before he can start to climb them, Twisted Sister jumps out, waving her arms around.  

J2H: The fuck let you out of your cage?

J2H backs away slightly, moving to the other side of the metal steps, as close to the rail as he could possibly go and starts to step up them. Reaching the top, Teddy Warren and Kate Steele wait from him to pass, before descending the steps. His eyes peer around the top deck, seeing Austin Parker looking out to sea on the port side, and on the starboard side, he spots Mikah and Drake sitting on a bench. Mikah turns her head, waving at J2H, causing Drake to turn his head around to see who she's waving at. J2H nods towards Mikah, just grinding his teeth as he looks towards Drake, before joining Austin on the port side, sitting at bench. J leans down, his elbows on his knees, as Austin looks out at the sea.

Austin: Ah've seen this before.

J2H: What? Water?

Austin: No, Ah mean the look on yer face, the fact that yer sitting there asking what this is all about an' it's all bout what ya could become after Sunday.

J2H turns his head, looking at Austin, his elbows still planted on his knees, a little confused look on his face.

J2H: What the hell are you going on about Austin? I know you have trouble because of that rootin' tootin' aent of yours but you're making less sense than usual, and that fucking hard to do.


Austin: Ah'm talking 'bout yer record, smart ass. The fact ya could be the longest serving world champion when ya wake up on Monday morning. Ah can tell it's playin' on ya mind 'cause you've gon' further than even yer tiny mind imagined.

J2H stares blankly out in to the ocean, knowing Austin is right. He takes a deep breath and starts to talk, his eyes still fixated on the water.

J2H: You're right, it is playing on my mind. For years, actual years, I wanted to win a title, hold it for a long time, make people look at me with a little bit more respect. I've tried so hard to get people to do that, I spent my career changing and evolving and getting better and better. I haven't been one of these little punk ass bitches like Scott Sanders, using Miles Blake to try and get him an instant shot. I went through everything, took the little titles, worked with people to take the tag titles, pushed myself through every barrier set for me until I reached that glass ceiling. I had to do things my own way to get that belt, shock the world, beat a federation and still stand up against Goth and beat him.  

The refreshness of honesty fills the air, every word coming from his lips more and more heartfelt.

J2H: At that point Austin, I thought maybe, just maybe someone, anyone would sit there and show the slightest bit of respect for me. I thought someone would look back and say this kid should be proud of himself. He showed up with a guy who had less on his bones than a chicken wing, and look at him right now. He should be the proudest guy in the world, I'm proud for him, I'm proud of him for showing hard work pays off. Did I get that?

Austin remains quiet, letting J2H speak freely, listening to the man he helped model in to a champion.

J2H: Nah, I got whispers in my ear that Rage felt a sense of entitlement towards the title. I heard Sean Jackson was leaving, I heard people was retiring. I heard Goth went back to the dressing room and questioned people on why he lost, how could he lose to someone below him. How could Rage feel I deserved anything when he was here from the beginning of time? How could Sean Jackson respect me as champion, when I was so much younger? One of my most glorious nights Austin, one that should have been a fucking happy night, turned in to one of my worst nights on the planet. It turned out to be one of my worst nights of my professional career.  

J2H looks away from Austin:, the words choking from his throat.

J2H: I didn't get the congratulations, I got looked at like I left school at eighteen and my dad just made me your new boss at his business, regardless that you've worked there for twenty years. That's how people were looking at me backstage, Austin. You was there, you saw it, not one of them could see the bigger picture that I earned it, so I wanted to give it up and one tweet and people were on the phone to me asking me to drop the belt to them, and that got me right here.

J2H points to his chest.

J2H: It got me because not one of them said to me not to give up the belt. Not one said I earned it, they just wanted me to go to the people at the top and tell them to give it to them. Just hand it over. You'd have thought the following day when the dust had settled, people could see this was a good change. No one did, they just wanted my belt. Rage was making stupid, sarcastic tweets, Goth was still kicking up a fuss so I hear, Sean Jackson was gone and wasn't looking back. Not one came to me and even said they respected the fact that after years of getting my ass kicked, I never gave up. It was like I could hear them all in the locker room when I walked out to the ring to give the belt up, they were waiting, rubbing their hands together, and I was gonna do it because they had no respect for their leader. That's when I said fuck it, I'm gonna earn their respect and I told them no, this was mine, they had to come and get it. You could hear the collective groans above the fans boos, because they didn't respect me either.  

He takes a deep breath.

J2H: Shoulda shown the way this was gonna go when that creative guy kept telling me who I should give the title to, the same week I won it. My supporters were disappearing fast for whatever reason. He has influence over people, so can make them back him up. Not even he could sit there and let me have a week as champion without saying who the next champion should be. It made me feel fucking worthless, less than worthless, like I've wasted so long trying to be here when that... asshole was trying to bury me from day one.

Austin: Ya hadta stop yaself from sayin' the C word then, didn't ya?

J2H: Yeah, but it would have been fitting. I went out of my way Austin, I showed up on every show, something no other champion has ever done. When I wasn't booked, when Melody wasn't booked, we could have been off seeing the world, but I showed up where ever SCW was. I put out an open challenge to everyone who wanted to face me, everyone, and took on all except Rage, because of the night I won the title and his little comments that even a blind man could read what he was hinting at about me, and James Tuscini cause I haven't got a chance with both of us with titles and defending. But everyone else, I've faced and beat. I can't remember the last time I lost a match, all in the name of respect and not one has said they respect me.

He sighs as he shrugs his shoulders.

J2H: I can do anything bro, anything, I have beaten the best, I have beaten the world, I could beat anyone who steps in an SCW ring and still not get the respect I deserve, or get that c.... asshole to get behind me as champion. One more day as champion, breaking a record, it's not gonna change that, so why bother?

Austin breathe deep, thinking about his next move before swiftly hitting J2H with an opened hand smack across the back of the head, causing J2H look at him with anger in his eyes.

J2H: What the fuck was that for?

Austin: Because Ah didn't spend hours of mah time turning ya in to a rassler for ya ta cry like a whiny lil' bitch. Ah've been there, ah ask mahself the same question ya asking yaself now. There's ah reason ya a champion, an' that's 'cause ya the best at what ya do. In years t'come, kids breakin' through an' wantin' to be a rassler will look where ya started an' see where ya ended. They ain't gon' give a fuck that ya wasn't respected by everyone. They're gon' give a fuck that ya never gave up when people were against ya. Y'all won over the fan, if the fuckin' babies in the back can't handle that. Fuck 'em. This is ya title and ya earned it. Y'all go out an' put a show on, fuck those jealous bitches in the back. This is why ah trained ya J, t'be at this point. Words can't break ya an' neither can these. Y'all give up now, ya just become that lil bitch who bought his way in to rasslin'.

J2H nods his head slowly

J2H: You're right Austin. Fuck them, it's my title, they haven't got it from me yet and they won for a long time yet. Thank you.

Austin: Always happy ta help when ah get ta smack ya round that melon.

J2H looks at a grinning Austin, his eyebrows lowered as the scene fades




The early morning sunshine breaks full on the pool area as J2H is seen in shorts, with the SCW World championship on his lap, sitting on a sunlounger and looking around. The camera moves in closer towards the young man, who has a confident look on his face as a line of sunshine cuts his body in half. He looks around the area, just the staff starting to set up the pool area can be seen around him as SCW wrestlers grab a few extra hours of sleep. The camera moves in to his face as he starts to talk.


J2H: This is where you shut up and listen while I talk. Put down ya phones, tell ya mother to shut the fuck up and listen.

He inhales sharply.

J2H: As you can see, I've been more than a busy boy this week, I've been doing all I can to see this show, I've had a wave of emotion run through me and that ain't no pun. I've gone from confidence, to doubts, to looking a damn sight clearer in to what is really laying in front of me. I'm in a place where not many people get to, where most of this piss poor roster can only ever dream of being. I'm already there, I'm already at the top, I'm already looking down on the rest of the mortals knowing that could never be as good as me.

J2H points his thumb at himself

J2H: I'm already there at the cusp of greatness so it shows I'm already a million times better than these clowns in SCW but I have that chance.

He raises a finger.

J2H: That chance to step in to uncharted territory, where no one has been before in the history of SCW when it comes to the World championship. I have the chance to stop chasing a record and become a record. I get to be the man that every champion after me, has to match up to, I get to be the one who holds the record for the longest ever World Champion. There's people on that list of champions who have had more than one chance. Kevin Carter, Nick Jones, Goth, Sean Jackson, Simon Jones, Gabriel. Six men who has held this title twice, twice, two attempts to do what has taken me one attempt, and then there's that guy who's wedding I am being forced to go to later today, by his bride to be, Mikah.

A look of disdain crosses the champions face, his feelings lately towards the man have become very public, even if understated on how much he really detests him.

J2H: Drake Green.

A sour look covers J2H's face as he turns his head a little before turning back towards the camera.

J2H: Well Drake, being the hero he was to you before he sold out for his last run, had THREE attempts at being a champion, three attempts and his life highlight is marrying Mikah today. He, for all your cheers, had three attempts to do what I'm about to do on Sunday. I only ever needed one chance to do it, just one.

He rolls his shoulders back.

J2H: You could say Spike Staggs only needed the one to get this far, but did Spike Staggs have to beat everyone to get the belt to start with? No, he had to beat Nick Jones. Nick Jones was good, but Nick Jones wasn't as good as every man in SCW to start with, and I beat them all, before beating that whiny little bitch Goth who had to go backstage and sulk about it and question everybody. I did that, and became the youngest world champion of all time to do that at the age of twenty one. At the age of twenty two, I could become the man to hold that title for the longest time. Amazing when you look at people like Nick Jones and Spike Staggs who came here after already becoming legends, where I had to work for years to become a legend. I am a self made SCW legend so it seems fitting a home grown legend should become a record holder here.

A wide smile plasters itself over J2H's face.

J2H: Just that one man stopping me. Just Despayre in between myself and God like status and that's you Despayre.

J2H flicks his hair behind his ears.

J2H: We've come different paths. We've walked down different roads just to both be here, we've travelled from different places. When it comes to life, I was given the advantages, I knew who my family was but like you, I never really saw my father, but that is where similarities end. We both found our way in to the ring, we both found ourselves fighting over this title, but you had the advantages when it came to wrestling, didn't you? You had Synn on your side from day one, a man who had been training someone before you in the form of your big brother Gabriel. You had a man helping you, who took a boring bastard like Rage and turned him in to a wrestler, a man who revolutionized the career of Shane Boswell, turning him from a fun loving drunk to the sin of Pride.  

J2H looks down the camera.

J2H: Yeah, I do my homework.

Cockiness fills the camera as J2H smirks at it.

J2H: You were brought out of the Asylum and encouraged to be a wrestler by your former wrestler daddy so he can live vicariously thought you. His influence got you the breaks in wrestling I could never imagine, he got you title after title because hey, second generation wrestler, he had to be good right? Daddy did that for you, but I didn't have that.

He sharply shakes his head.

J2H: I didn't even come close to that, I had to buy my way in to this company, I had to spend money to be in the ring and have opponent after opponent beat the hell out of me because they could take liberties with the new kid, and I was just a kid. I didn't have my daddy to run back to because my daddy couldn't give a fuck about wrestling, my daddy wasn't there to support me like your daddy was Despayre. People looked down on me constantly, but you walked in and they looked at you with respect from day one. I never got that then, I don't get that now. You didn't have to work for it and I still have to work for it, yet we're in the same fucking place right now.

He takes a deep breath.

J2H: I got here the hard way, you didn't. I got here by working harder than everyone else here, people would still rather see you. You got the advantages and I still end up better than you, cause I got the fucking gold and you got the disappointment. Believe me on Sunday, it will be the exact same way.

J2H lifts the title belt from his lap and places it over his shoulder.

J2H: I heard what was said about me by your little stuffed bear...

A rapid blink comes from J2H's eyes.

J2H: Never thought I'd say that, but yes, I had the good life, but this isn't about my personal life, this is about my wrestling life and you had the advantage over me and you're still second best to me. A question was begged at me by that voice. What to do next, what to do after I beat you for the second time, what to do when my name becomes immortal with SCW history?

He smiles as he shrugs his shoulders.

J2H: Quite frankly, anything the fuck I wanna do.  

Once again, his arrogance translates to his face.

J2H: The creative guy will probably try bring in fifty new names and put them all in a match against me so that they can take the title from me, but not even that matters. By then I'll be God. By then, I'll be who you all look up to, by then I will be the person everyone really wants to be, I will be the best SCW has EVER seen. Truth is, if I wanna keep going, and going and going and beat everyone for a year, I will. If I wanna walk out on the next Climax Control and put the belt in the middle of the ring and say the first person to come to the ring to get the belt can have it.... Then expect Travis to run down to the ramp, or the Acquins, or anyone else so far below me to come take it and celebrate like they actually earned it. Or I can just throw it in the crowd and whoever catches it can become champion. It's my choice. I can even sit there and go title vs title against James Tuscini, whoever beats the Yawnomatic 5000 in Rage, and Ben Jordan and Jamie Dean at the same time and take each and every title at the same fucking time, I can do it. I can do it with confidence cause I know for a fucking fact that after Summer XXXTreme IV, history will be made because I will be walking out of the ring....

J2H holds up one finger.

J2H: A record breaker...

He quickly holds up a second finger.

J2H: A champion...

And now a third finger.

J2H: And a SCW God...

A smirk crosses the champions face.

J2H: That's the way it is Despayre, that's the way it will always be. You will always be in my shadow and come Sunday, I will pin you not once, but twice to prove it. That Despayre, is real talk bitch!

J2H stands up and walks off camera as the scene fades out.




An OOC note for you all: I challenged myself at the start of this roleplay to mention every active member of the SCW roster in this RP, plus a couple more. I think I hit it. If you took the time to read this, hope you didn't mind and thank you for reading. If you didn't read it, you'll never know you had a cameo in a J2H promo \'wink.gif\'

54
Supercard Archives / J2H Vs Despayre
« on: July 29, 2016, 07:38:53 AM »
 <span style='font-family:Arial'> Summer XXXTreme, one of the most unique traditions in the universe of Sin City Wrestling. A time where there is no hiding from anyone on the roster at all. It's actually pretty bizarre when you think of it. People who spend months trying to rip each others head off, swearing and cursing, attacking and beating, all end up in the same space. There is no little trips back home, there is no going to your favorite Starbucks - Yes, I'm looking in your direction Christian - There's an entire roster, even people you don't see that often, their families who take advantage of the trip, ex SCW stars who see it as a vacation and a chance to put their faces on camera again to be remembered, there's even new people who are set to appear for the first time in SCW, or returning stars and more importantly, the fans...

....Ah, the fans, the people who believe they already know about what's gonna happen before it happens. The people who make more predictions than Tommy Knocks on a Friday on The Hotwire - There ya go Tommy, you can pay me tomorrow for the plug - but these are also the people who are the ones that pay to buy in to the magic we well and truly create. It's our jobs to put their arses on seats by selling them a piece of fantasy, and a place where everyone is together, how do you sell that to the fans who watch your every move, just waiting to see what you're like when you're not being your television persona?

We're smart people, we know how to keep the illusion alive, we know how to stay just about in check with realism as we can. For some people it's easy, the likes of Melody Grace, Ben Jordan, Jamie Dean, Natalie McKinley, Roxi Johnson, Keira Fisher, and people like that. What you see on Television is what you get, same can be said for people like Rage and Lord Raab, but people like those have to be a little more careful than the rest not to flip out and start ripping fans heads off.

We need to keep the illusion for the fans to the point where if you see Steve Ramone, sitting having a beer with Kain and Rage, the illusion is gone for that match.

This might be the relaxing event that some people thing, but it's also a lot of stress on us to stay who we are without blowing the fantasy.... Thankfully, I don't want to be anywhere around Despayre anyway and hope that annoying little man leaves me alone for the entire cruise, probably be too busy running around looking for his imaginary little friends anyway.

But as relaxing as it is, we still have to work. It's not all about sitting around getting a sun tan, it's not all about sitting around and posing for selfies with every single person on the fucking ship, and trust me when I say the fans will hunt you down for pictures so they can say they have a picture or autograph from every SCW star. Everyone is a collector at heart, one of the bosses collects action figures, another of them just started to collect shot glasses - I'll let you figure out which is which - but the fans would go to a lot of lengths to go get every autograph and picture from every wrestler and staff member alike.... As I'm recording this and talking to you all, I'm actually sitting watching Zelda Clark mobbed by autograph hunters... It's true, she's looking a bit flustered over there, and this is just a woman who writes an article every week for SCW. Can you imagine what it's like for a guy like me? A guy with a title everyone wants to pose with? By the end of this, there will be more hands on my title than there has been on Amy Marshall and that is in the millions.

Unlike Amy Marshall though, everyone wants a piece of this action, people have to get paid to get a piece of Amy's action... There ya go, that's what ya get for saying you hope I'm disappointed at the end of this show Amy. Go back to splicing your past matches in to your promos, just to add extra minutes so you don't have to be creative, k?

Anyway, I'm getting a little off track here putting the little people in their place. The facts are simple, we all have to smile for the fans, avoid our opponents and expect to have people take pictures of us while we're doing the smallest of things. We might be ordering a drink, watching a show, playing in the casino, but you can't hide from those camera phones.

A lot of people don't mind it, a lot of people will happily pose for the fans, unless you're Lord Raab who is happier sitting in a tiny cabin with his not so tiny guy, dragging him down and stopping him from having fun so he can sit there and bitch about everything SCW and how this is not suited to him. Well boo hoo, news flash for Lord Raab, SCW don't revolve around you, get used to it. Thankfully, I don't think he's on this cruise cause the halls having been filled with bitching just yet.

So if you're name is not Lord Raab, one, you should be gratful, and two, you'll probably be going out and having a good time.

Am I gonna do that?

Why wouldn't I at some point? I'm on this boat for about eight days. Of course I'm gonna kick back and relax at some point, but you won't see me acting the idiot like say Despayre and Jessie Salco running around like fools looking for creatures who don't exist.... You're meant to be professional wrestlers, act like it! Am I gonna go get drunk on the companies money every night just cause I can? Fuck no, but I will have fun at some point. I'm not treating this like a vacation like everyone else is, I'm treating this as what it is, it's work, it's business first and I intend to treat it that way.

The rest of you can be lazy bastards if you want and sit on ya ass and watch your skin turn in to shades of lobster for an entire week, get out there, wrestle your match and go home for a couple of weeks before heading out on tour again - Yes, I'm not stupid and I know SCW will do a tour right after this, if you knew your history, you will see it coming. This is what most SCW people will sit and do, free vacation, right? Wrong! You can all sit around and be lazy, but I'll go ahead and do what a champion does, I will get out there and be around the fans for a few days, I will work my ass off to get them that damn excited while you all do nothing at all.

I've been carrying SCW on my shoulders for a while now, so I'll do it again. Meet the fans, sign autographs, be the best I can be while you lot just carry on doing nothing.

So this didn't start to well for me, it will sure as hell end well for me when I leave this boat as champion and record breaker....




Sunday 24th July 2016.

The beautiful sight of the Princess Cruise liner can be seen in the afternoon sun, as crowds of people gather at the bottom of the walkway to lead on to the home of where every Sin City Wrestling star on the roster, most with their families, and SCW crew members will be staying for the next week. Many Sin City Wrestling stars have already walked up the ramp towards the ship but the fans wait for their yet unseen favorites to grace them with their presence, waiting for their photo opportunities. A black limousine catches their attention, pulling up at the bottom of the walkway, coming to a stop nearby and the drivers door open, causing the crowd to wait with baited breath to see who the next SCW star is to arrival. Tension fills the air as the driver walks around to the back door, opening one side and Simpson steps out of the door, causing the crowd to cheer. The driver moves towards the back of the car, opening it up and starting to remove bags from back. Simpson, a man who usually shy's away from the attention, uncharacteristically smiles towards the crowd, waving at them as Austin Parker is the next to step out of the car, causing a more mixed reaction as Simpson moves towards the back of the car towards the driver, helping him with the luggage and moving it towards the side of the car. Pussy Willow, waiting for the stars to arrival, smartly waiting at the bottom of the walkway approaches Austin.


Pussy: Austin! Can I have a word?

Austin looks down at the smaller woman.

Austin: Ah ain't got nothing to say.

His bluntness leaves Pussy standing bewildered as he walks away and towards Simpson. The crowd instantly cheer as Melody Grace exits the vehicle, her Bombshell Internet Championship over her shoulder. She smiles at the fans but some boos scatter the crowd as J2H exits the limo, the SCW World Championship over his shoulder. Melody moves in front of the fans, posing for pictures and Pussy approaches J2H and starts to speak to him.

Pussy: I know you won't let me down when it comes to speaking to me J. Can I ask you a quick question?

J2H, dressed in white shorts and a sleeveless shirt, while wearing sunglasses over his eyes, looks through the tints and shrugs his shoulders.

J2H: You got one question, so make it a good one, cause I ain't got time for all this.

Pussy: You're stepping on to this wonderful cruise liner, knowing on Sunday, knowing that you will equal Spike Staggs record of being the longest serving SCW World Champion, but you could leave here as the man with the record. How are you feeling about that?

J2H: I give you one question and that's what you ask me? How the fuck are you still employed?

Pussy looks shocked my his comment, but J2H holds up his hand.

J2H: I'll be nice, I'll answer it anyway for you. How do I feel about becoming the best SCW has ever seen? Confident as fuck. I ain't walking on this thing, sitting around for a couple of weeks, just to look pretty and come off here pissed off. I'm here to step off here the best in the business. You might wanna start running round and planning the victory party, because it's gonna happen, and it's gonna happen very damn soon.

J2H looks to his side as Austin and Simpson stand beside him with the luggage, J2H reaching down and putting a heavy looking bag over his shoulders. Melody joins the others and picks up a bag, while Austin carries one and Simpson lifts two heavy cases. Austin leads the way up the ramp, followed by Simpson and Melody and J2H stand at the bottom, posing with their titles before walking up the walkway and catching up with Simpson and Austin. The four reach the top, looking down at the fans gathered below and cheering towards them before they turn around, being directed to a reception area. Simpson leads the four towards the reception desk and Austin moves to one side, looking through pamphlets of the entertainment on the cruise. J2H looks at Simpson.

J2H: Check us all in Simpson.

Simpson: Yes sir.

Simpson moves towards the desk and Melody spins, putting her arms around J2H neck, both dropping their bags to the side of them seconds before. She looks at him with a smile on her face.

J2H: And hello to you.

Melody: Hi.

Her smile lights up the reception area as she looks in to his eyes.

J2H: What's up?

Melody: Nothing. I was just thinking and it involved you.

J2H raises his eyebrow, knowing that anything could be going through the young blondes mind with the countless activities going on at any given time. Casino games to be played, movies to be seen, people to meet, drinks to be drunk, and if you're Lord Raab, boiler rooms to sit and sulk in. He looks in to her eyes, wondering what is in her head.

J2H: Thinking? That must have hurt.

A smile crosses J2H's face but Melody pouts at J2H and pushes him away slightly in a joking manner.

Melody: I'll ignore that.

J2H: Because my smile is so damn good, you already forgot I said it?

Melody tilts her head to the side, her nose scrunched up.

Melody: Yeah, keep telling yourself that babe. Actually, I was thinking, maybe one of these days, we don't actually have to leave our cabin, you know.

Melody winks towards J2H, his mind now at ease that there would be no crazy ideas. A smile forms on his face.

J2H: Ohhhh, I see what you mean. I don't think there's gonna be a problem with that. I mean I know I'm a great champ and should have my face all over this place, but sometimes, my face might need to be more near you.

A smile passes on the young blondes face as she pulls her hands away, clapping her hands in excitement, but a worried looking Simpson walks towards them, his hand moving over his head as he looks uneasily at the duo as Austin joins them.

Melody: What's wrong, Simmy?

Simpson: I'm afraid that they have given us four rooms instead of three, Ms Grace. You're not in the same room.

A smile crosses Austin Parker's face as he rest his hand on J2H's shoulder.

Austin: Don't worry yeself boy, ya always got yer right hand, and ya left if yer feel like playing away from home.

J2H looks at Austin, shaking his head as a huge grin crosses Austin's face.

J2H: This is bullshit Simpson! I asked for three! Damn idiots in that SCW office can't get anything right!  

Austin: Well maybe they thought being as y'all just knocking boots an' not livin' together, y'all want ya own space, like ya have on dry land.

J2H: I'm the SCW World Champion, what I want, I get, no if's buts or ands about it. This is punishment for me telling all about what it's like backstage, and showing that the bosses don't know how to control their own staff. I'm gonna sort this out myself.

J2H takes two key cards from Simpson and walks confidently towards the desk, moving through people and towards the front desk to where the receptionist, a young female with her brunette hair tied neatly back sits. Melody, Austin and Simpson watch on from a distance.

Receptionist: Hi can I....

The receptionist stops, instantly recognizing the man as SCW World Champion, J2H.

Receptionist: Oh... my.... God, you're him, aren't you? You're J2H!

Overhearing this, Melody rolls her eyes as she looks towards the receptionist, but J2H sees the advantage in the woman knowing who he is.

J2H: I am and how are you today?

Melody rolls her eyes once more at hearing J2H respond to the woman.

Receptionist: I'm great! Thank you for asking, what can I do for you today?

The over enthusiasm pours from the woman as she looks at the SCW Superstar before her. J2H leads on to the desk.

J2H: There's been a bit of booking mistake here. It was meant to be three rooms, one with a big old double bed in it, instead, there's four rooms. I need that changed right away.

The woman types away on the computer in front of her before looking towards J2H.

Receptionist: I'm sorry sir. It seems that four rooms were booked by Christian Underwood.

J2H: That guy can't book three instead of four rooms, but he can book a damn wrestling show on a ship? This is unbelievable! Look, I know it's not your fault, but I need that changed right away, because I need to use this cruise to test something out, so I need that big suite.

The woman taps away on the computer once more, before looking up at J2H with a sad look on her face, while Melody looks at the back of his head, hearing part of the last comment.

J2H: Don't give me that look, I know nothing good comes from that look. I invented that look!

Receptionist: I'm sorry sir, all suites have been taken except one and that one is out of SCW's given budget. We've been told that we can not go over budget from the figure SCW has offered us.

J2H lowers his voice as he moves in closer.

J2H: Look, I don't care, I will even sit there and face time with your mom if it gets me that room.

The receptionist smiles at J2H who nods confidently.

Receptionist: Really?

A strong nod comes from J2H as he looks at her.

J2H: Really. I just need that room and I'll talk to your mom. Now, can you help me out...

J2H leans forward, looking at the name tag and willing to use every trick in the book to get what he wants.

J2H: Sarah.

The woman blushes as she looks at the screen in front of her.

Receptionist: I could let you have the room if you pay the excess cost for the nights that you're on the cruise.

A smile crosses his face as he nods in approval.

J2H: That's more like it. How much is that gonna set me back? A couple of hundred a night?

Receptionist: Actually, that would be one thousand, two hundred dollars a night sir.

J2H's face drops as his mouth opens, looking at the woman in disbelief. He turns around to Melody and instantly fakes a smile, his hand slowly forming in to a thumbs up, and getting her a to smile towards him. He turns back towards the reception desk, shaking his head slowly.

J2H: Fine. I'll take it.

He places the two cards from the other room down on to the desk and the receptionist takes them back before handing him a package.

Receptionist: There's two key cards in there and all the information you need to find your way around. I'll be on a break in a few minutes so I will call my mom then.

J2H: Thanks.  

J2H picks the package from the desk and turns around, moving towards three waiting for him, confidently strolling through the crowd.

Melody: Well?

J2H: I told you I'd get it done and I did.

A wide smile crosses Melody's face as he hands her the information package.

Austin: So ya' guys get a package thing, and me and Simpson just get key cards and a map?

J2H: Who's the champ here?

J2H looks at Austin with a cocky smirk but Austin stares at him.

Austin: Not too much of a champ ta get a smack in the face.

J2H grins at him before turning back to Melody. Opening the package from her hand and sliding one of the key cards out and in to his palm.

J2H: You guys go ahead up to the rooms. Make sure Melody gets to ours Simpson and I'll come up in a bit. I will meet you guys at the bar over there in say an hour?

Simpson: Very good sir. Would you like me to take your bag sir?

J2H: Thank you Simpson.

Simpson lifts J2H's bag over his shoulder and readies himself to pick up the two he carried on board. Melody looks at J2H with a quiical look on her face.


Melody: And what are you going to do?

J2H: Well I'm gonna go over there and sort out some cash for the room because Christian can't afford it, it seems. Then I'm gonna make a Face Time call.

Before Melody says anything, J2H puts his hands up, stopping her from talking as his mind wanders back to Melody's money talk last week.

J2H: And don't worry, it's only a couple of extra dollars so I got this one.

He looks around the crowd, giving Melody a kiss on the cheek as the camera fades out.




Meet and greets are a fairly popular thing when it comes to Summer XXXTreme shows. The fans spend hundreds, even thousands of dollars to get to spend time around their favorite stars and at some point, every single superstar is called to do these things.

The scene starts in a hall with a stage at one end and stalls dotted around the area, with names of wrestlers above them, as well as merchandising stalls, selling everything you can buy from the SCW shop. From the side of the stage, J2H observes the crowds walking around, forming lines to meet their favorite wrestlers. A blonde woman sits under a sign with the words "SCW's Latest Bombshell - Polly Playtime." J2H looks at her and shakes his head.


J2H: I know good things are meant to come in small packages, but she's almost a midget.

An arrogant smirk crosses the white short wearing champion, his upper body covered with a black sleeveless shirt and his trademark chains around his neck and his SCW World Championship over his shoulder. He looks around the room more, spying Romanian Bombshell, Amy-Jayne walking around the room, posing for a picture with a young fan.

J2H: I know who she is, she's the one who thinks I'm cute, so Twitter told me. Nothing wrong with her eyesight.

He cranks his neck around the corner, spying the Acquin brothers, Joshua and Austin, sitting next to each other at a table and signing autographs for a line of fans. Alongside them, Candy and Hazel Overton also sign pictures of themselves, handing them out to grateful fans. He moves his eyes back to the opposite side to see Blanca Chastain signing autographs, while her sister Zuri, dressed in full wrestling gear, including mask, poses with a young fan.

J2H: At least someone had the good sense to keep them and the Overton's apart.  

He casts his eye further in to the crowd to see Ryan Keys - thankfully dressed - walking amongst people, stopping at their requests to take photos and Matt Spears on one knee, signing an autograph. Justin Decent taps J2H on the shoulder, causing him to look around.

Justin: Are you ready for me to introduce you J?


J2H: What the fuck am I even doing here Justin? I mean I've never had to do this stage bullshit before. Last year, I was somewhere in the back signing autographs and wondering where the nearest bar is.

Justin: Well, I think they just need you to go out, thank everyone for coming, promise them a good show and cut a heel promo. Just go easy on the language because there are kids here that are younger than we usually get at the shows.


J2H: I got it, sell the show, don't say fuck. Go on then, let's do this.

J2H sighs as Justin starts to walk on the stage, walking to the middle with a microphone in hand and turning to face the crowd.

Justin: Ladies and gentlemen, can I have your attention please?


A crowd start to rush towards the stage and J2H looks in to a nearby mirror, checking that his hair is in place.

Justin: We have a very special guest here for you today. He is the current SCW World Champion...


A mix of boos, which some shocked cheers are heard in the crowd.

Justin: He is J2H!

The intro to "Lights Out" starts to play and J2H takes a deep breathe before stepping out in to view on to the stage for the fans to see. Screams come from the young females in the crowd, while boos comes from the men. J2H switches on, looking around the room with an arrogant smirk as he stops halfway towards Justin. He reaches on to his shoulder and raises the SCW World title above his head before walking towards Justin, pulling the microphone from his hand and pointing towards the exit. J2H looks around as the screams can be heard over the boos and the music fades out. Still the screams and boos fly towards the stage as he pauses, looking around the crowd. He puts his hand up, waving them down, and finally the crowd quietens down.

J2H: For my fellow SCW workers in the room, THAT is what you call a reaction. I know you don't hear it when you step out on the stage, but that's what they sound like.

J2H draws hard stares from many of his fellow workers in the room but he continues.

J2H: Welcome to the Summer XXXTreme IV cruise, where you will see some amazing matches and some amazing wrestlers, but none more so than the man who is standing right here before you, the man who is going to take wrestling to a whole new level when I get to pin Despayre twice, the man who will be a record breaker come Monday morning, me, J2H.

More screams come from the teenage girls in the crowd and boos from the rest.

J2H: I don't care if you cheer for me, if you boo me, it doesn't matter because right now, you're all in a very special place, because you're in my presence, you're in my company, you're sitting there listening to this guy, this guy who has entertained you for so long, the guy you already look up to. You get to see this guy at what last year made some serious money. It's not cheap to get us here, so it's not cheap for you to be here, so I'm sure whoever is sitting in the SCW office counting up all your hard earned money, thanks you.  

J2H starts to stroll up and down the stage.

J2H: But I know you would have spent so much more to see me live in action, to live around me for a whole damn week. To be able to get a picture of me laying by the pool, or drinking a beer or talking with Melody. Well trust me when I say just being in this room with me, looking at me, has made your expense worth it. I have just made this trip worth it but the fun just doesn't stop there. Be honest, how many of you came here because you think Despayre is gonna beat me?

A lot of hands shoot up in the air and J2H looks around the crowd.

J2H: Hate to break it to you, but that's not gonna happen this show or any other show.

J2H runs his hand over the title.

J2H: This ain't going nowhere at all, other than back to Beverly Hills with me. That's the only place it is going to go. Back with the best damn champion you have ever seen!

He smirks around the crowd.

J2H: Don't worry if you're disappointed because once again, J2H makes your day, because I will get off this stage a few minutes and you can ask me for photos, just so you can have your picture taken with one of life's winners. So please get those cameras ready, because you will get your chance to stand next to greatness. Hit my fu.... freaking music!

"Light's out" starts to play and J2H starts to walk off the stage. He reaches the side and tosses the microphone to Justin as the scene fades out




With the meet and greet over, done and dusted and finished in the morning. The day was his own now. The SCW World champion strolls past a basketball court as a stray ball bounces in his direction. J2H, now out of his "work" clothes wears nothing but long red shorts, a backwards baseball cap, sunglasses and a trainers on his feet. The sun beats down on his back as he picks up the ball and throws it towards the hoop, watching it swish right through and causing a slight cheer from the players.


J2H: Yeah, I'm just good at everything.

He continues to walk through the recreational area, looking across to see Jason Adams and Belinda Simone in a heated conversation on a mini golf course, Belinda waving the club in Jason's face as he innocently pokes his tongue out at her. Out of place on another hole on the golf course, he spies two deck chairs, on one, Kale Smith, his knee heavily strapped sitting next to Alex Rush. Both men with their heads back and sunglasses covering their eyes, clearly partied too hard the night before. Walking further down, he spots the Surf Boys, fighting off a flock of seagulls as they swoop down, trying to steal food from the hapless duo. J2H rolls his eyes, and faces front, almost getting bumped in to by Despayre as he walks in front of him, his phone in his hand searching the ship for something that isn't there or real.  

J2H: I wonder if I get the night off if that idiot falls overboard?

He sighs to himself.

J2H: Knowing the luck he has, he'll get fished out with a million Pokemon.

He walks on, dodging past people and towards some stairs, standing at the top, he looks down and looks at the crisp blue sea, admiring it's wonder before stepping down the stairs towards a huge swimming pool and Jacui area. He looks around the pool area to see Casey Williams casually posing for a photo with a fan, his arm on the fans head. J2H walks past him, giving the big man a nod before continuing on to see Roxi Johnson and her wife Keira sunbathing poolside, as well as Sam Marlowe sitting next to Ben Jordan and opposite Jamie Dean and Amy Marshall as the four enjoy a cold drink in the warm sunshine, smiling for pictures as fans approach them. His eyes moves towards the Jacui where he sees Melody Grace sitting in one alone, the water bubbling around her body and he approaches her, looking around at a crowd of gathered men.  

Melody: Jammy Jam!

She calls out to him, not one of his favorite nicknames, but he says nothing, just watching the small crowd disperse. He kicks off his trainers and steps in to the water, slowly stepping down the steps and in to the bubbles and takes a seat. Melody moves around, sitting next to J2H and putting her head on his shoulder, prompting him to put his arm around her shoulder.

Melody: So how did it go meeting the fans? I know you secretly like it.

He tilts his head, looking at her sunglasses covered eyes and shakes his head.

J2H: About as much as I secretly like being chased by Brother Grimm. It was another fan fest thing, the usual autographs, photos, me knocking out a great speech. What did you get up to?

Melody: Spoke to some fans, took Simpson shopping for a little while. Got changed and came down here to relax for a bit.

She moves herself closer to J2H, her head on his chest as people start to look towards them, their eyes on the couple, wondering what they will do next.

J2H: You took Simpson shopping?

Melody smiles proudly, nodding her head up and down as she looks at him, his eyes covered by his sunglasses but his eyebrows raised above them higher than usual.

Melody: I did. His clothes are so out of date and we're on a cruise and he didn't have one pair of shorts, or a bathing costume.

J2H: If you saw his legs, you'd understand why. They're like tree trunks. No one wants to see legs like that.

Melody: Well he stands around in that stuffy suit all day Jam, and it's so hot today, so I thought he needed to be dressed more appropriately.

J2H: Melody, what have you done?  

The concern was in his voice, not because of Melody's fashion sense, she usually has a great sense of style and is always dressed to the modern times, her body often covered with the latest fashions from all over the world, but Simpson. He lived a simple life without the need to, he was never underpaid and must have a fortune saved, yet very rarely spent and his knowledge of fashion was limited.

Melody: And I let him pick out all his own stuff and paid for them, even though he stood there for so long trying not to let me pay for them.

Disaster run through J2H's body at the thought of Simpson picking out his own style of clothes. In public he was always smartly dressed in a suit, in private, he was always smartly dressed in a suit, but it was always a struggle to convince him that he looked good in those suits.

J2H: You know the man probably hasn't had to pick his own style in like twenty years or something, right?

Melody waves her hand towards J2H, casually brushing off his statement, while he can only imagine what horrors Simpson could be dressed as.

Melody: He looked perfectly fine to me when I last saw him and he was off to change and he will be joining us soon. I think he's very eye catching and will get people talking.

J2H: Yeah but in what way? Hey there's the latest style guru walking towards us, or what the fuck is he wearing, kinda eye catching?

Melody moves closer to her concerned man, her lips just inches away from his ear, her voice almost a whisper.

Melody: He'll be fine babe. It's about time he got noticed. He does so much for us and he should be noticed for that.  

J2H: Well you don't have to buy him clothes. I can do that, or he can do it out of his own money. I pay him well enough for what he does, and I always did wonder what he spent his cash on.

Melody: Maybe he plays a lot of online poker or something.

J2H laughs, but his face quickly changes to thoughtfulness. He never did know what Simpson did after he finished for the day. He'd often be around J2H after the working day was done but retired to do his own thing on many oasions.

J2H: You know Mel, that's not as far fetched as it may seem. I mean we go out a lot and stay in a lot and he never seems to leave the house.

Melody: Chill Jam, I was joking, he probably has a secret family we don't know about.

J2H looks at Melody with a serious look on his face but Melody pokes him on the nose and pokes her tongue out at him.

Melody: I was joking about that too.

The young man can't help but smile at Melody as she plants a kiss on his cheek.

Melody: You need to relax more.

J2H: I will do tonight when I'm out there winning some money in the casino.

Melody runs her hand up and down J2H's chest, her fingers tracing his tattoos.

Melody: Are you gonna dress like James Bond?

She asks him with a wink of her left eye, her hand reaching up to the side of his head.  

J2H: I always dress like James Bond when I'm in a casino. It's all about being calm and having a flawless image.

Melody moves her lips towards J2H but his eyes instantly widens as he looks past her and in to the distance, where he sees a very brightly dressed man moving in their direction. J2H darts his head to the right, causing Melody to miss her kiss and catch him on the shoulder.

Melody: Hey! What gives!

J2H pulls his arm out of the water and points behind a pouting Melody.

J2H: That gives!

Melody turns her head to spy Simpson walking towards the pair, dressed in bright blue long shorts, hanging just past his knees, the shorts covered with yellow palm trees either side. On his top half, he wears a white shirt with various neon colors upon it, showing a beach scene.

J2H: All these designer stores on this thing and he buys that?

The sound of disgust falls from his lips as he looks towards Simpson and back to a smiling Melody.

Melody: He didn't like any of that designer stuff, so we found another little place on here and he loved those.

Simpson moves closer to the two, but J2H looks towards Melody.

J2H: I can't be seen with him dressed like that!

J2H takes off his hat and sunglasses, leaving them on the side of the Jacui before taking a deep breath and plunging his body beneath the water, the bubbles covering his head. Simpson reaches the Jacui.

Simpson: Good afternoon, Ms Grace. I'm heading to the bar for some refreshments and maybe off to relax by the pool. Before I go, would you like anything.

Melody: No thanks Simmy, I'm all good. Looking very sharp though.

Melody points towards the big man, causing him to coyly smile.

Simpson: Thank you, I should dress like this more often, it's oddly stress relieving.

Melody: I think you should too, even around the house. Don't worry about James, I'll talk him in to allowing something like that to be your new uniform. It will be like casual Friday, except it will be casual every day.

Another shy smile comes from Simpson as he looks down at Melody.

Simpson: If you require anything Ms. Grace, please don't hesitate to ask.

Melody: Go and enjoy yourself Simbabwe, I'll be fine.

Simpson nods with approval of his latest nickname and turns away, just in time for J2H to appear, breaking through the water and breathing for air. Melody puts her arm under him, holding him up as he catches his breath.

J2H: We need to go.

Melody: Go where?

J2H: To see if this boat has an optician on board, just for buying him that stuff!

Melody smiles as she pulls herself next to J2H and the camera fades out.




The noise of slot machines paying out can be heard as the scene opens in the casino area of the ship. Many people walk between slot machines, some attracted by the lights and the thoughts of winning big. The camera pans around the area where we see SCW stars by the plenty. Chris Shipman stands next to Rage and Synn, their eyes on the craps tables as Mercedes Vargas rolls the dice, bouncing off the back wall of the table and coming to a holt, causing a cheer from the people around the three Sins members and the Argentine Assassin, who smiles at her winning luck. Christina Bentley and her mother Lacey move through the crowd, being tracked by people. Christina stops, turning around to the crowd, flashing her winning smile to a sea of phones clicking and flashing, taking a lasting memory of the two classy dressed ladies.  

The camera cuts to a roulette table as we see debuting SCW Superstar Scott Sanders, standing alongside future father in law, Billionaire Miles Blake, and Billionaires Club member Veronica Taylor, Miles placing what can only be described as a months average salary for some countries on a single number, and watching the ball bounce around the wheel. The number doesn't land on what Miles predicts but the billionaire shrugs it off to place another large wager on another number.

The camera cuts to the door of the casino where J2H and Melody make an appearance, as promised from earlier, J2H dressed in a tuxedo and bow tie in a very James Bond style, while Melody wears a figure hugging blue dress, her curves perfectly shown. Her arm links around J2H's as they take stock of what is happening in the casino. Travis Nathaniel Andrews walks past the two, crossing their path yet ignoring everyone around him as he talks loudly down the phone and further in to the casino. J2H looks towards Melody.


J2H: I told you that guy was an idiot. Talk on the phone in a noisy place, yet outside the door there, quiet enough to hear yourself talk. He must have got dropped on his head a lot as a baby.

Melody smiles at J2H as he rolls his eyes towards the direction Travis just walked in and the two move in towards the main gambling floor.

Melody: So what's it to be? Blackjack? Poker? Roulette?

His eye look around the room, looking towards one of the poker tables where he sees Evie Baang looking intensely at the cards on the table, her new friend and former SCW Bombshell, Alexis Edwards looking at the cards and back towards Evie, Evie's eyes not moving from the table.

J2H: I think I'll give that poker table a miss.

Melody: Why?

J2H: You look at her, she's looking at her cards and at everyone's movements. This is not her first game of cards, probably not her millionth. She's say beyond that. She's clearly a bit of a pro.

J2H's eyes dart around, just watching SCW Bombshell Champion, Crystal Hilton posing with some fans, smiling as she looks at the cameras. Melody and J2H walk slowly in to the room.

J2H: How about some roulette?

Melody: Sure.

Melody's eyes light up as they look for a roulette table. Melody points to the one where The Billionaires club stand, but J2H shakes his head.

J2H: A guy with a bad wig, a gold digger and a bimbo who vocabulary of insults is limited to the world basic, which in itself is pretty fucking basic for a human adult with no mental problems? I think not.

Melody: How about that one?

Melody points towards a roulette table, with no SCW wrestlers around it and walks towards it arm in arm with her. They reach the table and are quickly recognised, as whispers move around the table.

J2H: It's ok, you can talk to us. We're just normal people tonight. I'm not gonna walk over there and bodyslam Travis Nathaniel Andrews through a table, no matter how tempting it really is, nor is Melody gonna go over there and throw Mercedes Vargas through a machine or anything. Just here to win some money.

Confidence flies through his body, passing a pile of notes towards the roulette croupier, who quickly counts it and converts it in to chips, pushing them in front of him. He quickly splits the chips in half and pushes half of them in front of Melody, who looks at him with curiosity painted on her face.

Melody: What's that for?

J2H sarcastically taps his chin, looking at Melody with his lip pressed out.

J2H: I think they're to go on pia, ya know those little round things you pick off and throw in the top of the box when ya not in the mood for them.

Melody pinches his arm, causing him to smile and jump, all eyes around the table seemingly on the couple, regardless of the wheel spinning around, and peoples fortune depending on where the ball stops.

Melody: I know what they are, but why are you giving them to me?

J2H: To gamble babe. To throw away on numbers and try and win some money.

Melody: I have my own money J. You don't need to give me any of yours.

The eyes around them seem to become more focused on the duo, as they hear Melody's last line, wondering what will happen next.

J2H: Didn't need to gorgeous, wanted to. You're luckier at these things than I am.  

This causes Melody to smile as she looks towards him, pursing out her lips and blowing a kiss towards him.

Melody: Ok babe. I just have one tiny question to ask you before I start playing and trying to win some money.

J2H slides his arm down her back, resting it around her hips, his fingers on her stomach.  

J2H: Yes darling?

Melody moves her head closer to him, her lips near his ear.

Melody: How do you play this game?

J2H turns his head, looking towards Melody with a little look of surprise on his face. He's seen her in Vegas wander in and out of casinos, before they were together. Even when they were first together and working a show in Vegas, he'd see her move in and out of casinos.

J2H: Babe, you always used to be in and out of casinos when we was in Vegas.

Melody: Yeah, but I wasn't gambling. I was standing there modelling cars that people could win by gambling. I told you I had debt to pay off so took modelling jobs. It was my job to stand there next to a car, point at it a little bit and tell people they could win the car by hitting the jackpot on this giant slot machine. I never got time to gamble. I went from there, to other jobs.

J2H: So you didn't get to see how roulette was played?

Melody: Never played it.

J2H scratches the side of his head as he looks at the innocent looking Melody.

J2H: Ok, this could be good, because you must be overloaded with beginners luck right now. You pick a number and you put money on it. Or you can bet if the ball will land on an odd number or even number, or red or black, or two numbers next to each other, or four numbers next to each other in a square. Ball lands on something you bet on, you win. It doesn't, never mind.

Melody: Oh that sounds easy enough.

Melody picks up a chip and places it on the black diamond as the croupier spins the wheel. He drops the ball as J2H looks on in horror as he realized Melody has places five hundred dollars on one spin. He looks at her face, her hands clutched together as his heart races, waiting for the ball to settle. The wheel starts to slow down, the ball bouncing through the rungs before landing on twenty black. J2H sighs through relief as double the chips get pushed back in Melody's direction.

Melody: Did I win?

J2H smiles at Melody, giving her a reassuring nod.

J2H: You did babe.

A wider grin crosses Melody's face as she looks at the table a little more.

Melody: This is fun.

J2H: Yeah, well lets see if we can both win some money.

For the next two hours, the young couple gambled on almost every number and combination that can thought of with man highs and many lows. Let's fast forward a few hours, as we zoom in on the not so happy J2H, looking at one remaining chip in front of him. Turning his head, Melody's face tells a different story as pure joy washes over her face as she looks down at a huge pile on chips in front of her, maybe three or four times the amount of what she started with. She wraps her arms around J2H's neck with excitement, giving him a squeeze before letting him go. She looks at the piles of chips and toward J2H.

Melody: Did I do well?

J2H: You did brilliantly. Man, even I was surprised at how good you've done.

Melody: What do we do now?

J2H points a window where a sign on a booth says cashier above a woman's head. He turns to the croupier and points to a chip tray and he hands it towards J2H.  

J2H: Thank you. Now Mel, we take these chips, put them in the tray in the right places, the chip value to the right slot and we take it over there and you get paid.

J2H and Melody start to fill the slots in the chip tray, separating the different values. After a few seconds, with all the chips in the tray, Melody picks them up and J2H leads her towards the cashier. Melody places them on the tray in front of the cashier and pushes them through the slot, the elder woman, in her fifties, looks at them, scanning them under a scanner and the cash value comes up on her screen. She slides a key in a draw, opening it up and pulling out a wrapped bundles of bills, before adding another smaller bundle on top. The woman reaches in to the drawer and pulls out some smaller note, counting them out and placing them on the tray, Melody's eyes growing wider as she sees the amount of money before them. The woman pushes them through the slot, nodding and giving Melody a warm smile as she picks up the banded money, looking towards J2H.

Melody: Jam! There's like over seven thousand dollars here.  

J2H: Not bad for me only putting down three overall. Told you, you had the luck.

Melody forces the money towards J2H, pushing it in towards his chest.

Melody: The money's yours.

J2H shakes his head at Melody.

J2H: No, it's not mine. You said you wanted to earn your own money and you did. Shit, you saw me piss away over a grand at that table, you earned it by picking right. The money is yours Mel, you won it, I didn't.

Melody: But you gave me...

J2H puts up his hand, stopping Melody's words in their tracks.

J2H: I gave you a chance to show what you can do, that's all. How about you just enjoy that big time winning feeling and we go get some ice cream or something.

Melody: Can you loan me a couple of bucks? I'm a bit short.

J2H can't help but smile as he puts his arm around his lovely lady's shoulder, leading her out of the casino as the scene fades to black.




*THIS TAKES PLACE DIRECTLY AFTER A SCENE IN MELODY'S PROMO*

Dinner is now down as the group transition from the restaurant area to the bar. J2H stands with his back to the bar, looking through the restaurant, spying the Members Of The Elders, Master Lilly, Jon Dough, Eyesnsane, Alana and Song, gathered around a table waiting for their meals to arrival. He turns his head to the side to see Jessie Salco, Lucy Seraphina, Uriella Abaddon and Samuel Devereux gathered around a pool table, Jessie about to take a shot.


J2H: Not interesting that way either.

He looks amongst his companions, standing next to Melody, as she stands next to Odette and Gabriel on the other side of his wife. Listening to the two women chat, slowly turns in to white noise and he casts his eye around again, spotting the foursome of Johnny Tsunami, sitting across the way of his on, off, no one knows, possible girlfriend Remi, while his tag partner Caleb Houston sits across from his wife, Eden. The sound of a glass being put on the bar behind him can be heard and catching his attention. J2H turns around to see a Shirley Temple with an extra cherry in a glass sitting in front of him.

J2H: I didn't order this.

The barman points to the end of the bar where Connor Murphy sits, a huge grin on his face as he raises a pint of Guinness towards J2H. J2H rolls his eyes at Connor.

J2H: Very fucking funny.

J2H turns away from the smiling Irish Canadian as Odette's voice grabs his attention.

Odette: So when are you guys moving in together?

Gabriel chokes on his beer as he looks at his wife.

Gabriel: That's a big personal.

Odette waves her husband away, her eyes on J2H. Melody turns her face to look at her boyfriend with a raised eyebrow.

J2H: Ummm, can't say we've spoke about it.  

Odette: Well you should, you both clearly like being around each other again.

J2H: We do but right now, a lot is going on. I gotta defend the title, Melody has a movie to shoot.

Those words sting as they come out, knowing how he feels about Melody starring in a movie with Drake Green. He casually talks, trying to hide the real feelings he has.

J2H: And I'm getting offers to be in different federations now from all over America, Canada and even England, so we haven't really spoke about it. Plus SCW always tours after this show, and if it's somewhere like the ass end of Africa, or some remote island in the middle of nowhere, which I wouldn't be shocked at, I wouldn't be in America, if I'm still working for SCW.

Gabriel: Really gonna leave SCW?

55
Supercard Archives / J2H Vs Despayre
« on: July 23, 2016, 09:02:03 PM »
 J2H: A man who puts a game designed for kids before taking his job seriously, is who you want to beat me? That isn't gonna fucking happen, not now, not ever. He'll probably try and eat the damn belt thinking it's made of candy! Not the first time he's tried to take a bite out of a title belt. You people would take that over a guy who puts it all on the line? You're just as stupid as the he is. I have respect for this belt, and let's be fucking honest, regardless of the dicks that are against me, I earned this thing by beating all put in front of me. I have improved week after week, changed week after week, why my opponent is the same guy that strolled through the door years ago. He didn't try to change for the better cause he don't take this seriously. I trained under Austin Parker, Austin fucking Parker. Most of the people in the back would give up their left nut to have that chance, and I did. I went out to improve and get better. I could have walked away from Austin on day one, but I didn't. I took my shots like a man cause I wanted to be standing here with the title belt. I didn't get here by hanging out with Mikah, or because I wanted to be friends with everyone.  

J2H turns his side to the camera and starts to pace the ring.

J2H: That's not how you become a champion Despayre, that's not how you take the top prize. Everyone in SCW should use me as a blueprint to success. When I stopped being the joke of SCW, when I started taking it seriously, I became the future Hall of Famer you see in front of you now. I took it seriously and got to the top. You wanna know why the fans like you and not spit hate and venom at  you?

J2H stands side on and turns his head towards the camera.

J2H: Because you're goofy.  

J2H turns and puts his hands out in front of him.

J2H: They're not laughing with you, they're laughing at you! They're not trying to make friends with you by chuckling along, they're laughing at your goofy antics. Being goofy don't win you titles, especially this kinda title. To win this one, you need to be focused. You need to be driven, you need to be looking at the prize and wanting it with determination and that's something you don't have Despayre. I look at this belt and want it more than most things and that's why I will walk out with it. I want it more than you do, I'm more focused than you are when it comes to this belt and this is why I will walk out with it.  

A smile crosses the champions face.

J2H: You don't have the heart for it, you don't have the balls for it. You're not ready for it. I fight like a champion, because I am a champion and I wanted to be a champion, but now I got that extra motivation Despayre. I want to be a record breaker, the man who is remember for the longest run of all time with the SCW World title and I'm too fucking determined to ever let you take that away from me. I'm the man who deserves this, because I took SCW back to the top by showing everyone what a real champion should be like.  

A determined look runs over his face.

J2H: I'll be damned if I'll let a Pokemon playing kid take that away from me! I've worked too fucking hard for too long to let you take the belt away from me. I am the theory of evolution proved right and I'll be damned if you think you can take my title one day away from breaking a record that's over three and a half years old! There's my extra motivation to step up and take what I want and what I want, you can't stop. What I want, I will get because I always get what I want Despayre and I've spent years of my life proving that. From the second I walked in to SCW, I was destined to be the longest champion, it was my destiny, it is my destiny and you will not stop me, you can not stop me Despayre. I will not let you take away what is mine, I will not lay down for a second.

J2H moves closer to the camera.

J2H: It's not in my nature to give up on something I want so bad, and after the last match with you, I know what you're all about. Respect goes out of the window and I will do whatever it takes to make sure I leave that ship with my title. I will put everything on the line for that Despayre and I will walk out as a champion.  

An intense look crosses his face.

J2H: You will not stop fate Despayre, you will not stop destiny, and I'm telling ya bro, you won't stop me from being known as THE greatest champion that ever lived. Not one of the best Despayre, but the greatest. That's real talk bitch!

J2H walks off the camera as the scene fades out.

56
Supercard Archives / J2H Vs Despayre
« on: July 23, 2016, 02:41:22 PM »
  J2H - Record Breaker?

Who would have thought that when he started in wrestling, he would be in this position now to become not one of the greats, but the greatest World champion SCW has ever seen? The likes of Gabriel, Drake Green, Sean Jackson, Spike Staggs, Simon Jones, Jordan Williams, Nick Jones, men who have been called legends in SCW folklore, veterans of the ring the whole world over, could all be looking up to a twenty two year old rich kid as the longest serving World champion SCW has ever seen.

Did the man formerly known as James Huntington-Hawkes III ever dream that he would have worked his way in to a position where people would have to measure up to him? Did he ever think that maybe someday, he will be all everyone aspires to be, a record holder at the very, very top? Maybe in his mind he thought that he could be as good as this, maybe more hope then belief but now he's standing on the very edge of standards set by Spike Staggs, he already knows he's going to match the record, but who wants to be someone who matches a record?

No one!

No one wants to be a co record holder, no one wants to be the guy who is just AS good as the guy before him, people want to be better than the guy before him, better then the man who holds the record, but one thing stands in his way, one thing stops him from being sure of SCW greatness...

Despayre...

The popular man that everyone wants to see with the championship belt to complete the true underdog story. Everyone loves an underdog, but this underdog could stop the greatest achievement of a young man's life.

See, there's more than just a title belt on the line when these two men meet, J2H could break a record, Despayre could realize a dream that he may of secretly harbored, or at least his father secretly harbored from the day he put him in a ring and taught him how to wrestler.... All parents live vicariously through their children when they just can do it themselves.

Sly shot at Synn? Of course, cause Synn could never reach the heights that Despayre has, and it's plain to see where the wrestling talent is in that family, but with the will of Synn, could it be enough to push Despayre to title glory and ending J2H's attempt at a record?

Fuck no! Not in J2H's mind anyway cause that little bit of spice just got thrown in to the cooking pot and changed the taste of this match. Beating Despayre for second time, always fun, keeping a title, even better, but the chance to break a record doesn't come along that often and in J2H's mind, that little extra motivation just put him over the edge. He may have promised no Casey Williams at ringside but now there's more on the line, not even J2H knows if he will go back on his word, but what he knows right now, what he knows in his heart is that with the record within touching distance, he will do whatever it takes to take it.

Whatever it takes.

One man's dream will end, someone will become a World champion for the first time, or someone will break the record of being the longest running champion.

But before we get ahead of ourselves, J2H made a little promise, did he not? A certain promise that he will expose so much in SCW, and just like a promise he will make to keep the championship and break a record all in one go, that little promise won't be broken either.

Some will call it biting the hand that feeds you, some will say it's disrespectful to someone who gave you a chance, but sometimes, the truth needs to come out, sometimes, the truth about what really happens, needs to be told, so it can be fixed. Eventually, the truth will always come out, This just might speed it up a little bit...




A run down looking room is seen, a brown leather looking sofa sits in the fore shot of the camera, behind it, a dark grey wall, with an SCW banner falling down it, barely making contact with the top of the leather upholstery. A man paces impatiently waiting for someone, the man in his forties, with a receding hairline, grey hair cutting in to his short brown locks down the side of his head, as well as greying stubble on his face. The mans face turns to a smile as he sees someone walking towards him. The camera turns to see J2H walking towards him, wearing white shorts, a sleeveless white shirt, a thick gold chain hanging from his neck, black sunglasses and a black baseball cap, slightly tilted to one side. Over his shoulder, he holds the SCW World Heavyweight championship. The man reaches out his hand but J2H addresses him first.


J2H: Steven Shaw?

The man nods enthusiastically.

Steven: Yes sir, it's a pleasure to meet you. What do I call you? J2H? James?  

J2H: J will be fine.

Steven points to the leather sofa, his boney fingers pointing to the middle seat of the three.

Steven: Please take a seat, and relax. I can't believe we have you here today.

J2H moves in front of the sofa and slowly lowers himself on to the seat, nodding with confidence at Steven.

J2H: Well I wanted to get this off my chest, you seem to be the go to guy in this field.

A smile crosses the mid fourties man, looking surprised by the praise from the SCW World Heavyweight champion.

Steven: It's an honor. Before we start, I need to make sure you know the implications of what you're about to do here today. People have got fired for being on a show like this and biting the hand that feeds them so to speak. You're about to blow the lid on so many things today.

A non-challont shrug of the young man's shoulders indicates his feelings on the matter as he readjusts himself on the sofa, getting more comfortable.

J2H: I know exactly what I'm doing. It's time people opened their eyes on so much and if this is the way to get their attention, so be it. It's about time they stood up and saw what's really going on around SCW and how things really happen. They're not gonna fire me tomorrow for this shit so I don't care.

Steven: As long as you're sure. Ok, I'm gonna sit off camera and ask you questions about you and about SCW. Is there anything off limits?

The champion quickly shakes his head.

J2H: Not when it comes to SCW.

Steven: Ok great.

Steven takes a seat just off camera and looks towards J2H.

Steven: Ready?

J2H: Sure. Let's get this thing started.

Steven clears his throat as he gets ready to talk to one of today's biggest stars in wrestling.  

Steven: Ladies and gentlemen, today we have a very special guest, a man who has evolved all the way through his wrestling career and at the young age of twenty two years old, already held three out of four Sin City Wrestling championships, a man who is currently the SCW World Champion, a man who will lay it all out on the line for you all right now, J2H! Welcome J, how are you today?  

J2H: I'm doing great Steven.

Steven: Great to hear. Let's get right in to the meat of this story. For weeks, you've been saying that there are people against you and have been since day one of your championship reign, and we're not talking about the challenges on camera, we're talking about from the other side of the camera. How did this come about from the beginning?

J2H: Actually, the day after I won the title, my phone was blowing up. You'd think seeing ya phone go off from a co-worker, you'll get congratulations, but no. I posted a tweet about not sure I even wanted the belt, as a way to get under some people's skin, as a way to evolve myself to the next level, but I wasn't getting those congratulations. Three people came to me and asked to take the title from me if I didn't want it. Three people who let's just say, sitting down at the ass end of SCW who would never realistically be a World champion, were asking me. They come to me to go and speak to the bosses and say I, yes, I thought it was a good idea for them to be champion over me.

Steven: They didn't even do it themselves?

J2H: No, they wanted me to look stupid and go suggest I drop the belt to those guys. I would have looked like I didn't have a clue about business, when I actually have a business degree. I would never put the belt on those guys, so I thought it was some kind of joke. They hassled me for a while about it. I'm just glad that the owners had the good sense to see that it wasn't gonna work.

Steven: So you did go to the staff about it?

J2H: I had a casual conversation with Christian Underwood and Mark Ward when I was called in to SCW HQ about what's going on from now on.

Steven: Rumor has it that someone else in the office is very much against you right now.

J2H nods his head firmly.

J2H: There is. One of the guys in creative called me and said to me and I'm quoting this. "Hey, I haven't spoke to Mark or Christian yet, but I've been thinking we can do a great angle where Casey Williams beats you for the title, he has earned it for being here for years."

Steven: How did you react to that?

J2H: Look, I like Casey, he's a good guy that's had my back for a long time since I've been here. He has a way of being a locker room leader. I know he's took a lot of the new guys to one side and had a convo with them, but I hung up the phone right away.

Steven: You hung up?

J2H: Yeah, because I knew they wanted me to agree with it to strengthen their case when they took it to Mark and Christian.

Steven: Do you think they would have agreed to it?

J2H: If I was on board, yeah probably. They give their champions a bit of freedom when it comes to creative so if I was for it, then they may have gone for it.

Steven: And that person is still wanting you to lose?

J2H: Yeah, he does. I know he does, I don't know what he has against me, but in my run as champion, I've brought fresh energy to the scene, I've worked harder than any champion SCW has ever seen, and the guy came up with me losing to Drake Green, which made no sense when it came down to it. Why give the belt to someone who everyone knows is out of the door in just over a week?

Steven: He wanted you to lose to Drake?

J2H: He wanted me to lose to everyone I've faced since I got the belt. I have my spies in that creative room, and it was suggested I took on the entire male roster at the supercard, fuck, I wouldn't be shocked if he was the one who sent Dmitri out to me the other week.  

Steven: You didn't know Dmitri was in the picture?

Another shake of J2H's head.

J2H: Nah. I'm the kinda guy who will go to the ring and talk and if people interrupt, they interrupt and I work with it on the spot. I don't need hours to practice what could happen. I don't need to be pulled aside and told how to react. People buy shit more when it's natural. I had no clue what was going on, but wouldn't be shocked to find out that guy is behind it.  

Steven: But you've defeated some credible opponents so he can't have that much power.

J2H: He wants power, and I think he almost had his way when I fought Despayre at the last supercard.

Steven: How so?

J2H: I got a call on the Wednesday before the show telling me Despayre really wanted the title so I was to lose.

Steven: Based on Despayre wanting the title?

J2H hold his hands up

J2H: I'm not saying there's Sin influence, but it's the first time ever Despayre has hinted that he might wanna be champion, he hates single belts, but he does and I got told the belt is changing hands. I only spoke to Austin about it because it didn't make sense to me. I'd been bringing in the money, I've asked SCW to get me out there two or three days a week to promote the federation. I'd go to maybe three or four places those days and signed autographs, spoke to fans, been on radio shows, just to show I'm a worthy champion and next thing I know, all I was doing wasn't good enough. All I've done wasn't good enough. It made no sense to me to put out the one hot thing in SCW just like that.  

Steven: But it didn't happen?

J2H: It didn't and I still don't know why the change of heart. Maybe someone looked at the facts and figures about what I was doing, maybe someone found out that guy has a personal vendetta against me and fuck what it meant for business. I don't know how or why it happened, but it did happen and personally, if I was running the company, I wouldn't take a belt from someone that's on fire and give it to a guy who is by nature, socially awkward.

Steven: So it's not an act for Despayre?

J2H: No, Despayre is socially awkward. He doesn't know how to go out and stand in front of a crowd to part them with their money, he doesn't know how to actually do that. People with money that own businesses wouldn't listen to someone like Despayre. The guy doesn't like crowd so until he changes, he won't be the great champion he's destined to be.

Steven: Have you had any calls about how it's going to go down at the next supercard?

J2H: Not yet, but I probably will do by the middle of next week. If you look at things with your eyes open, everyone know I should walk out of there with the belt.  

Steven: Coming away from there, what annoys you most about backstage in SCW?

J2H: The people.

J2H laughs after his comment, flicking his hair back behind his ears.

J2H: There's a lot of weird personalities backstage, but you should all want to get to push the company as far as it can go, but there are wrestlers in there just working for themselves.

Steven: Like who?

J2H: Well Lord Raab comes to mind. I've seen creative people try and talk to him about stuff and his head is so far up his own ass, he pretty much rejects everything because it doesn't suit him. He's not a team player at all. He pulls SCW in his own direction when he could be at the top, but he generally does what suits him. I actually saw him smile when he found out he wasn't on the cruise cause he's a miserable bastard who has no concern for anyone other than what he's doing in SCW. Sooner he wins the tag and Internet titles and let's Samuel do his own thing, the better.

Steven: Is he on the list with Rage for people you have no interest in working with?

J2H quickly nods his head up and down.

J2H: Fuck yeah, could you imagine a guy that difficult being World champion again? They'll have to save money cause he's ruin the company.

Steven: And Rage?

J2H: There's nothing I can add to a feud with Rage. I'm full of charisma, I'm fast and I'm good. I am the opposite of Rage, and I'll be carrying him just to get people interested in what the hell is going on. He's nothing but a run of the mill big guy with nothing extra to his game. He changes his look every so often but it doesn't make him more interesting or sellable to anyone around him. The guy is dull and I can't work with that. At least if I'm working with a guy like Despayre, he's interesting. People actually like seeing Despayre in the ring, they like seeing what crazy stuff he has going on, but Rage is just a face in a crowd. Does nothing for me.

Steven: What's your feelings on people asking for title shots?

J2H: That ship sailed on me. I will listen to people who want a shot, but I can't take some people seriously in the slightest. You take on Twitter earlier this week with Miles Blake already trying to get Scott Sanders a shot. Just fuck off with shit like that. The guy hasn't even made a debut yet, he hasn't been in a match then and if Drake Green does lay down for him or whatever, it's nothing I haven't done in the past, except it took me years to get where I am. People who come in and demand shit, have no respect for the history of SCW. Fuck them, I'm not even taking them seriously.

Steven: You mentioned Drake Green, there's word that you have real heat with him.

J2H: I don't like him. I said he had the chance to show what kinda guy he was by changing the sex scenes with Melody in that shit box movie, but he hasn't.  

Steven: Do you think this will put pressure on you and Melody as a couple?

J2H: I do. We will be apart and she'll be getting up close with Drake Green rehearsing and all that bullshit. Yeah, it could end me and Melody for all I know. I'm just like everyone else and I have my limits on what I can take before saying fuck it and ending things there and then. I'm not gonna sit around if I'm pushed on things. I guess it would be down to Melody to either stand up to him on this or go through with it. I've made it clear in the past Melody at times puts friends before us, so I don't know if she'll put this shitty film before us.  

Steven: And if she does?

J2H: Then I don't know what the hell is gonna happen.

Steven: Are things ok with you guys right now, considering your next opponent is her best friend?

J2H: Is he? I mean considering he's been more for Mikah lately, is he really?  

J2H puts his hands up in front of him.

J2H: To answer your question, things are great with Melody right now. She still has tons more energy then I have and doesn't know how to have a day where doing nothing is doing something good but she and I have a good relationship right now. It's not full blown together every night, we still have our own places but it works for me.

Steven: I happened to see Roxi's ask.fm account, asking about which of her friends she thought would get engaged next, and she replied with Melody...

J2H smirks and shakes his head.

J2H: Not happening, been there, done that, got the tattoo. I think Roxi was just taking a guess, but she was way off base.

Steven: What has caused Melody's change in attitude?

J2H: Well she's finding her voice, learning how to use her voice and telling people how it is. There's a lot of shit that you don't see on the cameras behind the scenes that are enough to piss off everyone. There are people out there who have their favorites and other people start to get forgotten. Sometimes, you just need to do something to make people still know you're there. I hate it when champions don't make a noise, and Melody is making a noise, and so she should.

Steven: A lot have been said by a lot of people about champions who don't appear on shows.

J2H: It pisses me off. You're trusted with a title, you're trusted to lead that division and then you shut up about it. What's the point of working hard to even get that far if you're just gonna piss away the opportunity? Thankfully now, we have champions on every single show to show off the belts, to make people want them but if you're not willing to put the work in, you shouldn't be able to have the belts to start with. You need to put more effort in as a champion and I have done that and others should do the same. When they don't, it pisses me off more than you can imagine. It's why these new guys piss me off coming in and asking for shots when no one knows if they're gonna sulk when they lose.  

Steven: SCW has had a high turn over of wrestlers.

J2H: It's because there's so many bitches in wrestling, it's not even funny. They're meant to be big tough guys that cry when they lose and disappear. So many don't have a thick enough skin to even be wrestlers, they show up, they lose, and they disappear. They're as embarrassing as those idiots chasing imaginary creatures around with their phones. They'll be more comfortable in something not as challenging as wrestling if sulking is on their mind or little imaginary phone killing creatures.

Steven: Despayre left the ring on Sunday to hunt for them.

A sigh passes out of J2H's lungs as he shakes his head slowly in disappointment.

J2H: Like I said, I plan nothing and I was as fucking shocked as everyone else in the crowd when that happened. Not the first time Despayre has done that. I remember a segment where the Seven Deadly Sins were in the ring celebrating a clean sweep at a supercard on the show after and he told the world he had to pee and ran out of the ring. Completely ruined the entire thing, and took away from a group putting over their dominance. A contract signing should be what it is, but it's ruined by a guy with his phone.

Steven: I did pick up on something during your last promo. Gabriel mentioned about how you could have been one of them, what was all that about?

J2H: Some years ago, when I came to SCW, I guess Synn saw something in me. I think maybe it was the fact I kept getting my ass handed to me and kept bouncing back.

Steven: You wasn't a trained wrestler at the time.

J2H: I wasn't, I paid to get in, in a publicity stunt that worked out for Christian Underwood. Him giving the money I paid to charity made SCW look like a great place to be involved in so more sponsors got involved and guided the company through a financial rocky time because it looked sympathy to charity. I wasn't trained to do shit. I'd sit there with wrestlers backstage and they worked with me and gave me the basic stuff.

Steven: And Synn was one of them?

J2H: No, but after seeing me get my ass kicked by everyone, including his own group, I think he took pity on me, pulled me to one side and spoke to me about being the sin of gluttony, because I had everything and loved to spend and getting the best from everything.

Steven: And you didn't take up the offer?

J2H: No, I didn't want to be trained by Synn, I didn't want to be around a group, I didn't wanna become one of his people. It didn't appeal to me at all.

Steven: Do you think you'd have gone as far as you have done under the guidance of Synn?

J2H runs his hand over his chin, thinking deeply about the question.

J2H: No, I think I've done it the right way. I think Synn was too focused on Gabriel and Despayre to have focused on me. Looking at Rage coming back in to the fold and Synn focusing on him, and Shipman added from another branch, I would have been over looked by him and the group, so I think I would have gone nowhere with the group. I don't think I would have been world champion, I don't think I would have been one half of a golden couple, I don't think I would have broke out of the mid card ranks.  

Steven: Even with the success of Sinful Obsession or Rage?

J2H: Yeah, because they were the focus. I don't work well in groups, I won't be in one, I won't run one, fuck all that. I would have been the forgotten one and ended up not going as far as I have and as far as I am gonna go.  

Steven: What do you think your secret to success is?

A wide smile passes on his face as he looks across at the SCW World championship on his shoulder and across at Steven off the camera.

J2H: Obviously Austin Parker played a big role in turning me from who I was to who I am because he put something in my mind that I stuck to which has brought me success. I watch everything.

Steven: Everything?

J2H: Yeah, every promo that airs on SCW television, every single match from start to finish. It doesn't take that long but people are fucking lazy. Most of them won't see this, because they're lazy. Here's the thing, this is what makes me stand apart from the crowd. I know what all my opponents are already about when I get in the ring with them. I already know what they can do before they even get in the ring with me, cause I watch everything, I'm immersed in SCW from top to bottom and it's what makes me the best SCW has to offer, because I do all that. There's not one other person on the roster that does that because they're too lazy to do that. If they did, then maybe they'll get to my level. Being in a SCW shouldn't be about picking and choosing, you should be a student of wrestling which means you need to look at everything. This is what Austin drilled in to my head, and this is why I'm at the top of my game and everyone else is so far behind me.

Steven: With you claiming everyone is lazy and implying that maybe everyone has their own agenda, is there any kind of frosty atmosphere backstage?

J2H: Frosty, no. I mean some people come out and talk to others, some older guys talk to the younger guys, but sometimes it feels a little weird back there with everyone looking at their own stuff, when they should be looking around at their betters and learning from them.

Steven: Some people have been vocal about drug use in SCW, do you see many of these situations happening in SCW?

He thinks carefully about his answer, fully aware of the criminal implications that come with answering something this controversial.

J2H: You're talking about Joshua Acquin, and his slow brother. I have no doubt that it happens. We spend a lot of time out there getting beat up and giving it our all. We don't do house shows or any bullshit like that, we get time to rest so we give it our all in one match, so people do get hurt when they put it all on the line, so would I be shocked if this shit happens? Fuck no, but I can't say I've seen it happen. It's not like there's people doing lines of coke off hookers or anything backstage. There's not like walking in and be given a joint and a shot of whiskey. What people do when they're not working don't mean shit to me. I've never seen people walk around with needles hanging out their arms or anything and we don't have dealers just hanging out backstage.

Steven: Are you confident in the direction SCW is going?

J2H: As long as they keep the belt on me, yeah, every confidence in the world.

Steven laughs but his laugh trails off when he sees the serious look on J2H's face, showing that he wasn't joking.

Steven: Oh you wasn't joking?

J2H: This is not a face that is joking bro. I'm on fire with everything I do lately. I give it one hundred percent, I give nothing less. I get those appearances in and I sell the company on everyone. I put asses on seats and people show up at all these events to see me, to see what I'm gonna do, they show up to have a look at if I'm gonna just show up and beat people up. They show up to see if anyone is gonna challenge me and how I'm gonna react. People show up cause I'm where I am. If I end up somewhere in the middle of the card fighting no one's for no reason, then there's no point to me showing up every week. There's no point stepping up and putting myself all over the place. That is when SCW will go down the pan. That's when things will go south but as long as I'm the guy people hate to chase, people will keep watching to see who's gonna finally kick my ass.

Steven: You feel hated, but since you've become champion, you've gained a lot of fans where there has been cheers for you at shows.

J2H: It just means they respect me now, when before they just saw who I was, I was just another guy on the roster, now they see just how good am now the focus is on me. Someone who can talk, someone who can wrestle, someone who has it all. Now they get to see that more cause I'm not lost in the shuffle. People were focused on watching others and people like me got overlooked until I got noticed. Now the fans know who I am more, they can get behind a champion like me that doesn't give a fuck about a lot. They're behind a real wrestling guy and I am showing the world every week just what a good champion looks like.

Steven: Are you saying other champions were not up to that level that you see yourself on now?

J2H: Fuck yeah I am. Part time champions and people who couldn't be bothered to make this title worth what it should be, had no business to be that high up anyway. Like I said earlier, some people had favorites and they got pushed above real talent to lead. It's happening now at a lower level, you just need to have your eyes on things a little closer. Right now, there's people getting shots at titles who don't deserve it. On the upcoming show there's people who don't deserve to be anywhere near where they are on the card or in the matches they've in cause they haven't won shit, but someone's gotta be a fan.

Steven: We're running out of time a little bit now J, so we better start slowing this down. What is in the future for you now?

J2H: Well in every SCW contract, there's a clause that if you have a title run for over three months, you're allowed time off when the title moves on. I think there's a huge chance I will be taking that time off from SCW, and moving on to another federation.

Steven: Wait, did you just say you're leaving SCW for somewhere else?

J2H: There's a big chance it's gonna happen. I can work for anyone I want now as long as I tell SCW, but I prefer to work for one place. With that prick against me, what's the point of sticking around for someone who's never stepped in a ring before to try and bury my career cause I'm not one of his faves? The option is there for me to move on for a few months.

Steven: Have you spoke to another company?

J2H nods confidently with a smirk on his face.

J2H: I have and all I gotta do is say the word and I'll be walking in to somewhere else the day after I lose this thing.

Steven: So Summer XXXTreme could be the last time we see you in an SCW ring?

J2H: Not the last, because I might still have time to run on my contract that I will have to see out but the contract clause will allow me to go do what the fuck I want for a few months and not give a damn about SCW or any crooks behind the scenes. I'm twenty two years old and I can walk in anywhere and do well. I'm not gonna sulk off like Kain does when he loses a belt, I'm actually making it fucking clear that I can take the option to take a break and come back when I want to reclaim what I lost, but believe me when I say it would be crazy for this belt to leave my side, it would be something that will kill SCW to move the belt on to Despayre or anyone else when the best is yet to come. That is something I can promise the world. If this belt stays here on me, the best will be yet to come.  

Steven: Thank you for your time J. This has been a very eye opening, frank and honest shoot. A lot of people come on these things guarded, but you've been honest and I wish you luck for Summer XXXTreme IV.

J2H: Thanks. I doubt any of my co-workers will watch this because they're too lazy, but credit to the ones that do.

J2H stands up, reaching his hand out towards Steven as the camera fades out.




Let's fast forward shall we? Did you see Melody Grace's promo? No? Well, you fucking should go there now, because it's one, really, really good, and two, she dropped a bombshell on me... A big bombshell to me, maybe not to you, but a bombshell on me. Go, watch it now and I'll wait... Wait, it's not airing yet? Ok, go grab a coffee and come back in a bit and keep watching.

Ok, waited long enough because now we continue on from there...

J2H blinds rapidly at Melody, her heart poured out. He breathes slowly as he looks at her eyes, pleading for some kind of response to her words, but the thought of her kissing Drake, even in a movie, still playing on his mind. The words flashed back from his shoot interview with Steven Shaw just days before, thinking about how he said this movie could ruin his relationship with her, admittingly, sex scenes to kissing was a big drop down, but he couldn't shake the thought or feeling that this could end them, regardless of what he wanted. As she put out her hands, physically trying to prompt a response from him, the silence in the room got bigger as his mind run away with him, wondering what future problems may arise from future movies, the thought that it could be this way every time Melody appeared on the silver screen.


Melody: Well?

J2H sees her lips move but a response isn't as forth coming as she would have liked due to the fact her words were drowned out by the thoughts in his mind. Who hires a hot young actress NOT to be involved in those bullshit love scenes? He knew the movie will bomb, and end up in the bargain bucket in Walmarts months after it's release, but he also knew from hours of watching Melody rehearse that she will outshine Drake Green on the screen, he knew that she will easily win more awards for her performance in that one movie, than Drake Green would win in a career.

Melody: James?

Again, his train of thought rolls right through Melody's attempt to get his attention. The thoughts of how good Melody will be still in his mind. Did a part of him want her to fail so she'd never get cast again? The thought hadn't crossed his mind, but knowing how good she was and how he despised Drake Green's acting, being forced to watch his movies with Melody for research reasons, and hating every single one of them. Only part of the reason he didn't want Melody in these movies was because of Drake's underhanded ways of getting up close to his woman, the other part was these were really bad movies. Drake as an action hero was comparable to Macaulay Culkin being cast as He-Man, in J2H's mind, it just didn't fit. Drake being piss poor acting once more would push Melody to the stars.  

Melody: Hello?

He sees her waving her hand in front of him, the silence becoming more awkward, more and more becoming convinced that he just didn't want Melody in this movie or any other movie. He'd heard every word that passed her lips, he heard everything she had to say but he couldn't get his head around much of it. So they didn't live together right now, only about twenty minutes apart, but who's to say someday they won't? Why would she need money for bills when that day comes? Why would she need to worry about these things if she saw a long term future?

Melody: J?

He shakes his head, finally snapping out of his thoughts for a few seconds as he looks into Melody's eyes. He knew at the point he had a choice to make, support her and risk resenting her, try to make her see things from his point of view, or just turn on his heels and walk away, knowing that she'll find someone else at the click of her fingers, someone who can be supportive.

J2H: Huh?

Melody rolls her eyes at J2H as he looks blankly towards her.

Melody: Did you hear anything that I said?

He nods once sharply and looks at her, trying to figure out how honest to be with her.

J2H: I heard every word of that, but there was a lot of it so took me a minute to work out just what I wanted to say to all that.

Melody: Well?

A frown crosses his face as he decides to go with brutal honesty.

J2H: I don't want you in this movie with Drake, I don't like the guy, don't really give a fuck that it's only kissing. Drake Green is a snake and I don't trust him as far as I could throw him, but this is clearly something you want to do, so...

He shrugs his shoulders towards her.

J2H: You wanna do it, do it. I can't stop ya, but I don't have to be happy about it.

Melody stands open mouthed at J2H as he looks towards her, Melody's own words when she made her big move on him justifying his words. She told him she wouldn't do the movie if it got him back. In his mind, he was justified in his response.

J2H: You don't know what's going to happen with us, I don't know what's going to happen with us. I know there's one or two of your friends that would LOVE to see us fail so they can be all over you, so maybe you should do this so you can move on to make the money to bounce all over the country to hang with those people, but this whole need to make your own money is bullshit.

Melody grits her teeth, her words leaving her lips through her teeth with bluntness.

Melody: What do you mean?

J2H: I'm a lot of bad things that you see past. I'm an egotistical asshole, that at the age of twenty two doesn't give a fuck about new exciting crazes, I'm already set in my ways and like to have a lot my way and you see past it and don't try and change me for it, but you overlook my good too.

Melody stares at him, her eyebrows lowered and caught slightly offguard.

J2H: You look past the fact that I am an old fashioned guy in some ways. I ain't gonna be with someone and tell them they gotta pay for stuff. What kinda guy does that to someone? You wanna think long term, and that you have to break in to movies and all that shit to make your own money so you don't have to go back to the ways of your parents? Lemme drop some long term shit on ya Mel. Say we end up moving in together in the near future, you won't have to pay for anything. When we go out, I take my woman out, I don't say lets go out but you're paying. It ain't how I work. We're a couple, it ain't what's mine is mine and you can have nothing, it becomes ours. You're making a name for yourself in the ring, like I did. I got handed a shit load of cash, I didn't have to get in the ring, but I did and my name has been made.

Melody: I want to make my name in a lot of things, not just as a wrestler.

J2H: You wanna start an empire, a brand, all that stuff. Fine, I'll give ya a million dollars right now and you can start your empire now.

She turns her back towards J2H, her head lowered before spinning back towards him.  

Melody: I don't want your money, I want my own money. I want to do this for me.

J2H: You're not gonna be short of money regardless.  

J2H moves closer, putting hi hand on her cheek, causing her to look away.

J2H: With a face like this, you can be on the cover of every magazine in the world. You can be the face of any product and sales will go up because you're smoking hot. You don't need to be leared over in movies with the likes of Drake Green or any other sleezy little actor. Shit, put the boot on the other foot. If it was me in movies with the women all over me, a different one three times a year. You'll be pissed at me.

Melody: It's only acting J.

Her soft voice cuts through the air, as he sighs.

J2H: It's only acting until these sleezy people make a move. It's only acting until you're away from me eight months a year. If it was the other way around, I don't think you'll be happy.

Melody: But you don't need the money.

J2H: Neither do you. All that shit is in your past. All that living on the borderline has gone now and you're with me now. I don't even need wrestling anymore, I don't need more money and neither do you. You wanna talk future kids and shit, they won't need money either. It isn't you anymore, it ain't me anymore, it's us. What I do effects you, what you do effects me. I don't wanna see you kissing people on screen, fuck, I don't even like some people you talk to on Twitter that causes shit between us.  

He breathes deeply, feeling deflated as he takes his hand from Melody's cheek and turns away.  

J2H: I know you're gonna do what you want, so do it. Fact is when I accepted the fact that we was gonna be together again, my first thought wasn't "this is gonna cost me" or anything like that. I don't need to be surprised with nice things because I get the biggest surprise of my life every time I wake up next to you, just by knowing that you haven't let someone get in your ear about how bad I am and gone with them. That's the only surprise I need.

Melody moves next to him, placing her hand on his shoulder.

J2H: Besides, when I ever asked you to pay for anything?

Melody: Never, but that's not the point. The point is I want to say about going places with you and pay. I don't want to be a leach on you.

J2H: You're not a leach on me, you're not a golddigger. If I went out and picked up a random woman and she was asking for shit, she'd be a golddigger, but you and I have history. We got drunk on New Years Eve and got fake married by Despayre dressed as Elvis and you still came back to me after I went apeshit. That's not what someone would do if they just wanted money, they'd move on to the next guy with money. You came back for love, not dollars.

A smile crosses her face, unable to stop it from forming as he mentions the word love.

Melody: I did.

J2H: Love not money Mel, so I don't see you as a leech. I see you as my woman. You don't have any debts now and you never will.  

He sighs, the realization setting in that his point has been put across to Melody and knowing he can't stop her from making any movies.

J2H: The truth is, I've said what I had to so I don't keep it bottled up until I explode. I don't want you in the film with Drake the snake, but you're clearly gonna do it anyway. I don't think you need to be in more movies when I can help you start an empire right now, but you're gonna probably do that anyway. I can't say that we'll end up staying together forever if you do, but I couldn't be sure on that one before the conversation started, no one can.

Another sigh comes from him as he looks towards her.

J2H: If you wanna do these movies, do them, but remember the effect it has on us. Just think about what would it be like if it was the other way around and I was away months at a time.

Melody: What if you was in the movies too?

J2H shakes his head, his eyebrows lowered and lip curled down.

J2H: Fuck no!

Melody: Why not? I mean you sit in the house watching movies all day sometimes.

J2H: I sit and watch shows about hospitals, but it doesn't mean I can do a heart transplant. I don't wanna be in the movies. I got a business degree, I don't need to bounce around on screen pretending that I'm something I'm not. I don't wanna be an actor, I don't need to be. If I wanted an empire, I'd just start one.

Melody: I wanna do the same J, but I wanna do it on my own, with my own money. Be a self made woman. You're saying about being a couple is about doing things together in life, but being part of a couple means supporting each other and what we do.

He throws his hands up in defeat, knowing that Melody has a point.

J2H: And I'd support you in a lot of things, but sitting around while you're shooting off on locations all over the world and I'm sitting here without you. There's you acting about kissing people and there's only one person you should be kissing. There's me here and you on the other side of the world and the truth is, I don't like that. It might shock you a little bit but I do actually miss you and this is gonna put a fuck load of unwanted pressure on us.

Melody looks a little taken back as she looks at him.

Melody: I think that could be the first time you said you miss me.

J2H scratches his head before running his fingers down his suit jacket.

J2H: Well we might as well get it out in the open. I don't want to sit around while you run around the world because I'd actually miss you. I'm pretty sure you're set for life anyway doing anything other than movies, but obviously, I can't stop you so I'm not gonna try.

Melody moves towards him, her hand on his shoulder as she now stands in front of him.

Melody: We can make it work.

J2H: I'm confident in a lot in life, but I don't know about that.

At that moment, the thoughts rushed through his head once more. Could this actually be the beginning of the end for those two for the sake of a movie with Drake Green and what could follow. He knew Drake Green didn't care about his relationship, blind men can see what he's up to. He needed to step away at this point of the conversation before stepping away a lot further became more of a reality. He cared for Melody more than she knew and he felt it at this moment, but he also felt that maybe letting her go was better for her. She was worth the hit and pain to him, even if he didn't express his feelings as much as others.

Melody: Look, can we talk about this one over dinner and maybe figure this out?

Relief ran through the SCW World champions body. It was almost like Melody could read his mind, like she could feel him take half a step away for her sake. He knew she wanted to do this and would be willing to risk their relationship to do so, but deep down he wanted her to be happy, even if it meant him being hurt and single again. He knew this could make him miserable, adding more mass to his recent bouts of paranoia to the point he would hurt her more by staying with her. He didn't want that, and it might hurt less considering they're starting from the bottom of their relationship again and the broken trust in the past, hasn't quiet healed yet. Maybe it was a more humane thing to do than let her get closer. The choice was in his face right now. He could end future pain at this point and walk out that door, not come back, send his title back to SCW and do what Melody herself did and drop off the face of the earth, or fight for what he wanted and take the talk to a more public place.

J2H: Sure. Go get ready babe and we'll talk about it later.  

Melody nods towards him and walks to a door at the side of the room, swinging herself around the door and looking back at J2H.

Melody: You really don't want me to be in that movie with Drake, do you?

A roll of his eyes looks back towards Melody, as his tone changes to sarcasm.

J2H: What gave it away?

Melody taps the side of her head before pointing towards him.

Melody: I can read your mind.

Melody blows him a kiss and turns behind the door, off to get ready, leaving J2H standing with a curious look on his face.

J2H: Can she....?

He shakes his head, dismissing the idea of Melody having mind reading powers quickly.

J2H: Nahhhhhhh

The scene fades as J2H waits for Melody.




An SCW ring is seen, only the ring is lit up and the surrounding areas in darkness around the six sided battleground of so many classic matches, a ring where over one hundred superstars have met and gone to war. Footsteps from one side of the ring off camera can be heard, the legs of a man in black pants can be seen and the camera moves up his body to show the man wearing a Chicago Blackhawks jersey. His face comes in to the shot and J2H stands with the SCW World championship over his shoulder, looking down the camera.


J2H: I stand here before you today as living proof of so many things. So many people have put their feet in to this ring, so many people have climbed up the steps and walked around this canvas. Some for one match.... Fucking losers.... and some for years. Some have stood still, never changing, being the same person they was when they turned up, the same dull character expecting to get by without evolving, and then you have people like me.

He taps his hand on his belt.

J2H: People who change with the times to become better, to strike gold to be the best they can be. I did that. All those years ago when I showed up in SCW, I was not the man I am today. I was looked down upon, I was laughed at, I was beat up just for the sake of it.

A sincereness surrounds his voice as he bites his lip and turns his head away, looking down at the floor.

J2H: I was the last person anyone thought they'd ever see here right now. I was the last person anyone expected to turn in to a man who could drag SCW back up and force it to be interesting again, but I did. The taunts of "He'll never make it." "He's here to make up the numbers" "He's only here to get beat up" have faded away over time and here I stand on the edge of the cliff, looking in to greatness. I get to be the man who could break records and become known as the best ever SCW World champion.

He breathes deeply as he looks up at the camera.

J2H: I am standing at the top of the mountain and about to ascend in to God like status, and I know you didn't expect me to ever be doing that but here I am.

J2H looks up to the sky, breathing deeply before lowering his head.

J2H: I changed to be where I wanted to be. I made myself better and better every fucking day of my life to get where I am. I changed as a person to be the absolute best and I am and I'm just one step away from being a God, it's so close and I'm gonna take that step. I've changed for the better and look where it's got me. I was born with the heart of a champion, and Austin Parker showed me how to let it out and put me at the top of SCW, I got the fighting spirit of ten men, this is why I'm here. I grabbed respect by the balls and opened it's eyes just to be where I am, I worked to be here, but my opponent, what has he done to get his popularity? To get his spot here?

His face turns to a cocky smirk.

J2H: Fucking nothing.

A harsh assessment of Despayre, but in his mind, a fair one.

J2H: I got this far by being a single wrestler, taking on and beating the world, I made people take notice with hard work and evolving, but Despayre's popularity comes from being a clown, being a joke with stupid skits with people that make no sense! Hanging with bad guys somehow makes him more popular? Open your eyes idiots, he stands with people you hate, and you still don't see that doesn't make him a good guy. He's got you eating out of the palm of his hand by doing stupid shit.

A look turns from a cocky smirk, to annoyance in a split second.

J2H: You even fucked up a contract signing looking for fucking Pokemon! You're meant to be a damn wrestler! It's fucking embarrassing! This is someone you people want to see take my title away from me, this is someone you want to see take away my dream of being the record champion here! A man with about as much mental capacity as a nine year old, and this is the man you want to see take the place of a hard working man who has put wrestling before so much else lately. And you call yourselves wrestling fans?

Disgust is the next emotion that crosses his face.

J2H: A man who puts a game designed for kids before taking his job seriously, is who you want to beat me? That isn't gonna fucking happen, not now, not ever. He'll probably try and eat the damn belt thinking it's made of candy! Not the first time he's tried to t

57
Climax Control Archives / J2H - The Vampire Hunter
« on: July 15, 2016, 07:48:54 PM »
  Friday morning, the time when most SCW wrestlers are thinking of packing up and moving on to where ever the next show is to be held, in this weeks case, Las Vegas, Nevada. Most SCW stars already take residence there, quickly returning home to their friends and family to live a relatively normal life, some, like the man you're about to see, doesn't live in Las Vegas and rarely gets time to do what is perceived as normal, what with being an SCW World Champion, as he is constantly being booked by the hierarchy of Sin City Wrestling to make personal appearances - it comes with the territory of being a champion and everyone knows once being a championship, responsibilities should go up, even if there are lazy champions out there that just wants titles for the sake of showing them off without the work that comes with them.

California native J2H is not one of these lazy champions, in fact very much the opposite. Constantly appearing on shows even when not required to, taking two or three promo days a week in where ever he is, often appearing in three or four different places a day. Even on vacation, he still works for SCW, promoting it everywhere he goes, even if it is inconvenient or putting a crimp in his love life. This is simply what real champions do in his eyes, and already feeling he is on an uphill battle due to his doubters and people wanting to see him fail, working harder to be able to say fuck you to them, drives him on more than the doubts could bring him down. His work ethic stepped up dramatically since the day the championship belt fell in to his possession. It wasn't like his Tag Team championship run, or his Roulette championship run - he knew all eyes were on him and he worked harder than before.

Today though, today was one of those rare days where he had nothing to do but sit, rest his bones and focus on Sunday, a match against a man no one could actually work out. Was the man actually great? Did he only come out for big matches and show what he could really do? Did he intentionally make people think he wasn't that good and scraping through matches, only to bring people in to a false sense of security?

A million questions run through the young man's mind over the course of the last five days, ever since the match was announced that he will be in the ring with the man who tried to attack him not too long ago, in a non title match, when really, his focus should be on topping round one with Despayre. Dmitri has appeared to split his attention. Maybe that bastard who has been against him behind the scenes had actually put Dmitri up to it, just to get his end goal of J2H and the World Championship being parted. Maybe that was J2H's paranoid mind kicking in again, but is it against the realms of fantasy really?

Even with the thoughts in his mind, a peaceful day was always at the front of his mind, a day where he could just be himself. Deep down though, he knew it might not be that way.

He'd seen Twitter, the announcement of Odette Stevens birthday party tonight, and he knew that Melody Grace would do all she could to get him to go to that party. Any mention of it this week had been met with a less than definitive answer from J2H. He had his reasons, Melody does certain things he just lets go of now, like talking to people he can not stand. He knows of many things Melody doesn't know he knows and it irks him more than he lets on. Who's to say they won't be at the party? Friends of Melody's tend to be friends of Odette's, and The Seven Deadly Sins. At times he plays nice but he can not stand certain people that Melody associates herself with and the only blessing is he is never in the same room as them. If they were there tonight, he wouldn't be responsible for his own actions. Melody would never forgive him for causing a scene at her friends birthday, for possibly trying to drown one of her other "friends".

We're not even talking about the Seven Deadly Sins. God! The Seven Deadly Sins! It's at the home of one of them, Gabriel Stevens! That pretty much guarantees that the boring bastard known as Rage, the messed up mind of Chris Shipman, and the man who he is facing again in a little over two weeks, will also be there. How could Melody expect him to be there amongst his opponent at Summer XXXTreme IV, a man who he has constantly denied a shot at the big prize, and constantly called boring. He did inadvertently invite J2H to his Forth of July party, but that doesn't mean he would have liked doing so.

Too many potential flash points tonight, but even J2H knew that he could only withstand it for so long, he's brushed off and changed the subject every time Melody asked him to be there. He knew he couldn't hold on forever, but he knows he will try. He also knew she'd be here any minute now and that she would work harder than before to make him listen.

What? You thought they lived together? They've only just got back together, who do you think they are? Caleb Houston and that Eden chick who said I love you on Twitter after like a week and married after two weeks? Come on! Who does that.

*Ahem* I mean no, they do not live together, but time was running out for the peaceful day J2H had in mind....




The backyard of the man called J2H is seen prominently in the picture. The morning sun beats down across a grassy area, before turning around to a swimming pool, where the crystal clear water sparkles beautifully. Waves ripple across the water as J2H emerges, his hands firmly on the side of the pool and pushing himself out of the water. The water runs down his chiseled body, forming small droplets on the side of the pool, his tattoos glistening more so than usual, with the right mix of daylight and water. He spins himself around, sitting with his feet in the pool, his black trunks making contact with the firm slab around the edge of the pool. He leans back slightly, pulling a towel from nearby, placing it around his shoulders and pulling it over the side of his face, drying off his cheeks before moving to the front of his face, quickly removing the dripping water before pulling one foot out of the water, and spinning around, his other leg also leaving the water. He stands up and starts to towel down his upper body, rigorously moving the soft cotton over his upper body. He turns around, moving towards a sun lounger, covered in another towel and puts his foot on the bottom, first drying his right leg, before moving on to his left leg. Happy with the lack of moisture on his body, J2H starts to partly dry his short, wiping the excess water from each of the swimming shorts leg. He sits down, his legs either side of the sun lounger before laying backwards, the sun covering his body and he twists his left arm over him, reaching to a watch on the right from a table and pulls it over, looking at the time.


J2H: Ten thirty. Melody will be here soon, get your excuses in line.

He takes the watch with his right hand and wraps it around his left wrist, tightening the strap and laying back in the sun lounger. He moves his arm out blinding on the right, feeling around on a table. After a few seconds of not finding what he is looking for, he turns to look for the desired object. Not seeing it, he scratches his head.

J2H: Where the fuck did they go?

He turns around, laying flat on the chair, still scratching his head. He turns to the left to see well toned legs standing next to him. He starts to look up, seeing the bottom of a pair of highly cut off jeans, cut in to shorts. His eyes move higher to see an exposed but toned mid drift. His eyes move a little higher, seeing a white shirt pulled up from the bottom and down the front collar. He eyes finally stop on the face of a smiling Melody Grace.

Melody: Looking for these?

Melody holds her left hand out, holding a pair of designer sunglasses in her hand, twirling the arm of the sunglasses between her fingers and making them spin.

J2H: I was, I left them on the table there.

He points a thumb to his right to the table.

Melody: And now they're here.

She holds them out within grabbing distance. As he reaches towards them, Melody pulls them away, causing J2H to tilt his head towards her. She points to her sparkling lips as she moves her head closer and J2H puts his hand on the side of her cheek, leaning up and softly planting a kiss on her lip, his thumb running down her cheek. After just a few seconds he pulls his head away, watching a smile form on her lips.

Melody: I've been waiting for that all morning.

Melody sits on the side of the sun lounger as J2H moves to the right slightly. She turns her body to the left, her legs by the side of J2H's arms. She reaches over, taking the arms of the sunglasses and opens them, placing them over J2H's eyes, before playfully poking him on the nose, causing it to wrinkle. Melody puts her hand on J2H's chest, her fingers tracing over the tattoos on him.

J2H: Thank you.

Melody smiles towards J2H, her finger still tracing over his upper body.

Melody: Sooooooooo, what excuses do you have to get in line?

Underneath the sunglasses, he closes his eyes, wrinkling them tightly as he breathes deeply. He looks up towards Melody.

J2H: How long was you standing there for?

Melody taps her chin, as if to be sitting in thought, he head tilted and her eyes distant.

Melody: Well, I came over here, and I had coffee with Simpson while you was pretending to be a dolphin. Then I watched you get out of the pool and sit there for a while. Then I stole your sunglasses while you were drying yourself, which was pretty hot by the way.  

J2H shrugs and nods in agreement with Melody's last comment.

Melody: Then I hid behind the chair because I knew you would be over in a minute. Then I heard you talking about excuses and I scratched my head and then like the genie out of Aladdin, I appeared right here beside you.  

J2H runs his fingers through his hair, looking at Melody curiously.

J2H: Wait, you came here and had coffee with Simpson?

Melody: Yeeeeeeeep. I've been here for over an hour, watching you from that window over there while you was trying to be a dolphin. So cute.

J2H lays back on the sun lounger, waving his finger towards Melody.  

J2H: Number one, I was not trying to be a dolphin, I was swimming.

Melody: That's what dolphins do! Haven't you seen A Dolphins Tale?

J2H shakes his head firmly at his full of life lady.

J2H: I don't even know what that is, but secondly, you've been here over an hour and you didn't come out here and say hi or let me know you was here?

Melody shakes her head at him, her facial expression giving off a vibe of "are you crazy?"

Melody: Now why would I want to do that when I could watch you get all wet in a pool?  

J2H: You're out of your mind at times but it's cute so you're forgiven.

Melody: Nice try, what excuses?

J2H nervously scratches his head.

J2H: Ok, I'm gonna be completely honest with you. I know you're going to bug me to go to this party tonight but I'm feeling a bit ill and I got a cough, and I don't really wanna give it to anyone.

J2H fakes a cough, but Melody rolls her eyes at him, her palm flat on his chest.

Melody: That was the worst fake cough I've ever heard in my life. Sick people don't go swimming for an hour James, so try again.

J2H looks past Melody, looking towards the pool water.

J2H: What's Dexter doing in my pool again?!

Again Melody rolls her eyes as she moves her hand up his chest, her fingers crawling towards his chiseled jaw line.

Melody: Dexter is on a play date with the neighbours and he's having a great time so I know that's not Dexter in your pool, so spit it out.

Melody's hand gently cups the side of J2H's face, her thumb on one cheek and her forefinger on the other side.  

J2H: Ok, I don't want to go to this party. I don't wanna be around the fucking Sins, Rage might put me to sleep by talking to me. Despayre still thinks we're friends, and I don't wanna spend a night around SCW people. Shit if I wanted to do that, I could have said fuck going to Greece and Africa and we coulda gone to Cuba to that party that English guy threw. I don't like being around people I work with. Half of them are brain dead moron until someone turns on a camera.

A look of sheer disappointment crosses Melody's face as she looks at J2H.

Melody: But Odette is one of my best friends. If it wasn't for her, I wouldn't even be in this business and you've known her and Gabriel for years.

Melody pouts her lip out, looking at J2H, the disappointment inching over her face with every awkward second of silence that passes.  

J2H: Yes, I've known them both for years, it doesn't change the fact I don't wanna be there. It's always stuff with your friends and no doubt you'll be dragging me to a million other things to d with your friends. It's like your friends mean more to you than how I feel at times.

Melody's face turns from a pout to a clenched jaw, causing her to protest through gritted teeth.

Melody: That's not true! Everything you've asked me to do for you, I've done it.

J2H: Not everything.

Melody: What's that meant to mean?

J2H just looks at Melody, causing her to sigh and change tact with him.

Melody: If it was your friends, I'd be there without question. We wouldn't be having this conversation.

J2H: What friends? I keep my circle of friends small for this very reason. This social bullshit ain't me anymore. I work my balls off for SCW and don't want to be forced to have to be friends with your friends, there's one or two that I really don't like so I would rather not be around them.  

Melody: What friends?

J2H: It doesn't matter right now, I just don't really want to go.

Melody: But you like Odette and Gabriel! So what's the problem?

He sighs deeply, looking up at Melody and pulling his hand on hers, now resting by her side, but Melody turns her head away in disappointment.

J2H: I am the outsider to all these SCW people. Every time I walk in a room with you, people look at us and wonder what the fuck is going on. I am by nature, an asshole who couldn't give a fuck about much in life. I walk in to a room with you at a party or something like that, people question what is going through your head.

Melody turns her head back, looking at J2H with sadness on her usual perky face.

Melody: Do I care what people think? If I did, I wouldn't be with you. I could have been with someone else if I wanted to.

J2H turns his head away from Melody, the look of sadness replaced with a more bewildered look.  

Melody: What?

J2H turns back, a stony look now on his face, causing more bewilderment.

J2H: Nothing, do go on.

Melody: It doesn't worry me what goes through their minds, it's about what goes through mine and I am happier walking in to a room with you, than walking in to a room without you.

Melody looks at J2H, in her mind knowing she is slowly getting through to him. She spins over the sun lounger, whipping her leg around him and straddling his lap, her hand on his chest.

Melody: Please come to the party. I really just want you there with me. We don't have to stay long, but I just wanna be there to see Odette, Gabriel and Lucas.

J2H sighs deeply, knowing he's been defeated.

J2H: Fine but not for long.

Melody bounces on J2H excitedly her hands on his chest as her legs straddle over his waist.

J2H: If Simpson looks out of the window right now, he's gonna have the shock of his life seeing you in that position.

Melody: Eep!

Melody stops bouncing and reaches down to wrap her arms around J2H's neck. He leans up slightly, letting her arms hang loosely around him before whispering in his ear.

Melody: Thank you.

J2H says nothing, his eyes averted towards the blue sky above. He slowly rolls his eyes down to see something in his pool.

J2H: Your duck is in my pool again.

Melody sits up, putting her hands on J2H's cheeks, giving him a sly wink.

Melody: Is that meant to be a double entendre thing? If so, shouldn't it be the other way around?

J2H: No, seriously, Dexter is in my pool again.

Melody shakes her head, a smile on her face.

Melody: Oh Jam, you tried that one earlier and it didn't work, so it's not gonna work now. Nice try buddy.

From behind Melody, just one noise is heard...

QUACK!

Melody's eyes narrow as she slowly turns her head around, catching a glimpse out of the corner of her eye.


Melody: Dexter!

Melody leans off of J2H, heading towards the pool as the scene fades out.




At the home of Gabriel and Odette Stevens, the party is in full swing. J2H and Melody Grace, fresh from their arrival stand in the living room of the two former SCW stars, stand surrounded by SCW personnel, the atmosphere between them now a little better than it was on their arrival. (Go check out Melody's promo for that). J2H casts his eye around the room, looking towards where Despayre and Rage converse, a blank look on Rage's face as he listens to an excitable Despayre waving is arms in the air as he explains something to him. J2H's eyes turn towards Synn as Synn looks towards Despayre. To the side of them, Jessie Salco, and her brother Jake stand, looking around the grand room that they stand in, nodding in approval, even if the music is exactly what they're used to. Melody tugs on J2H's arm, causing his attention to go from looking round the room, to her.


Melody: Are you ok?  

Her soft tone fills the air as he looks at her.

J2H: I'm fine, don't worry about me. Just enjoy the party.

Melody could tell that the conversation on the way to the party had effected him in some way, but couldn't figure out just how. Her fingers trace up and down his biceps as she looks at him.

Melody: Are you sure?

A smile crosses the young champions face as he turns towards her, resting his hand on her slender shoulders and looking deep in to her eyes.

J2H: Honestly, I'm fine and this is a party babe. You shouldn't be worrying about me or anything like that. You should be having a good time with one of your best friends.

Melody raises an eyebrow as he once again mentions friends, a common thing today but he quickly put her mind at ease by slipping his arm around her shoulder, pulling her closer to him.

J2H: You worry too much. We're at a party so it should be fun, not worth thinking about all the other stuff.

He reassuringly squeezed Melody's shoulder, causing the blonde to smile towards him. Melody puts her arm around J2H, unable to resist hugging him from the side as she looks around the room.

Melody: We need to throw a party.

J2H: Why? Is it your birthday or something?

J2H looks towards the camera, staring blankly down it before looking back to Melody.

Melody: No, but there's some good people here and I told you no one was gonna worry about you being here.

J2H looks across the room to see Rage's eyes locked on him, staring past Despayre and towards the SCW World champion. J2H returns his look, with a look of confidence.

J2H: Oh you say that now babe, but you wait till the beer starts flowing and people think they're better than they are and they'll be coming at me.

Melody kisses J2H on the cheek, her lips pressing softly on to his skin.

Melody: You worry too much babe.

Her almost whisper seems to take the sting out of J2H's thoughts as he firmly squeezes his arm around her shoulder, causing an involuntary smile to break out over her face.  

J2H: I don't know about that. Last thing I need is that big gorilla over there trying to accidentally, and I use that term loosely, accidentally injure me, just cause he can't get his hands on my title any other way.

As he comments that, he points his head towards Rage, now in deep conversation with Synn.

J2H: I wouldn't put it past him, considering how I've bitch slapped him down time after time again and will always do so because he isn't good enough. An accident would be the only way he'll end up competition for my title.

Melody: Now you're just being paranoid, Jam. He's not gonna come anywhere near you, it's a party thrown by The Seven Deadly Sins. People know better than to start trouble at these things or all hell will break lose. You're safer here than you think you are so don't worry. How about I go and get us a drink and maybe you can relax.

J2H: Sure babe.

Melody: Beer?

J2H quickly and firmly shakes his head.

J2H: I think I'll stick to the water tonight.

Melody's mouth falls open at she looks at her man, moving around in front of him. She puts her hand on his forehead, checking his temperature.

Melody: Are you feeling ok? Do I need to call a doctor? An open bar and you don't want to drink? You must be sick Jam.

J2H smiles, rolling his eyes at her joking ways.

J2H: Smart ass.

Melody smiles at J2H as she takes her hand away from his head.

Melody: Seriously, what's wrong? Free bar Jam, free, not costing a thing, surely you should be all over that.

J2H: Babe, everywhere I go is a free bar. People are always buying me drinks and shit, but ya know, this week, I gotta be a little smarter and stay off the alcohol. I got a huge match on Sunday, not because of Dmitri, but because I don't know what that freak is gonna do. I don't know if he's coming at me with everything he got, or if he just wants to say he hung with me in the ring.

Melody: Well look at it like this. You know you can beat Rage, right?

J2H raises his eyebrows at Melody, a blank look on his face.

J2H: Think? I know I could beat Rage on his best day and my worst day. There's is no doubt about that at all.

Melody: Ok, well you know you can beat Rage, but Rage beat Dmitri, so by that logic, you should be able to beat Dmitri without any problems at all.

An impressed look crosses J2H's face as he nods slowly at Melody.

J2H: How can I really argue with that logic? I know I should be able to beat this guy with  no problems at all, but I don't wanna take him lightly. The guy has been in the ring for a few months here and I don't think he should be jumping up this high just like that, so I got a point to prove with him, so I'll stick to the water and we'll celebrate on Sunday after I beat him.

Melody: Alright, I'll be back in a minute or two, or ten if I start talking to someone.

Melody wraps her arms around J2H, giving him a quick squeeze before moving towards a make shift bar area. He looks behind him, spying a chair nearby and moves towards it, sitting in the middle of three and continuing to look around the area. He looks towards where food table is set up along a nearby wall, where a big silver punch bowl is seen with cups either side. He notices Evie Baang, manager of Bad Company holding a silver flask in her hand, pouring something from it and in to the punch bowl. A smile breaks out over his face as he watches what's going on.  

J2H: Classic spiking the punch bowl.

He turns his head to the opposite direction, watching Alex Rush and Kale Smith surrounded by women, both men holding a beer in each hand and looking towards the women, Alex's eyes a little lower than eye contact level. He looks towards his left hand side where he sees Jessie Salco, her phone in hand scanning it around the room.

J2H: If ever there was a craze that needs to go away quicker than it started, that is it.

Before he can continue, the birthday girl herself, Odette Stevens sits next to him, catching his attention as looks to his right.

Odette: Hello James.

He quickly blinks as he sees Odette.

J2H: Odette, happy birthday.

Odette: Thank you and thank you for coming tonight. I wasn't sure that you was gonna be here. I've heard you don't like these social things.

J2H: Melody has her ways of getting me to go places.

A smile crosses his face as he looks at Odette.

J2H: But you're right, I do try and avoid the social scene since I won the belt. I spend so much time around people with the title belt trying to sell the company, I don't mind the quiet moments, but I'm happy to be here. It's been a while since I've seen you.

Odette: It has been. You seem to be doing well for yourself, SCW World Champion, becoming more and more popular and having Melody on your arm. I'm happy for you.

J2H: Thanks, not sure on the more and more popular thing though considering there is someone out there lobbying against me to lose the title constantly, no matter what I do. That guy would do anything to see me lose the belt, so can't say popular but having Melody on my arm does make things seem a whole lot better.

Odette smiles at him.

Odette: You do make a great couple. I speak to Melody a lot and when she made her big move, she was delighted that you guys worked things out. She called me screaming oh my God over and over again. She happier than I've ever seen her before.

J2H: I'm glad she's happy.

Odette: Me too.

Odette looks across the room, looking towards Melody standing at the bar area, waiting in a line to get to the front.  

Odette: In fact I need to go speak to Melody, but grab yourself a drink and enjoy the night James, and I will catch up with you a little bit later.

J2H: Have a great night, sorry I couldn't get Kid Rock for your birthday again, like I did all those years ago, but he's a busy guy.

Odette flashes J2H a smile as she stands up, thinking back to when he did indeed get Kid Rock to meet her as a birthday present. She gives him a quick nod before heading off in the direction of Melody, leaving J2H to look around the room once more, watching a small crowd of people on the dance floor area as the song "Want You To Want Me" by Jason Derulo starts to play. He turns his head towards Melody, deep in conversation with Odette near the bar, Melody holding drinks in both hands.

J2H: Well that's me lost her for a while.

He closes his eyes, running his hands over the back of his neck as he looks around the room. He stands up, moving through the crowd towards a window, looking out on the grounds outside, lit up by outdoor lights, showing a patio area. He looks for an open door, moving along the room to see a door open, letting a cool breeze blow through the warm house created by body heat and takes a deep breath, breathing in deeply, letting the air run through his lungs. He looks around, spotting no-one, he stares in to the sky, turning from day to night. He looks down at his watch before a voice behind him causes him to turn around to see that former SCW World Champion and host of this party, Gabriel stands outside behind him.

Gabriel: Nice evening, eh?

J2H nods in agreement.

J2H: It is.

Gabriel: What are you doing out here? Hiding from the party?

J2H: Nah, just needed a minute or two from sitting around in there.

Gabriel moves next to J2H, looking out on the grounds.

Gabriel: Something on your mind?

J2H looks at Gabriel with a lowered eyebrows.

J2H: What makes you say that?

Gabriel: Well being married so long, kinda get to work these things out. The look on your face, relationship thing.

J2H looks behind him, through the window towards Melody Grace, still talking with Odette. He turns back to Gabriel with lowered eyebrows.

J2H: I wouldn't say it's a problem. It's just, ah, I dunno.

A quizzical look crosses J2H as he exhales.

J2H: Why do you care anyway?

Gabriel: I remember the days, years ago when Synn made you that offer. You could have been one of us by now. Plus when Melody's happy, Odette's happy and when Odette's happy, I tend to live a much happier life. I don't know what's going on with you guys but look at her.

Gabriel turns and points through the window, towards Melody as she stands talking to Gabriel's own wife, Odette.

Gabriel: Go, take a look.

Reluctantly, J2H turns around to where Gabriel has pointed. He casts his eye over the two talking. Melody turns her head to look towards J2H, flashing him a smile.  

Gabriel: She does that every chance she gets. She looks at you like Odette looks at me, and look where we've gone. When you get someone that looks at you in that way, that's the one you need to keep. That's the one you hold on to. Trust me, when you're happy at home, you're better at work. You end up going in focused and that's another thing I think you're struggling with this week.

J2H looks at Gabriel curiously, as he flicks his hair back behind his ear.

J2H: Again, what makes you say that?

Gabriel: Because I've been there, I've done that, I've doubted myself walking to the ring. I've walked in to the unknown like you are about to.

J2H: How did you handle that?

Gabriel: Remembered that I was the damn champion for a reason. I remembered that it doesn't matter who the hell is coming up against you, that you was the champion for a reason and they were sitting there more nervous than what you are. They watch you and think they know you and what you can do in the ring, but it's nothing like actually being in the ring with you. One match, I thought I was fucked, then I saw the look in my opponents eye when he looked up and I knew I had him beat at that point. When Dmitri walks down the ring, he will have the same look in his eye.

J2H's face turns to contemplation as he thinks about the words of advice given to him from someone considered a SCW legend.

Gabriel: And keep Melody close, she will balance you out.

Gabriel puts his hand on J2H's shoulder, looking across at his wife beckoning him in.

Gabriel: Looks like I'm in demand. Good luck on Sunday.

Gabriel turns to walk away, moving in to the house as Melody passes him by on the way out, holding a bottle of water in one hand and a glass with a dark soda looking drink in another. Melody lowers her eyebrows as she approaches him.

Melody: What was all that about?

J2H looks at her as she hands him the water, a smiling on his face.

J2H: Just getting some good advice gorgeous.

J2H puts his arm around her waist, keeping the water bottle away from her back, and pulls her in close.

J2H: Some very good advice.

He smiles at Melody as the scene fades




A cold wind blows through an old and dusty building, one unfamiliar to the eyes that watch the scene. The moon creeps through a broken window, darkness formed perfectly in the dead of night outside the window as the beam of the moon shine down on worn out wooden flooring. To the right, a man can be seen laying down on his front, his hand on his blonde hair. The man slowly starts to stir, placing his right hand under his shoulder and forcing his body lopsidedly off the floor. He matches it with his left hand to push himself on his knees, his head bowed low. He flicks his head up to show his face as J2H, dust and dirt covering his cheeks, his eyes weary.

J2H: The fuck...

He forces himself on to his knees, straightening up and looking around the unknown area.

J2H: For fucks sake.

He stands up slowly, planting his right foot first before lifting his body up and putting his left foot on the floor, looking around.

J2H: I get it, horror story focus because I'm facing that thing on Sunday.

J2H looks down at his body, dust from the floor covering black leather pants and a black see through mesh shirt. He dusts himself off with the back of his hand. His face turns to curiosity as he feels a thick leather strap down the front of his shirt, cutting across his body. He moves his other hand over his chest to find another leather strap, crossing over the first. He traces his fingers backwards, up towards his shoulder, his fingertips making contact with metal. Reaching back, J2H grabs on to two handles, pulling them forward and lifting, pulling from behind him, two sharp and shiny swords, the handles carved with dragons. J2H rolls his eyes.

J2H: Great...

Sarcasm drips from his tone.

J2H: I go to a party, I go home, fall asleep with that freak on my mind and end up in broken down old house, to talk about him in my head. Well I guess if he can rip off True Blood, I can be Blade or something. Could be worse, I could be standing here dressed like Buffy.

J2H holds the swords out in front of him, cutting the moonlight in two as it bounces off the silver bladed sword and reflecting across the room.

J2H: Yeah, I went there with the True Blood shit, because that's who you say you are Dmitri. An ancient vampire who has been walking the earth for centuries, all over the world and all that bullshit. Real original.

He holds the swords over his shoulders.

J2H: I'm fucking shocked the people who made True Blood haven't called gimmick infringement with you trying to be Bill Compton, but believe me Dmitri, you are no Bill Compton.

J2H looks around the room before looking up.

J2H: You know, whoever controls these dream things, can you just wake me up now and I'll do all this tomorrow? I'll go find a haunted house, dress up and talk about this pointless, line jumping piece of shit that just committed career suicide.

Before anything else can happen, something tackles J2H down from behind, knocking one of the swords out of his hand and sending it flying across the room, the other drops to his side. J2H struggles to turn on to his back as he sees a long dark haired man pinning him to the floor, his eyes red and blood shot, his skin pale and dry. The man places his hands on struggling J2H's shoulders before opening his mouth to reveal fangs.

J2H: Well no prizes for guessing what you are.

As the sarcastic tones fall from J2H's voice, the vampire thrusts his teeth towards J2H's neck, but J2H fends him off with a headbutt to his nose. J2H reaches out to the sword to his right and grips it, swinging it around and thrusting it through the heart of the vampire. He slumps to one side and J2H pushes him off him. He looks down the camera.

J2H: Just note, no vampires were harmed in the making of this video, because clearly, VAMPIRES DON'T EXIST OUTSIDE TELEVISION!

J2H sits up calmly, looking at the fallen vampire.

J2H: Are you that fucking stupid to think this is reality?

J2H stands up, dusting himself off once more.

J2H: Seriously, these people don't exist. These people are about as real as leprechauns. You know why these idiots do it? To try and strike fear in to the hearts of people. They get sexually turned on by scaring people, it's all a rush in their heads. I mean come on, drinking blood? Do you people know nothing about science?

J2H moves over towards his second sword, reaching to the floor and picking it up.

J2H: You can't even have a blood transfusion without having the same blood type. Whatever we drink goes in to our bloodstream, therefore no one can drink the blood of someone with a different blood type. Yet these things....

J2H points down with his sword to the fallen vampire.

J2H: These things build a whole little fake lifestyle on it. Are you trying to tell me these are immune to all disease in the world? Before anyone starts with the undead bullshit, you have to be alive first to become undead, therefore this guy, he was human, he still has human in him. So do you guys really believe Dmitri is more than a man?

A quick shake of J2H's head indicates his feeling towards the matter.

J2H: He is not more than a man, and if they're human, I can beat them and I will beat them. Dmitri is no more a vampire than I am. He probably even has a boring shitty real name like John, or Pete, or Nigel. Fuck, he might even be a Cecil, but he certainly isn't a vampire. Forget the fear that they bring and look at it with your eyes fucking open. Why would anyone base themselves on things that always lose?

A noise distracts J2H from behind and he spins around to see two more vampires, one male, one female, moving towards him. J2H lifts his swords.

J2H: Didn't you fucking hear me? You idiots never win! You always get hunted, you always die, you're stupid as shit.

The two approach and J2H casually shrugs his shoulders, fending them off with the swords swinging in front of them. As the first moves him closer, he swipes the blade across the males chest, before spinning three hundred and sixty degrees and swinging the other sword, taking his head right off. He drops to the floor and an arrogant look crosses J2H's face.

J2H: This motherfuckers got skills bitch!

He looks at the female one, a smile on his face as he looks in to red eyes.  

J2H: Learn a lesson lady, you just don't win, no vampire wins. I know you probably don't watch much television but trust me, you just don't win.

The woman lunges towards him, but he drives the sword presumably through her, the camera just on J2H's face and the back of the female vampires head. A thump is heard as she drops towards the floor.  

J2H: Told you, vampires just don't win at anything.

J2H pulls back on the sword, holding both in front of him.

J2H: So why Dmitri? Why base yourself on one of lives legitimate losers? Why base yourself on things that never win? Everything you see about this fake lifestyle of yours, does one little vampire stand up and walk out victorious? Nope, not one. I know you're not real but let's play along as if you are and let's see how "Your people" are depicted, shall we?

J2H smiles as he pulls the swords to his sides, placing them on the floor.

J2H: Buffy The Vampire Slayer, a show about hunting your "kind" Dmitri, where a teenage girl would go out and hunt people that you want to copy. Your "people" got their asses handed to them by a little girl. Wow, doesn't that make you feel proud, isn't that a good reason to follow this bullshit mythology? A mythology where little girls can take you down, this is not good for you Dmitri. Following something so easily slayed. Let's take a look at Blade, he's pretty bad ass, only part vampire but those full blooded ones, did they survive the attacks from the part human? Nope. They got fucking slaughtered by one man. Supernatural, Sam and Dean Winchester, they walked in to vampire nests, chopped off heads, saved the damsel in distress, walked out, got a beer and moved on.

J2H stops for a second as he points to sword towards the camera.

J2H: This is not looking good for you, is it? The signs are not lining up for you at all in this situation, are they Dmitri?

He pulls the sword away as he hears the sound of footsteps behind him, short timing in between them. He glances over his shoulder, seeing a forth running towards him. He sidesteps, putting a foot out and tripping the running vampire before off camera, driving the swords through his back, pushing through to the decrepit wooden floor below. He pulls the swords out and shakes his head disappointingly.

J2H: You're meant to be a vampire, no a fucking clown! Time for you to change your music from creepy organ shit, to music they play in a big top!

J2H clears his throat.

J2H: Where was I? Ah yes, vampires being a bunch of pussies.

An arrogant look crosses his face as he steps in to the moonlight coming through the broken window, the light of the single beam shining off the blood soaked sword.  

J2H: How we go back to True Blood here? There were a couple of pretty bad ass vamps in that, don't get me wrong, but normal people, regular people with regular jobs were taking them down. People with the brain power of ants were cutting them down for fun. Again, it doesn't exactly look good for what you follow Dmitri, does it? You know what made  you and the people who follow this bullshit, even more like a bunch of wimpy little pussies?

J2H looks at the blood covered sword.

J2H: Twilight! I mean how the fuck do you recover from being portrait as love lorn glittery little bastards, and still try and act all scary?

A laugh escapes J2H's lips as he slowly shakes his head.

J2H: That is more than  impossible to recover from, yet you still sit there and try to make yourself look all scary. It's a joke, it's an embarrassment, at that point, maybe you shoulda thrown a sheet over you, with cut out eye holes and become a ghost because people still fear them, no one can possibly fear you anymore. Not even that dentist work you have going on can make people fear you after something like that made you look so fucking stupid Dmitri.

J2H shakes his head and turns and walks through the house, the floorboards creaking as his weight presses down on the aged boards. He steps through an archway to where he sees a room full of candles, held up in gothic styled candelabras, wax dripping down the side of the silver decor. In the middle of the room sits a wooden coffin, held high on two wooden legs at either end of a polished casket. J2H points his swords at the coffin.

J2H: And the classic Dmitri, where it all started I guess you would say. The man who is to vampirism, what Ron. L Hubbard is to Scientology, and believe me, both of them are on the same level on the bullshit meter, the man who started this whole fake little shit storm, Dracula. I guess he would be your God, right?

J2H steps in to the room further, looking at the wooden coffin.

J2H: Let's look at the man who started the craze of vampirism, Dracula. Now if you believe all the bullshit stated, that this was a man who had no reflection.... Yet his hair was always perfect.... HELLO!

J2H rolls his eyes at the thought.

J2H: Didn't that raise a red flag, ya Russian freak? When you decided to follow him and his culture, didn't that raise any kind of doubts that maybe, just maybe it's all bullshit? How about the fact that he does not cast a shadow? Didn't that one set alarm bells off in your head that maybe this guy just might be full of shit. Not casting a shadow is not supernatural, it's not magic, it's called bullshit Dmitri and you swallowed it. You believed it like you believe you can beat me and take my championship out of my fingers. Him not casting a shadow and you taking my title are both as believable as each other. It's not true, it's not happening. He can defy gravity? Someone else wrote a fictional story about that too, it was a movie called Superman, again, like you and your beliefs, pure fiction. Let's go with turning in to a bat.

He tilts his head to the side, looking down the camera with an unimpressed smirk on his face.  

J2H: Really?

Another roll of the eyes and a sharp head shake comes from the champion.

J2H: Ok, so every organ in your body gets smaller, including your brain, yet you still have the thinking capacity of a fully grown, functional human. I'm not buying that at all. Preferred victims are women... That just tells me that poor old Drac had anger issues towards women. Did they laugh too much at him when he dropped those pants so swore revenge on women kind? He never did look like he was packing a punch in the trouser department.

J2H walks towards the coffin, spying a wooden chair nearby. He slides the swords behind him and in to their holsters on his back. He walks towards the chair and lifts it upside down, ripping the leg clean off it and holding it in his hand. He moves towards the side of the coffin.

J2H: This is what you believe Dmitri, this is what you choose to follow. This is what you decided to base your life on, and this should show you that what you chose to be all that time ago, what you really believed to be, is all a lie, based on lies that you swallowed. Man, it's gonna be one hell of a shock when you drop down with a heart attack or something because you are not invincible, you are no undead, you have not walked the earth for hundreds of years, you have done none of that stuff. You've just been like everyone else, born in like the 70s or something, grew up in front of a television watching all those late night monster stories and believing what the television told you to believe. You found a connection with horror because well, you was probably just like him, a sad little loner, rejected by everyone so you thought you'd follow the myth. The things with myths Dmitri, is not all of them are true, they're just there cause someone wrote a book about a fictional character and you were too fucking dumb to know what fiction really is.

J2H tosses the chair leg in to the air and catches it with his left hand.

J2H: This shows above all else to be following a false idle that you are a delusional piece of shit. This shows that you're not exactly a great judge of who to follow and who to be around. It bleeds in to your wrestling life. Seriously, you're teaming with James Tuscini for fucks sake! Are you the only one that doesn't see that you are two very different people, too different to actually be taken as a team? The best teams blend together well, they have a bond and look at you two, a man who believes in the non existent, and a stereotypical angry Italian.

J2H puts his hand on top of the coffin lid, his thumb just underneath the wooden top.

J2H: It's like teaming someone from the Addams Family with Mario or Luigi. It's like an elephant fucking a giraffe! It just doesn't fit and it just doesn't work, yet somehow in your mind, it does, somehow in that head of yours, it makes perfect sense. Let me tell you, it makes as much sense as believing in a man who lives on blood, yet catches no disease, who can turn in to a bat, and comb his hair straight while having no reflection!

J2H runs his free right hand through his hair as he looks at the coffin.

J2H: This is a man who believes he deserves to be in the main event at Summer XXXTreme IV. First off Dmitri, that's not happening one way or another. First off, even if you get lucky enough to beat me, the match is being signed before our match, so you can go fuck yourself and get in line. Secondly, it will be signed a two out of three fall match which is impossible to do triple threat. Didn't think of that, did ya moron?

J2H holds up three fingers.

J2H: And three, you're not going to beat me anyway, so you will be nowhere near my title, you'll be nowhere near any main event with me. You'll be down teaming with your odd couple partner while I deal with the big matches and making this company great again. Lets be honest, no one would want to be involved in SCW if you was the champion. Imagine sponsors sitting there waiting to meet the champion, and a delusional fuck like you turns up, talking about blood and sacrifice. People will be pulling their money out faster than you can blind. Less people will turn up for a meet and greet with you, than they would for a Rage meet and great, and only two people turn up for him, and he's related to both of them. Me shooting you down now, beating you in this non title match is my way of stopping you from ever being at the top Dmitri. Me beating you is to stop you jumping the line of people who deserve to be at the top, to stop people from turning off.

J2H switches the chair leg to his right hand.

J2H: No one wants to see a man who can't define between reality and fiction with my championship belt, so I will stop you before you can even be considered a main event guy. I will stop you before you have any claim to my belt. You're as deluded as Rage is with his entitlement issues to my belt, but I'm telling you that you will never have this belt while I have it, you will not defeat me on Sunday, you won't even come close. You will sit and fail like everyone else has so far.

J2H lifts the coffin lid and a man lies in the coffin, a stereotypical Dracula, dressed in black pants, with a white shirt and oversized collar, along with a black cape pulled partially over his body. J2H raises the wooden chair leg above his head.

J2H: Your hopes die on Sunday Dmitri, your dreams of ever getting called the number one contender to my title ends on Sunday. You will never get your hands on my title, nor will you ever be in the same ring as me. You can go back to where you belong and that's in the mid card doing absolutely nothing noteworthy. Being a vampire is not reality, nor is the thought that you'd ever be as good as me. That's real talk bitch.

J2H drives the chair leg down in to the heart of Dracula in the coffin as he looks dead in to the camera and the scene fades out.

58
Climax Control Archives / Future Thoughts
« on: June 17, 2016, 12:13:57 PM »
  They say things come in threes, good or bad, things always seem to come in threes. In the space of just two weeks, three major things have happened with J2H.

The first, Into The Void V, who honestly saw J2H walking away with the SCW World title? Go on, admit it, you were all shouting for Despayre. You were all thinking I was walking to that ring as the champion, and walking away without the belt. I know you thought it so you might as well admit it now. You were all hoping the belt was leaving my possession. I heard people talking, I'm not stupid, so to all you people, fuck you! Consider this the biggest fuck you of your life.

The second, Ah Melody Grace. Back together, go on then, brag about you already knew it was gonna happen and all that shit... You was the idiots calling for it to happen, and it did so you feel your bragging is justified? You can't see this, but I'm aiming my middle finger at you. Melody has made her feelings pretty clear if you follow her on social media, and honestly, who doesn't? Don't ya find it weird that I haven't? Maybe I know something that Melody doesn't. Maybe Melody doesn't know that I know, but I do know. I know for sure you people don't know what I'm talking about, so please go on guessing. All I will say is don't you think it's a little weird I haven't put a label on what Melody and I are? Sometimes the best laid plans will go awry, so go get on that one detectives.

And the third, well the third hasn't happened yet.... But on Sunday, yes Sunday coming up, the third will happen as I get to get my hands on the great Drake Green... Great in his own mind at least. I won't lie, I've been waiting for a while to get my hands on Drake Green, ever since that picture appeared via Tommy Knocks, I've been waiting to get my hands on him and do what Travis failed to do and end him. Now I get my chance and it's a chance I will take on Sunday, but first, a week off...




The sun sets over the Mediterranean sea, as the camera spins around to see J2H sitting on a stone bench, looking down from a hill over the water. The camera peeks behind him to see ancient Greek ruins. Melody Grace stands in front of them, a camera in her hand as she snaps pictures of the white stoned columns. She turns around, looking towards J2H and flicks her hair behind her ear. She moves towards J2H, placing her hand on his shoulder, causing him to jolt his head towards her.


Melody: Are you ok?

J2H lowers his sunglasses as Melody moves next to him, sitting down on the stone bench and looking at him.

J2H: I'm ok.

Melody: Well why aren't you more excited? We're in Greece and right behind us is something that's been there for hundreds of years.

J2H: If it was America, they would have put a walmart on there by now.

Melody lowers her eyebrows and looks towards him, resting her hand on his tattooed shoulder.

Melody: Why are you being so weird?

A sigh comes from J2H's lips as he turns to look in to Melody's eyes, shuffling his body around to face her.

J2H: I'm just thinking about the future.

Melody: With us?

J2H: With everything. Since I beat Despayre, the offers have come rolling in big time. Television shows, interview offers, even a shoot offer where I can expose all about SCW.

Melody: Won't that get you fired?

J2H shrugs his shoulders.

J2H: If it does, I can do what the fuck I want. Imagine just being able to work when you want, doing what you want, being where you want to be rather than being told where to be and what to do. We wouldn't ever have to leave this place.

A smile crosses Melody's face as she reaches in and links her arms around J2H's arm.

Melody: I wouldn't complain about that.

She squeezes her arm tighter around his arm, running her fingers up and down his bicep, causing him to smile towards her.

Melody: You know, this would be the perfect place for a proposal, being as you're thinking of the future.

The smile quickly disappears as he turns his head around, shaking it.

J2H: Yeah, that's not gonna happen.

Melody pouts toward him, causing him to frown towards her.

J2H: Look, we just sort of got back to starting over again cause you made a big bold move. I'm not exactly the marrying kind I don't think.

Melody: You didn't do too bad the first time around.

J2H tilts his head, looking over the rim of his sunglasses.

J2H: We wasn't married the first time around and you know it.

Melody rubs her wedding finger on her left hand, running her thumb over the tattoo of J2H's initials.  

Melody: I guess so.

J2H: We just have a lot to think about with everything. I got money, we don't need to do anything again if we don't want to. I can buy businesses and do that and not have to show up all over the place, tour or anything. I can buy an island and stay there. I don't need wrestling, wrestling needs me. I can be whatever I want.

Melody: But we're now a golden couple. We both have belts. If you leave then we couldn't be a golden couple.

Melody pokes her lower lip out, but J2H pokes her on the nose, causing her to wrinkle it.

J2H: I'm proud that you won the title and there's no one in SCW that's gonna get that belt off you.

Melody puts her head on J2H's shoulder, causing him instinctively to put his arm around her shoulder. A smile crosses Melody's face.

Melody: No one can take yours either.

A wide smirk crosses J2H's face as his ego gets stroked.

J2H: I know that but do I really want it? Mel, we're in Greece, we're going to Africa, do we really need to be in America anymore?

Melody: We could move to Norway!

She straightens up with excitement as she looks at J2H with her eyes wide and a big smile.

J2H: I was thinking somewhere more warmer. Somewhere where I don't fall on my ass every time I step out the front door.  

Melody: We can talk about it. The future is whatever we want.

J2H nods in agreement as Melody puts her head back on his shoulder

J2H: Yeah, it is. Except Norway or marriage.

Melody's voice lowers.

Melody: I will wear you down.

J2H: What was that?

Melody: Oh nothing. Just enjoying the sunset.

The two look across the water.

J2H: We'll figure the future out after Greece.

Melody: And Africa.

J2H: And Africa.

Melody sighs contently as the two continue to look over the crystal blue sea, the camera moves towards J2H's face, a blank look across it as he stares in to the distance.




The humming of jet engines can be heard as a private plane carries two passengers from Greece to Africa. J2H sits next to a suntanned Melody Grace, her head against the plane window, her arm sandwiched between the plastic window and her blonde hair. J2H, dressed with a pair of army camouflaged shorts, hanging just past his knees, a white sleeveless shirt and a red baseball cap. He glances his eyes towards Melody on his right and turns back to the left where a camera focuses on his face.


J2H: Well this is as good a time as any to talk about you Drake Green. She's asleep and I'm stuck on a plane for good knows how long.

He breathes deeply as his eyes narrow.

J2H: To be the man, you have to beat the man. That's the old cliche, isn't it Drake? That's is what you're deluded in to believing, right?

J2H shrugs his shoulders.

J2H: I've heard you go back to that old well lately about never losing the belt to begin with. Now I would sit here and slow clap but it would only wake Melody up, but just imagine me doing that for you Drake, just sitting and slow clapping just for you. You're good at pretending Drake, we all know this and that is why you're a film star and all that shit, because you're good at pretending to be something you're not. I have a question about that film industry shit. How do you remember those lines of yours, when you can't even remember the basics of your wrestling career?

J2H raises his eyebrow arrogantly.

J2H: I mean you sit there and act like you would still be the champion, but do you remember how you got that championship belt to begin with?

J2H taps the side of his head with his forefinger.

J2H: I do, so let me refresh your fading old man memory. The only reason you got that title to start with is because you had Sean Jackson, Travis Nathaniel Andrews and Hot Stuff Mark Ward help put that title on you and piss all over the people who supported you. Don't that make you feel proud bro? Every time you brag about not losing the belt, how proud do you feel knowing you never did what I did and win it on your own?

He curls the left side of his lip down and diverts his eyes away.

J2H: And what happened to those guys?

J2H rolls his eyes back to the camera.

J2H: Sean Jackson cried like a little bitch and run away, Travis fucked up that grandpa shoulder of yours more and Hot Stuff would probably light a cigar and put his feet up if he found you face down in a pool. Ain't you the popular guy Drake?

A smirk crosses his face.

J2H: And now ya end up with someone that even Hot Stuff got rid of when he realized she was using him. Man, it sucks to be you bro. My point is already being proven here Drake that you are not as good as you think you are. You needed the help to even become a world champion again to begin with, and you sit there and claim that you're holier than thou.... You're full of shit old man. You flip flop more than a fish out of water to suit you, no one else, to just suit you. You're fake bro, you're a phony, you don't give a shit about anyone other than you. Everything you do has always been about you.

J2H raises a finger.

J2H: Kissing the fans asses when you came in, what about them knowing who you were, putting yourself with three people to get that title back before the injury, somehow begging Christian Underwood to give you a shot at my title after one match in like a year against someone I have beaten. This is way potential goes unnoticed Drake, because of the likes of you.

J2H points the raised finger towards the camera.

J2H: SCW is full of people who work hard week in, week out, then you appear and steal their top spot whenever it suits you. Face it Drake, you are the most selfish bastard to have ever lived.  

He fakes shock on his face.

J2H: You really are, God forbid you have to actually work for anything rather than worm your way in to these kind of matches. I worked to be here, I beat half the roster and everyone put in my way since, you've gone and beat Travis in a poor match and you're meant to be my equal? Fuck off!

The fake shock turns to disgust.

J2H: You are not my equal Drake and you never will be and I will prove that on Sunday when I show you hard work, beats your ass kissing nature. I will show you that you can not keep up with the new generation of superstar and I am the epitome of everything that entails.  

He quickly points to himself.

J2H: Me Drake, I am what SCW is all about now and you can not handle what I am all about, you never will be able to so stick to your movies and leave the wrestling to the people who can still do it.

J2H waves his finger at the camera.

J2H: And speaking of movies Drake, I got something to tell you.

He quickly points a thumb towards Melody.

J2H: Your new shit movie, she's not gonna be in without some serious rewrites there.

J2H smiles down the camera.

J2H: When she made her big move, she said she will drop out of the movie, get rid of social media and all the rest of it and we agreed on the social media thing, no more talking to random guys, but I'm stepping in and making this movie thing real clear.

He rubs his chin.

J2H: The sex scenes Drake, if you want her in the movie, they're gone. Now I know you requested them so let's see what type of guy you really are. Did you want her in the movie to be in the movie, or just so you can get your dirty little hands all over her?

He opens his eyes wider with a smile as he lowers his head.

J2H: If you wanted her in the movie, those scenes disappear, no problem, right?

He pouts out his lower lip.

J2H: But if you just wanted her there to get your hands on her, then you won't remove them. Come on Drake, show your true colors. Which one are you? Tell the world.

J2H looks up with an arrogant look on his face.

J2H: She made a promise to me to drop out that movie just to be with me. She don't need money Drake, I think I got that one well and truly covered for the rest of her life. Anything she wants, I'm pretty sure I can pay for it so she don't need your movie at all. She's sitting right there with me. Do you think she'll break her promise if I tell her not to be in your shitty film? Will she give me up just to be in a movie after fighting for me that damn long?  

J2H shakes his head.

J2H: I don't think so Drake. She's gonna do all she can to keep her hands on me, everything she can. So now let's see what kinda person you are out of the ring. That's in your hands, but it's out of your hands on what I do to you in the ring.

J2H turns towards Melody as she starts to move by the window.

J2H: Make the right choice out of the ring Drake, and maybe I won't hurt you so bad in it, but make no mistake about it, I will be walking out of Climax Control 150 with the title still in my possession. One match a year don't make you worthy of something I fight for all year round. That's real talk bitch!

The camera fades as Melody rolls over on to J2H's shoulder.

59
Supercard Archives / J2H (c) v DESPAYRE
« on: June 02, 2016, 02:50:15 PM »
 J2H: Have you not heard of stress doctor? Because I have. When you've had people in your ear about so much stuff and you've heard the mother load of bullshit and all you've done is smile while behind your eyes, you're thinking what a pile of shit you're being fed. The stress is enough to turn even the sanest man a little crazy.

Dr. Osbourne: If you are suffering from....

J2H bangs the chair with his hand, causing the doctor to stop and jump in his seat.

J2H: Again doctor, we are not here to talk about what's running through my head, we're here to talk about my body. Now shuffle your papers and tell me what I came here to find out so we can all go home.

The doctor reaches around on his desk nervously, looking for a specific page. He reaches it and pulls his glasses straight on his face and starts to read.

Dr. Osbourne: Well the results are back and they're not very good. Considering your profession, this makes things extra dangerous.

J2H: I work with freaks, rejects and people who belong in zoos. I work with a guy who talks to teddy bears, people who think they're legit superheroes, a pair of masked monsters who would fuck in front of your mother, giants, head bangers, egotists, people who believe they're fucking vampires, people who think they have some kind of magical powers, people who like whacking their dick out where ever they go, do you think I do not know about dangerous when you put all those idiots in the same room?

Dr. Osbourne: But what you're failing to see is we are in a dead end here Mr Huntington-Hawkes. The injury is caused by genetics, there is not reversal for it without experimental procedures, things that have not been released as an every day thing. Your body is holding up well but one bad fall, one bad accident and your life changes for the worst.

J2H casually shrugs his shoulders

J2H: Oh what's the worst that could happen?

A serious look crosses the doctors face as he looks at J2H firmly.

Dr. Osbourne: Paralysis. Not being able to walk is a very serious matter. It would only take one bad move and you may never walk again.

J2H: Well my legs are getting tired anyway doc.

J2H's eyes widen as he smiles at the confused doctor, slowly shaking his head at his young patient.

Dr. Osbourne: I don't think you understand the magnitude of this.

J2H: I don't think you understand who I am. One surgery no one has tested out and I could be as right as I was before. You know doc, you worry to much about things and you heard what I said to you about stress earlier. It's not good.

Dr. Osbourne: The surgery could leave you crippled. Recovery time could be years if it's successful. Your line of work puts you in danger with every match you have.

J2H: So what do you suggest doctor? What does your years of medical knowledge tell you to advise me?

The doctor shifts uneasily in his chair as he rubs his forehead.

Dr. Osbourne: Retirement.

J2H: How about.... No.

Dr. Osbourne: You're putting your long term health at risk by continuing to work in an environment where you abuse your body for a living.

J2H walks around to the front of the desk, bending down and leaning forward on the desk, planting his elbows and resting his chin on his hand and speaking calmly.  

J2H: So is everyone in my business doc. Everyone who steps between the ropes and puts themselves through hell to live a dream they've had. No one goes in to this game just because it's a job, it's because it's a dream. We're told from a young age that we must follow our heart and chase our dreams.

J2H starts to tap the side of his head with his left hand, while still leaning on his right hand.

J2H: It's what they drill in here constantly.

Dr. Osbourne: No everyone is in your condition.

J2H: But everyone is one shitty move away from being crippled. So my body is a little closer than theirs, it doesn't matter. I'm at a higher risk then they are taking those bumps, but the simple fact is, I know how to protect myself.

Dr. Osbourne: James, you should talk to your friends and family about this, because I really feel for greater quality of life in the future, you should consider retirement.

J2H cranks his head back, looking at the doctor.

J2H: Well look at you getting all up close and personal by using my Christian name, but I've been the underdog my entire life. The rich kid that got given everything that never had to work for anything. I stepped in the ring as a boy, and beat people I never expected to beat, that no one expected me to beat.

J2H moves his head towards the doctor again, getting closer to his face, the deepness and firmness in J2H's voice growing more and more prominent.

J2H: And I grew in to a man, and still beat people I wasn't the favourite to beat. I became a fucking warrior in that ring and I beat everyone and yet I was still looked at as the underdog, and I won the World fucking title, and you know what doc? They still see me as the underdog! They have been constantly in my ear, the doubters about me since I did that and I am still the fucking underdog. Now in this situation where I can fight against something that could end me...

J2H tilts his head a smile on his face.  

J2H: Just like everything I've faced, every time I've been the underdog, I've still won, and I still walked out, see what I said there doc? I walked out under my own steam and I will do so again. So this might catch up to me in a year or so, but until it does, fuck it.

Dr. Osbourne: I'm urging you to speak to people closer to you James. They might be able to show you that the risk is high.

J2H: You talk like I throw myself about every day, but I'm smarter than that doctor, if I want to take time away, I will. If I want to rest for a year, I will, but retire, yeah, don't even think the people close to me are gonna talk me in to that one.

J2H pushes himself off the desk and stands up, turning his back on the doctor and moves towards the door. He puts his hand on the door handle before turning around and looking towards him.

J2H: Well thanks for that doc, I doubt you'll be seeing me any time soon.

With that, J2H opens the door and casually strolls out, shutting the door behind him as the scene fades.




Into the darkness we go as we see just a lone spotlight resting on the face of J2H. The spotlight opens up to show him sitting on a black wooden stool, his hands resting on a baseball bat, the top of the bat driven in to the cracked looking grey concrete floor. His head is bowed as he looks at the SCW World Heavyweight Championship wrapped around his waist, breathing in and out slowly before looking up and looking down the camera.

J2H: It's that time to talk again, the last chance before I move on and get ready to finish getting ready for another below me challenge. We all knew it was coming and you were all looking forward to it as soon as it was confirmed when I brushed off yet another challenger to this.

He slides his hands down the baseball bat and moves it along the title belt around his waist.

J2H: I've heard the rumours, I've heard the whispers about me not being good enough for this thing, regardless of the fact that I have taken on each and every person put before me, each and every person that raised their hand that wanted to try their luck. Who came out on top? That would be me idiots. You think that by getting in my ear or whispering behind my back that I'm not good enough would effect me to the point I will make a mistake and lose this thing, regardless of the fact that I have been the best champion you've ever seen. The hardest working champion you've ever had before you. The man that turned up to respond to each and every dip shit that wanted to utter his name. That man was me, and yet you still think I'm not worthy of this?

J2H looks down at the title belt.

J2H: Fucking idiots.

He raises his head, looking deep in to the camera.

J2H: What you've actually done is pushed me to become this guy, to become someone I'm not. You've made me in to something else. Good for you for having an impact on who I am, but this spells nothing but bad for a certain someone, someone you love, someone you worship, someone you just wanna see take my belt regardless of the fact he's spent more time riding the coat tails of tag team partners, then he has been in single matches.

He clenches his jaw tightly.

J2H: Despayre.

A look of disgust runs over his face.

J2H: You'd rather see a man who would be nothing, a man who would be a little comedy character without the help of tag team partners and that freak show family behind him. He couldn't cut it on his own, I have done lately, he's never tried, I did, but by all means cheer for the guy who needs other people to hold his hand instead of being on his own.

He clenches the bat between his knees and slow claps sarcastically.

J2H: Bravo SCW fans, just bravo.

J2H suddenly stops the sarcastic applause.

J2H: What a bunch of bright sparks you all are for that. Truly outstanding person to pin your flag to. A guy who needs his daddy holding his hand, a bunch of play mates, and a fucking teddy bear. Yes, you people pin your flag to a guy who does what a child does. Again, bravo.

He shakes his head with disappointment before continuing.

J2H: This is who you want to see with my belt. While I have worked my ass off to get where I am, to improve, to get better, he has sat there talking to stuffed animals, using the same old tired stuff and you prefer that then a real champion, someone you can actually look up to as a sign that hard work pays off. You wanna look to a guy who has a stuffed toy, who wouldn't be in this business if daddy wasn't forcing him to. Let's talk about that shall we?

A cocky smirk appears on J2H's face.

J2H: Let's talk about this form of abuse, shall we? Let's talk about Synn, the man who everyone is so afraid of. Let's talk about who you really are. You went to rescue your son from a life time of hell around freaks, and brought him to a band of freaks, don't see the difference myself. All those years you hadn't seen him in, but there was no vacation, no hallmark moment, you didn't even tell him who you was! You was just someone that pulled a mental patient out of the best place for him and threw him in a wrestling ring! Father of the year material right there!

A serious look crosses J2H's face.

J2H: You took a guy, who had never seen wrestling before and threw him in a ring so you could take the glory of training him, talk about living vicariously through others. There's me thinking parents are meant to want the best for their kids, but you go and throw him in to a place where he could get hurt. You're probably proud of where he is right now, but I bet you never asked him if he even wanted to be in this sport in the first place, but daddy knows best, right? WRONG!

J2H lifts the baseball bat and slams the end in to the ground.

J2H: Daddy does not know best! Daddy should have been protecting his little boy he hadn't seen in fucking years, daddy didn't ask young Joshua what he wanted to be, who he wanted to be, daddy threw young Joshua in with the sharks.

J2H slams the baseball bat in to the ground again, the sound echoing around the room.

J2H: See, the whispers and the people turned me Synn, and what you started instead of being a responsible father has put your precious little boy you failed at protecting in to this, and now I'm gonna do his a huge favour and beat him out of it so he can grow up in a normal life and hopefully get to choose what he wants to do in life instead of being told what to do by you.

J2H pulls the baseball bat through his hand and points the end towards the camera.

J2H: Others might be scared of you Synn, but I ain't putting you over that way, ya hear me bro?

He smiles down the camera.

J2H: Did you hear that Despayre, did the words sink in to your brain a bit there. Your daddy put you on this path when you could have been having so  much more fun. I mean without him putting you in the ring, just think, you could have lived in Disneyworld! You could have lived in Japan hunting all the myths and legends you wanted. You could have been anywhere your heart truly desired. You wouldn't have to be at all those awkward social things where you have to speak, you could have been having fun with your dysfunctional family. You could have done so much more, been so much better. Just think of how much more fun you could have had with Angel if you hadn't had to put those hours in to the ring work, and travelling all over. Just think about all the spare time you would have had to do what you wanted to do rather than what your daddy made you do.

A fake sincere nod comes from J2H.

J2H: You could have spent more time with your mom. We all see that twinkle in your eye when you're with her, that's what you could have done without being forced in to wrestling.  

J2H lifts the baseball bat, using the handle to tap the side of his lowered head.

J2H: Am I in your head yet? I mean it's only fair to be when people have tried to get in my head lately to give YOU the advantage because they'd rather see an over grown man child with the title, so am I in your head Despayre? Maybe I should try harder...

J2H looks upwards and the lights in the room appear, showing row after row of teddy bears, on the floor, on shelves in all different shapes, sizes and colours. J2H stands up, using the baseball bat to push himself off the stool and looks around.

J2H: Surprise! I bet your eyes just lit up so much, whatever room you're watching this in just went as bright as the sun!

J2H walks around the stool, leaning one hand on it and looking down the camera.

J2H: Look at all these protectors Despayre, look at the all, they all here talking business on how to protect you from me, it's pretty nice that they want to do that for you isn't it?

He tilts his head, looking down the camera with a smile.

J2H: Just a shame they can't.

J2H swings around, swinging the baseball bat and knocking a row of teddy bears off the shelf and scattering them in all directions. He yells out at the top of his voice.

J2H: Oh the carnage! The mess! The humanity!

He lifts the bat high about his head and slams it through a higher shelf, the shelf shattering on impact and sending more of the stuffed toys flying in all directions. J2H picks one off the floor, holding it by the head and moving it towards the camera.

J2H: These little things are not gonna save you from what these mother fucking people have turned me in to. They are not gonna stop me from doing what I need to do, because Despayre they would do anything to see you beat me, because you and the fans have so much in common, like having the mental ages of children! They want you to stop me, the want you to do the world a favour and end me, they want you to fuck up so I get seriously hurt and never seen again, but the kicker Despayre, the kicker is that I know that beating you will make them take me fucking seriously.

J2H throws the teddy bear at a wall with hard force.

J2H: If you listen to them, I haven't fought anyone with credibility, I've fought people not meant to be in the ring with me and then you come along, yes you Despayre, someone they see with credibility and think I'm gonna crumble at the challenge.

J2H shakes his head.

J2H: No Despayre, I am going to use you as an example. I am going to show them all that I am where I am because I deserve to be where I am. Your forceful daddy can't save you. These, these things.

He swings his leg, kicking three teddy bears in different directions.

J2H: These things can save you at all. Even the fans who want you to beat me so bad, or injure me so they never have to see me again, those people can't help you Despayre, no one can. Make sure you thank all those nice people for turning me in to who I am for this match, go shake their hands after I give you the beating of your life. They don't think I can, there's been no mention of this is Despayre's toughest match ever, just that this is my toughest match ever. Well they got it wrong, because this is going to be the longest night of your life. I pinned you a couple of weeks ago and on Sunday, at Into The Void V, not only will I pin you, but I am gonna to beat you so damn much, everyone that ever doubted me, everyone that thinks that it's their God given right to be the champion right now, like your boring little family member, every single person out there that said I was a bad champion, are going to see that they are as disillusioned as you are when you think you can be protected by one of these lifeless children's toys.

J2H reaches down, picking up a white teddy bear with pink bow. He holds it up to the side of his face, almost sitting on his shoulder.

J2H: They're not real Despayre, they never will be and they can not save you from all I'm about to do.

J2H places the teddy bear on the stool and moves behind it, gripping the baseball bat in one hand.

J2H: Just like you can't save this pretty little thing.

J2H taps the bear on the head with his free hand.

J2H: No one, including Angel, can save you.

J2H pulls the bat back with two hands, gripping it tightly and swinging it towards the bear. He stops just inches away from the bear and smiles.

J2H: Now am I really that much of an asshole like people have been saying?

J2H tilts his head and smiles.

J2H: Yes I am.

He pulls the bat back and swings it, knocking the bear off the chair and out of the picture. He quickly moves closer to the camera, just his face can be seen.

J2H: Now am I in your head Despayre?  

A smile crosses his face.

J2H: I'll see you on Sunday.

J2H drops the bat, the sound of bat on concrete can be heard as he turns his back towards the camera and the scene fades.

60
Supercard Archives / J2H (c) v DESPAYRE
« on: June 02, 2016, 02:49:08 PM »
  When you're a champion, any type of champion, it not only expected of you but demanded of you to step up and go the extra mile, walk more steps than anyone else one does - Unless you're Team Hero of course and your title belts are just jewellery - Sorry, been talking to Tommy Knocks way too much... Anyway, sometimes, you have to do things you don't really like and this week is one of those times.

For you non social media people because you can't use Twitter or you just don't think Twitter works for you, first off, open your mind and see the benefits, and secondly, feel free to join us in the modern age of technology, but I digress, here's what you missed.

Everything was rosy in the world of J2H, a win against Despayre and Sam Marlowe lifted his spirits after a strange few weeks, his head spinning from the whole Melody Grace/Drake Green thing, weird for a guy who claims to feel nothing, eh? But that win was moral boosting and all that was needed was a nice little trip to some unmentioned Greek island and a week of relaxing, until the power kicked in. The power of a man called Hot Stuff Mark Ward who took to social media to inform not only J2H, but Melody Grace that neither of them will be heading out  on a week off, no reward for either of them to have a deserved break after picking up wins but no, they were told they were off to a gala dinner for the sake of attracting new sponsors for SCW.

Both were livid, neither wanted to be around the other, both wanted to be on two different continents, but the boss didn't care, he had his company to think about, the thing that puts money in his pocket, the thing that puts money in to the pockets of every SCW roster member and backstage staff member and when two of his roster were requested to be there, he did what it took to make sure they were there.

Now you've seen the plane ride from Melody's promo, correct? Good. Things were clearly frosty between the two, who didn't see eye to eye before the Drake Green incident, although things were more on track, this derailed the two even more so than before. The plane was just the start of it, let's pick things up now on Tuesday evening, the 24th of May....




J2H stands in front of a full length mirror, his hair nearly combed as he stands wearing a silver suit, expensive looking, along with a buttoned up black shirt and silver tie to match the suit.


J2H: Fucking hate ties.  

The mirror image nods in agreement as the alter ego of James - Remember him from the last time you saw me do some promo work? - looks back at him. The mirrored James straightens up his jacket as he stares back at J2H scratching his head.

J2H: Oh for fucks sake, I'm not even drunk this time!

James: No, but you're not feeling brilliant, are you? I mean you, well we, look amazing today, good choice on the suit but you're not exactly feeling like you just won every championship in the world, are you.

J2H shrugs at his counter part.

J2H: Why would I? I got stuck on a plane with her for hours, and it felt like days, weeks, months.

James: Yet when you said those I do's, you woulda been happy for it to be days, weeks and months.

J2H shrugs again and smiles.

J2H: I would have been happy for another beer at that point, so I wouldn't read too much in to that. Why the fuck are you here again anyway?

James: Well I felt we got a little bit cut off last time, like there was a limit in place and we just couldn't cover all the ground that we needed to.  

The real J2H rolls his eyes at his mirror self.

J2H: Bro, I'm not even drunk this time! I don't need to be seeing things when I got this stupid ass Gala thing to be at.

James: You're not drunk, but you're clearly messed up in the head enough to need me here to talk to you to stop you doing something crazy.

J2H raises his eyebrows.

J2H: And talking to myself, in a mirror and getting answers back isn't crazy? Define irony...

A smile comes from the James in the mirror as he looks at the J2H outside the mirror.

James: I'm your good side and tonight is a big night, so I'm here to sit here and tell you not to fuck it up, obviously.  

J2H: Why the fuck do I care if I fuck it up?

Mirror James scratches his head.

James: Because it would cost your company money, could put you out of a job.

J2H: Again, why do I care?

James: You've been a cranky bastard ever since you got on the plane. Instantly taking out the stress on Melody without needing too. It's not her fault she was there and her vacation got screwed up too. You wasn't the only one suffering and I'm pretty sure she wasn't happy that she was stuck next to a miserable bastard like you for fifteen hours. I wouldn't wanna be stuck next to you and I am you! Stop hating the girl for breathing asshole, it's just as tough for her as it is for you.

J2H steps back, a little shocked by his good sides comment.

J2H: Please, she can go running to everyone else in the world she sits and chats with on Twitter all fucking day.

James: Twitter, Twitter, Twitter. If I could reach through the mirror and slap you, trust me, I would. She talks on Twitter and comes running to you, what's that tell ya?

J2H: That she had a spare few minutes so she found time for me?

Arrogance falls from J2H's voice and he smirks at his unimpressed mirror self.

James: Or the fact that you're on her mind.

J2H: If I was then why sit there and talk to others when she knows me well enough to know I don't like it? If I'm the one she runs to, why does she see the need for anyone else? You want the truth? It makes me feel like I'm this part time side bitch.

James: Side bitch? Come on bro, we ain't that street.

J2H: Nor do I wanna be a little street rat like some I could mention here and now.  

James: And if this was a Family Guy episode, this is where the scene would pause and a list of names would come flashing up on the screen, right?

J2H: Not enough time in the world for that to happen, but not the point.  

James: At least we're getting through to your real feelings.

J2H waves a hand towards the mirror, throwing it downwards and turning his head slightly.

J2H: Bro, you don't wanna hear my real feelings on this situation. Still waiting for that big move that hasn't happened.

James: Well you still could have been nice and offered her some advice about her match earlier that night.  

J2H: She was doing the crazy person arms!

J2H waves him arms around, imitating Melody's moves from the plane, but mirror James shakes his head.

James: She is trying to become a better wrestler. Did it ever occur to you that she might be trying to get better so that you see her as an equal?

J2H: As a wrestler, I see her as an equal sort of. I'm one of the best in the world right now and everybody knows it, but as a wrestler, she's ain't bad

Mirror James puts his hand on his chest, his mouth opens widely in fake shock.  

James: Oh wow! Did you just give Melody a compliment? Stop the world, I wanna get off!

J2H: Bro, I saved her life on that plane. Just remember that.

A smug look crosses the SCW World champions face as he remembers seven hours in to the flight.  

James: I'm sure that was one of your proudest moments.

A softer smile crosses J2H's face as he looks down for a few seconds before looking up towards the mirror.

J2H: Actually yes, it was.  

James: So why act like a complete dick about it minutes later? You saved her life, you're proud of if, you care and you won't admit it.

J2H: Then she had to ruin it again by mentioning Drake Green. She used the chance to talk about that sack of shit because she knew I couldn't run anywhere. She used that time because she knew I could hardly leave the plane. She could have spent the flight winning me around a bit, just talking like normal but she mentioned him.

James: Plu-eeze! You was acting like a bear with a sore head the whole damn flight and you know it.

J2H: She could have just spoke normal! I know normal isn't her usual way, but she coulda congratulated me on winning but no, cause the win was against her bestie. She could have asked me about the injury that seems to be well documented, but no. She could have shown a little bit of concern, but no...

James: Concern? Did you not see her promo last week? The woman was about to go and bitch slap Rage for what he said about you! She's as big as one of his arms and she was about to go and slap the shit outta him for even mocking you. You might block out a lot of her stuff in ya mind when you watch it but she was pissed! Really pissed enough to go smack him up for that stuff he was saying about you.

J2H: That fucking moron probably knew she was listening because he knows I have no intention of giving him a title shot ever so if it caused shit with her, he might draw me out. Fucking loser has to try and get her attention to get to me when I couldn't give a fuck about if she went and knocked the giant ape out.

James: You do give a fuck about her, we know you sat at the bar crying in to your glass.

J2H: I wasn't crying!

James: Figure of speech J, you was down, you was upset because you truly believe she's gonna end up with Drake, don't you?

J2H: I'm starting to see how his mind works, so yeah, I think he's a fucking snake that don't care, but it's not exactly my business anymore.

James: Honestly, you want it to be. Sooner or later, you'll admit how you feel about her. She's made it clear how she feels. She had your initial tattooed behind her ear.

J2H shakes his head, his lips and eyes shut tightly as he inhales through his nose deeply. As he exhales, he opens his eyes, looking sternly at the man in the mirror.

J2H: It was a G, probably stood for Green.  

James: Go slap yourself for me, will ya? Bit hard for me to do beyond the glass.

J2H: Well it could be! Shit, I don't know what goes through that woman's head half the time.

Mirror James wags a finger at the real J2H.

James: That's what it's all about, because you don't know what she's thinking, you don't know if she's serious about you or not. Because you don't know how much she wants you in her life or if you're novelty.  

J2H: You're good, how would you know that? Oh wait, you're me.

Sarcasm drips from his tone.

James: Nothing gets past you genius.

J2H: Funny guy aren't ya?

James: Realistic guy actually, and well, realistically, you're a dick to the people who want to be next to you so here's the thing other me, You have a slight chance of redemption tonight by showing up and impressing her.

J2H: I don't have to impress her, I have to impress these sponsors from god knows where and make the company that put me through hell forcing me to hang around with her, more money than what it already has. Fuck knows why I should even bother.

Mirror James looks at his real self, slowly shaking his head at him.

James: You know how business works, if not, you'd be some broke ass kid, sitting on the street instead of sitting in the life you're in. The more money that comes in, keeps it going longer which means more money... Wait, why the hell am I telling you this and why the hell are you asking why you should bother? You have a degree in business.

J2H: Shush, I try and keep that a little bit quiet.

James: Why?

J2H: Or people would be calling me to help them become as successful as I am and I couldn't give a rat's ass about other people.

James: Lies, in fact standing here talking to me, when you should be getting ready to go meet someone you care about, is just a stalling tactic cause you feel like a dick for what you did on the plane.  

J2H: So?

James: So get going, you're gonna be late. You're the champion, get going.

A sigh comes from J2H's lips.

J2H: Fine.

James: And play nice, she's having a tough time too. After all, she had to put up with you on a plane all the way back from Japan.

J2H: Now who's the genius?

James: We are, now go.

Mirror James waves J2H away and J2H turns around, looking down and shaking his head.

J2H: SCW don't pay me enough for this shit.

He straightens up his suit jacket as the camera fades.




The scene restarts again just an hour later, outside the Los Angeles Convention Center. Melody Grace waits impatiently, dressed in a silver and black stripped sequined dress, backless with a split up one leg. Her eyes dart around as car after car turns up, looking for her "partner in crime" for tonight's forced event to appear. A disappointed look crosses her face as a man steps out of a limo, clearly not J2H, but she quickly smiles at the man as he passes, unaware of who he is. The next limousine pulls up to Melody Grace and the driver jumps out, running to the back of the car and opening the door. Out steps J2H, dressed as he was earlier. A look of relief crosses the young woman's face as he straightens up his tie. Melody walks towards him, causing him to look at her for the first time. He raises both eyebrows and breathes deep, slightly taken back by the way she's dressed. Melody eventually reaches J2H.


Melody: You're an hour late!

J2H just stares at Melody, her beauty seemingly making the area around her seem a whole lot brighter. She waves her hand in front of his face.

Melody: James? Helloooooo, anybody in there?

She waves her hand in front of him again, causing him to snap out of his daze.

J2H: Huh?

Melody tilts her head as she looks at J2H, curiosity covering her face.

Melody: Are you ok?

J2H: Yeah, I'm.... Yeah, you look nice.

Melody cranks her head back, looking at J2H.

Melody: Is that a compliment I hear coming from you. Is there a way I can check the weather report in hell? Cause I think it might have got very cold down there.  

A sarcastic smirk comes from J2H's lips.

J2H: Seems like you've been around me too long with comments like that.

Melody: Sooooooooo I have a question.

J2H and Melody move away from the car and towards the entrance.

J2H: Alright.

Melody: What do we actually do at these Gala things?

J2H stops in his tracks, which forces Melody to stop in hers. J2H looks at Melody with a slight look of shock and surprise on his face.  

J2H: Wait... You're here, all dressed up looking like that and you have no idea why we're here and what we have to do.

Melody: Well, in my defence, it all happened so quick and before I knew it, I was cancelling a trip and I had to find something to wear, and I had to find the right shoes, and I had to find out where it was, and I had to put up with you on the plane captain cranky and...

J2H: You wanna take a breath there before you pass out?

Melody nods her head and breathes deeply.

J2H: Saved your life twice in a couple of days. I'm getting good at this shit.

Melody: So, what do we do?

J2H rubs his forehead with his right hand.

J2H: Ok, basically, you go in, you tell everyone how good SCW is, and how sponsoring them on the show is great because of all the people who watch it. You kiss ass and try to make rich guys part with their money to give to SCW. We sit down, we have dinner with a few of the fattest cows money wise and try to lighten their bank accounts and then you go on stage and make a speech about how great SCW is and then we go home.

Melody: Oh, so everything you hate to do, like kissing ass and being around people.

J2H: Bingo!

Melody rolls her eyes slowly, thinking back to what he previously said.

Melody: Wait? I have to make a speech?

J2H: Yeah.

Melody: eep!

J2H smiles at Melody, almost an arrogant smile on his face.

J2H: Yeah, we just act all friendly, which should help you with your sex scenes with Drake, cause ya know, ya practicing acting and all that shit. Then ya get on stage and talk to people.

Melody's shocked faced and distant demeanour causes her to miss J2H's dig at her as she stumbles out a few words.

Melody: I... Uh... I...

She turns her head towards J2H, a worried look on her face.

Melody: I don't know if I can do that. I haven't written anything down, I haven't....

She trails off, a look of nerves on her face, turning her pale white causes J2H to speak.

J2H: Fine, I'll do it.

Melody turns her eyes back to meet his.

Melody: You'd do that for me?

J2H: I'd do that because someone's gotta and if you can't, I will. You just stand there and do what ya good at and look pretty and I'll talk to these people about giving SCW their money.

A wide smile crosses Melody's face as she looks love struck.

Melody: You think I'm pretty?

J2H pulls at his collar, instantly uncomfortable by the comment.

J2H: I didn't mean that, I meant...

Melody: Awwww, two compliments, you think I'm pretty!

J2H: Can we just go inside?

Melody nods her head, her long hair staying perfectly in place.

J2H: Time to start practicing your acting.

Melody grabs his arm, wrapping her arms around his right arm and pulling herself closer. A smile crosses her face as J2H rolls his eyes. The two walk in to the convention center, the attention instantly moving to the young duo as they walk in to the room. J2H quickly moves to the left and looks at the woman behind a table with a sign in book.

J2H: I don't have to tell you who we are.

J2H points to a huge poster behind the woman, showing the face of J2H and Melody Grace. The woman smiles and J2H signs his name in the book and hands the pen to Melody, who breaks away from the linked arm to sign herself in. As soon as she does, she links her arms back around his.

J2H: You're enjoying this, aren't you?

Melody feigns innocence as she shakes her head slowly.

Melody: Just practicing my acting Jam.

A waitress quickly moves towards them, with a tray of champagne and J2H reaches up and grabs one. Melody reaches up and takes a glass, her arms once again unlinking from J2H's arm.

Melody: Anyone would think someone doesn't want me to have my arms around yours?

J2H lowers his voice and mumbles out his next line.

J2H: I think I know who that someone is.

Melody: What was that?

J2H casually takes a sip of his champagne and smiles at Melody.

J2H: Oh, I was just clearing my throat.  

Melody: Right, ok.

Melody takes a sip from her glass before looking at J2H.

Melody: Now what?

J2H looks around the crowd, standing and talking to each other, all dressed up with glasses in their hands. J2H's eyes scan the room, his brows lowered as he looks around. He quickly moves his eyes back to Melody and shrugs his left shoulder.

J2H: Now we talk to these people, we speak about how good SCW is and yeah, that's it. You're good at talking. You spend most of your time doing it on Twitter to random people, so think of it like that but instead, you just talk to people face to face.

Melody taps her finger on her chin.

Melody: I don't know if I should take that as a compliment or not.

J2H: I wouldn't.

Melody huffs at J2H, looking down at him with a growl, causing him to arrogantly smile as he sips on his glass of champagne. He looks up as he sees someone approaching, a man in his forties, balding head, and wearing a black suit.

Melody: Jam...

J2H quickly points to the approaching man.

J2H: Game face time Mel.

Melody looks up as the man approaches him.

Steve: Hi! You must be James and Melody. I'm Steve.

Melody: You can call us Jamel!

Instantly, this draws a look of contempt from J2H as he turns to face Melody, but quickly snaps back to look at Steve with a fake smile.  

J2H: Hi.

Steve: I'm the guy Mark Ward reached out to, to arrange this as a way to attract more sponsors to SCW.  

J2H: So you're the guy who requested for us to be here?

Steve: I am. I thought that it would be great to have the SCW World champion and one of the fastest rising bombshells in SCW history to be here to sell the company on the sponsors. We have some of the worlds biggest sponsors here, and it will really help Sin City Wrestling break in to the world wide market.

J2H: SCW is in the world wide market or we wouldn't be doing stupid tours to the ass end of the world.

Melody squeezes J2H's hand, her eyes widening at him as he looks at her and back towards Steve.

J2H: What I mean was we're there so this is just a cash milking thing to get us to more of these ass backwards countries.

Another stern look fires from Melody's direction as she looks at J2H.

Steve: Not at all. The bigger the sponsors, the more that goes in to the company that stops it from closing. It means bigger venues, television deals, more merchandising, more exposure. If SCW attract more top sponsors, more countries will want you, the money will improve everything, just by being able to pick up two or three major sponsors. SCW will turn in to a nation federation rather than a territory federation. After that, who knows, maybe a world wide place where you're shown on television channels all over the world, rather than just streamed.  

J2H: So kiss ass and take their money, the rich get richer and we still get sent to backward places.

Melody: Ahem, what James is trying to say badly is what is the running order of tonight's events?

Steve: Right now, you're welcome to go and mingle with sponsors here, then dinner and then you two will take the stage and talk to everyone.

Melody quickly swallows hard.

J2H: Don't worry, I'll be doing the talking.

Steve looks towards Melody, addressing only her.

Steve: Looks like you have a knight in shining armour there.

J2H rolls his eyes but Melody smiles sweetly.

Melody: Oh you don't know the half of it.

Steve: Ok, so you guys go and talk to people and I will send someone to come and take you to your table when we're ready.

Melody: Thanks Steve!

Steve nods towards Melody, and quickly moves away, leaving Melody and J2H alone.

J2H: Ok, so split up, you talk to some, I'll talk to some others and I'll catch you at the table.  

Melody raises her finger at J2H but J2H just turns his back, walking through a couple of people and towards the bar. He sits down at a high stall and looks at the barman.  

J2H: Gimme the strongest drink you've got. I don't care what it is.

The barman reaches for a glass and places it on the bar before pouring a shot of what looks to be whiskey in the glass.  

J2H: I love a free bar.

A woman approaches him, dressed in a red cocktail dress, in her mid thirties, with long wavey brunette hair cascading down her. She looks J2H up and down, as he stares in to his glass. The woman has a name tag on her dress showing the name "Ramona".  

Ramona: So you're the guest of honour.

J2H looks up at the woman for the first time, a inquisitive look on his face. She points to behind the bar where another huge poster of himself and Melody hangs on the wall.

J2H: I guess so.

His dry, unexcited tone fills the room as he turns back to his drink, lifting it up and taking a sip of it. He casually places it on the bar.

Ramona: I'm Ramona.

J2H lifts a hand, not even turning his head to look at the woman.

J2H: James.

Ramona: Nice to meet you James.

He breathes deeply as if to remember the reason he is there, before sitting up straight in his seat, his hunched demeanour changing as he turns in the chair to look at the woman.

J2H: so what big organization do you work for that I'm trying to get money out of.

Ramona: I work for a social media company and we're very interested in sponsoring SCW shows online, but it would take some persuading from you.

She puts her hand on J2H's leg, squeezing her hand around his thigh, causing him to smile.

J2H: And how would I do that?

Ramona flashing him a smile, her painted red lips.

Ramona: I think you know.

J2H: I think so...

Before he can do anything else, he turns his head and looks in to the crowd, seeing Melody surrounded by middle aged, one with their hand around Melody's waist and moving lower. An uncomfortable look rests on her face. J2H stands up, not even taking the time to say anything else to Ramona and makes a beeline towards Melody. He quickly gets to her and grabs the man by the wrist, looking at him with a stern look.

J2H: Hi...

He turns his head towards Melody.

J2H: Sorry to interrupt, but can I borrow you for a second?

A look of relief passes the young blondes face.

Melody: Of course.

J2H smiles and points Melody away, her back towards the situation, J2H squeezes the man's wrist tight and leaning in towards him, his whole look changing to aggression.

J2H: If you ever try that again bro, I'm going to break every bone in ya body, ya feel me?

The man nods as J2H lets the mans hand go and turns towards Melody, partly watching out of the corner of her eye. She turns her head away quickly as he approaches her.

Melody: Thank you.

J2H: Yeah, no problem. I saw what was going on.

Melody: I saw what was going on with you too, I was gonna save you but you didn't look like you wanted to be saved.

He lowers his eyebrows at Melody.

J2H: Of course I wanted to be saved! The woman was like fifteen years older than I am and that ain't cool right now. I'm trying to get their money out of their pockets, not trying to get their clothes off. I ain't here to fuck around, here to do what SCW asked me to do so I can get the fuck out of here, send you on your way to do whatever it is you're doing the rest of this week.

Melody: What we are doing you mean. We have a photo shoot to do in two days, so it's we.

J2H: I am not doing no stupid ass photo shoot! I got forced in to being here with you, and I will not be doing anything else with you. This is one and done for me, one event, done.  

Melody: Ummmm no, you're stuck with me, until Sunday, then your free. I got an e mail on the plane with everything we have to do while we're here. Seems that we have this, and a photo shoot and...

J2H puts his hand up.

J2H: And you skipping off to talk to Drake Green about his movie and you running around chasing people around from other feds and getting hit on all the time, and all those other million annoying things you always have to do.

The quick turn in J2H's mood surprises Melody, as she stands opened mouthed as he starts to walk away.

Melody: All this over a photo shoot?

He stops dead in his tracks, turning towards Melody.

J2H: All this over everything. Since you came back, its been all sweetness and light from you but I don't buy your story half the time and I sure as shit don't buy this whole "let's chase James, I want James" bullshit. I know what you get up to behind my back thinking I don't know, but I know it all. I'm like this because I'm bored of being treated like a fool by you, and sick of being forced to do shit with you cause people get a kick out of seeing me suffer. If only they knew the truth, they could force you to be with him instead, and all those little segments backstage that people find cute, you can do them all with them instead.

Melody: Jam, I don't know what you're going on about.

J2H: You do, you just don't want to ruin that illusion of you that you want people to see. I'm tired of being pushed in to things I don't wanna do.  

He sighs deeply as the weight of the world on his shoulders start to feel ten times heavier. Melody looks silently at him for a few seconds as he looks away.

Melody: There's something you're not telling me, isn't there?

J2H's turn to be surprised as the softness in Melody's voice seems to catch him off guard.  

J2H: It doesn't matter, I'll deal with whatever comes tomorrow.

Melody: What's tomorrow?

J2H: It doesn't matter, I already said that!

His snapping tone causes Melody to move her head back slightly and J2H rolls his eyes.

J2H: I'm sorry, look, let's just get the fuck out of this place.

Melody: We can't just walk out.

J2H: Somehow I get the feeling that we're bullet proof. Hot Stuff ain't gonna fire his champion, and he likes torturing you too much to let you go. So fuck him and this event.

Before Melody can reply, Steve appears next to them.  

Steve: Hi guys, dinner will be served shortly so let me show you to your table.

Melody looks at J2H, and whispers towards him.

Melody: Well we might as well, it's one meal and then you don't have to see me till the photo shoot.  

J2H rolls his eyes as Melody takes him by the arm as the two follow Steve through the crowd to the dining area.

Let's skip through the meal shall we? They sat, they ate, they spoke as little as possible to each other. Let's move on to ninety minutes later. Steve stands on a stage in front of a podium. The room quiets down to a hush as he speaks.


Steve: Ladies and gentlemen, thank you for joining us on this most successful evening. We hope you've enjoyed your time here with us. Now we're at the point of the evening where it's time for our guest speaker to join us on stage and give you the hard sell on why you should be investing your money in to Sin City Wrestling. Taking time out from their highly lucrative Japanese tour, joining us on stage, please welcome the lovely Melody Grace and J2H.

A polite round of applause is heard through the room as J2H and Melody walk on to the stage, Melody whispering in to his ear as they walk.

Melody: Be nice Jam, gotta get one of these people at least to sponsor SCW.

J2H: These are my people, people with money. I speak money and I can bullshit with the best of them.

The two make their way to the microphone and J2H lifts it from it's stand.

J2H: First off I'd like to say thanks for having us here. It's been fun so far.

J2H turns his head to Melody, rolling his eyes as he speaks, before turning back to the crowd.

J2H: I'm not gonna bore you with an hour long thing, because I know after this, you'll be calling your bosses and calling our bosses to get deals done quickly before the guy on the next table has a chance to do the same. A chance to sponsor SCW is something so many dream of, to be part of to something that has a chance to grow in to something special. It's something every company needs, it's a chance to break in to markets you never thought possible and neither did we. Here's the cold hard facts. SCW is already a successful place. It attracts wrestlers from all over the world, that have been around for years in big places, from big stars you have been watching for years, to the next generation of amazing stars, like the two you see on stage right now.

He smiles at the crowd as he cockily tilts his head.

J2H: Did you know that both Melody and I are just twenty two years old and look at the success they we've had thanks to Sin City Wrestling. We were asked to be here tonight because of that success, without it, you wouldn't even know who we were and this is what Sin City Wrestling offers the world, this is what you will become affiliated with if you part with your money and put it in to something special. From day one, this company has made money, from day one, it's pulled attention from people. The wrestling community ain't no joke, there's millions of people around the world that watch this stuff and we was one who grabbed their attention from day one. We was the company that people were taking about within weeks and that was over four years ago and we're still here.  

J2H looks to Melody for reassurance. She nods towards him as he turns back to the crowd.

J2H: So why would we need your money? It's a good question, right?

J2H nods his head firmly at the crowd.

J2H: Because this is not only a one sided thing, this ain't no chance where we take your money and run, this is where you get your brand out there to thousands of people in one go. Do you know how many people watch our shows every week? We're talking in the thousands. Hell, the company has over two thousand social media followers, and that ain't bad for a streaming only company. Take a look at the others in our line of work, with just a couple of hundred, this shows how far ahead of things we are, but we can push it further, and this is where you guys come in. This is where you can help us grow, while we can show thousands of people who the good guys are in this world willing to put their money where their mouths are.

He marches up the stage a little.

J2H: You get your name out there a little more and we get to make the shows better, which in turn gets more people watching, which means more people see your brand on our shows. It's not stupid stuff, it's easy stuff, and I see a guy down there gets it already.

J2H points down to a man at a table, his phone in hand and towards his ear. He gives J2H a thumbs up. Melody whispers in J2H's ear.

Melody: Wow, you musta gave him a reason with your speech.

J2H: I gave him one hundred reasons with some paper.

Melody: You paid him?

J2H: Just to get the ball rolling. I told you, I speak money. One rich guy doesn't want to lose out to another rich guy. It's a pissing contest with them. I didn't pay that guy.

J2H points Melody in to the direction of another man on his phone.

Melody: How about that woman?

J2H looks where Melody is pointing and turns to Melody, shaking his head.

J2H: Nope.

He turns back towards the front of the stage.

J2H: My apologies there, My co worker was pointing out another few benefits. Did you know that SCW sets up more charitable events than any other wrestling company around? They hold free shows and donate a lot to charity, including a highly successful stop cyber bullying campaign? This is a company that goes out of their way to visit children's charities all over the world when they tour. One guy works for us on half pay, the rest of his money goes to charities, there was a couple a while ago that visited an orphanage in every city we toured in around South America a couple of years ago and gave up their tour fees to those places. You'd have to be crazy not to get involved with a company who does that kinda good work. Your brand being sponsors of a company that does so much great stuff can only mean good things for you.  

Melody nudges J2H on the shoulder and points around the crowd, more people reaching for their phones.

J2H: Now you people with your phones in your hands, you know you're doing the right thing if you're calling the right people, because the sooner you get to them and blow my bosses phone up, the better. This is a competitive thing and we can't be sponsored by everyone in this room, although you know you wish you can. This is not something to just be sniffed at, this is something you should be taking action about, this is a company you will want your companies linked with now and in the future. You will never get a better chance then this to jump in to something this well established and be the person who said yes to taking Sin City Wrestling to a whole new level. You could be the person your company remembers you for forever with just one little deal. Pretty sure the guy next to you is already ahead of you. You don't wanna lose out to him, do you?

J2H smiles as Melody squeezes his arm, watching phone after phone appear from pockets.

J2H: Well it looks like you guys have made your minds up, but Melody and I will be around somewhere if you wanna ask us more questions. If you can't find us, you might wanna work harder because one of your rivals might have us and we might be dropping them as our recommendation to the bosses. Have a good night everyone.

The sounds of hands hitting tables can be heard, as the other hands are mostly on their phones. J2H replaces the microphone on the stand and turns to Melody, the two conversing as they walk off stage.

J2H: Well, that was easy.

A cocky smirk crosses J2H's face as Melody looks back at him surprised.

Melody: How did you do that?  

J2H: Well let me tell you something about rich people. They always want to win. It's not about what they're buying, it's about buying it before one of their neighbours buy it. You could sell them a lump of coal because it looks like someone famous and they'll buy it to stop someone else having it.  

Melody: This explains so much about you.

J2H: What's that supposed to mean?

Melody flashes a smile from the side of her lips towards J2H.

Melody: Nothing. I am impressed! You were polite, courteous, gracious...!

J2H: Yeah... going to hate myself in the morning but it will make them part with their money.  

The two step behind the curtain to the side of the stage, Melody about to walk through but J2H grabs her by the wrist.

J2H: Now, can we fuck off?

Melody: You told them that we will be there answering questions.

J2H: Also told them that if they can't find us, we could be with one of their rivals, which makes them all think we are with their rivals so they will be getting desperate to call the right people to get these deals done. If you wanna stay, do it, I ain't. I got better things to do then sit around these boring old bastards.

J2H turns away, moving away from Melody and in the opposite direction of the curtain. Melody looks at the curtain, debating with herself, before turning around and following J2H, catching up with him.

Melody: So, what we gonna go do now?

J2H: We?

He looks at the excited Melody before turning away from her, muttering two words before the scene fades.

J2H: Aw... Shit.




It's going to be no surprise where you see us now. A bright fresh clean waiting room is seen, very white and shiny. J2H sits down staring at a magazine, his fingers casually flicking through the pages, his eyes distant and red. A binging sound is heard and he looks up, seeing his name across a board in front of him and quickly stands up from the white leather chair and places the magazine upon a glass table. He looks towards a door and starts to walk towards it, stopping outside the door, reading the name plate "Dr. R. Osbourne". J2H pushes down on the handle and walks through the door. Strolling in to the room, he looks at the man behind the desk, in his late fifties, his white hair combed over to cover a bald patch. On his face, gold rimmed glasses covered his wrinkled eyes.  

J2H: Doctor Osbourne.

Dr. Osbourne: Mr Huntington-Hawkes III, lovely seeing you again, please take a seat.

The doctor puts his palm out, pointing to the other side of the solid oak made desk and J2H moves towards the seat, pulling it out slightly and sitting down.  

Dr. Osbourne: We have your results in.

Before the doctor can continue, J2H raises his hand, stopping the doctor as quickly as he started.

J2H: Now doctor, before you start talking. I'm gonna make something abundantly clear to you.

J2H bows his head, pressing his fingers together, a look of darkness crosses his face, something very unfamiliar.

J2H: Now doctor, here's the thing, I don't like sugar coating and I don't like lies. I have this gift doctor where I can spot a lie a mile away. I can tell when someone is not being truthful. To do it face to face is a skill, but you know, I can even spot a liar in a message. Like when you ask a question and they breeze right over it without a second thought, hoping you forget, but I don't forget anything doc, I don't forget a thing. I can read between the lines like a professional, I can see things others can't and I know when someone is hiding something from me, and I can feel when people are not honest. Do you know a lie, or withholding the truth hurts more than actually just telling the truth? Being hurt with the truth doesn't bring on the bullshit that comes with a lie. I don't like people who lie to me doctor, I can't stand them, so don't be one of those people that sugarcoat, or hide things or lie to me. I prefer the truth, I respect the truth, and anything less than that, I do not. Am I clear doctor?

The doctor lowers his glasses after J2H's weird and out of place rant, looking at the young man with curious eyes.

Dr. Osbourne: Are you feeling ok?

A smile just pops up on J2H's face, his eyes wide as he looks at the doctor

J2H: Never better doctor.

Dr Osbourne smoothes down the side of his hair nervously as he looks at J2H.

Dr. Osbourne: I was at the sponsors gala last night, and you seemed completely different then.

J2H purses his lips together, breathing in sharply but slowly.

J2H: I was different then doctor, you see, there's the real me, and there's the me with a purpose.

J2H waves his finger at the doctor.

J2H: Now what you need to ask yourself is which one is which. Which one is the real me and which me isn't. Do I have more to gain sitting here talking to you, or did I have more to gain by trying to surgically remove peoples money from there pockets? What did I have the most to benefit from by putting on an act.

The doctor shuffles nervously in his chair as J2H widely smiles at him.  

Dr. Osbourne: Maybe you should speak to one of my colleagues, Dr Goode.

J2H: I have already had the pleasure of meeting him, and I would rather not.

J2H puts his palms on the desk, standing up and leaning towards the doctor, the doctor moving backwards as the wide eyed J2H moves towards him.

J2H: Now what would make you say a silly thing like that doc?

Another uncomfortable shift in the chair from Dr Osbourne, forcing him to move backwards and further away from J2H, who waves his finger at the doctor.

J2H: Now, now doc, no sugarcoating things.

The doctor clears his throat, looking nervously at J2H who smiles back at him.

Dr. Osbourne: Well, I'm very aware of your family history and this is classic signs of what happened some years ago with your mother, but it seems that this is progressing much faster for you than expected, possibly because of your profession.

J2H pushes himself off the desk, spinning his back to the doctor, walking behind the chair he sat in.

J2H: Well aren't I the lucky one, getting somewhere before others.

He spins around on his heels and looks towards the doctor with his head tilted.

J2H: So you think I'm going bat shit crazy like mommy dearest? Well that doctor is a story for a whole new day, a whole new day, but today, we're not here about what's going on through my head at all. We're here to talk about other things. We're here to talk about the other problem, the problem where the rumours have been flying around like horse flies to shit. So how about we talk about the other stuff another day.

Dr. Osbourne: But if you are developing those kind of tendencies Mr Huntington-Hawkes, we need to take action right away. We have better modern medicine now than we did when your mother was diagnosed.

J2H: Well bully for modern medicine, let's throw it a parade. So I get a little sad every now and again, so my personality looks to change every so often, God forbid we put this down to the evolution of someone, we much all be out of our minds because someone in our family was. Didn't you ever have someone that was just a little outside the box, but you turned out perfectly fine enough to have this swanky office.

J2H spins around three hundred and sixty degrees, his arms out to his side before stopping and placing his hands on the top of the chair, looking across at the doctor.

Pages: 1 2 [3] 4 5 6